Home

2015 Nissan Altima Sedan

Contents

1. 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 6 i CE 1 r scan 8 EM AM CD M4 SEEK TRACK P 9 17 d gt s 7 7 10 MEDIA DISP MENU gt BACK 16 i Cy Tes 8 T 15 9 i 12 VOL FOL SE D S gt 13 oO ENTER Se eS aa Sa SETTING 14 iMi NK i EN 4 si e Ji l Va Lo po o J 15 16 14 13 12 11 10 17 LHA2847 FM AM RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER Type B if so equipped For all operation precautions refer to Audio op eration precautions in this section CD eject button 2 CD button 3 Display screen 4 CD insert slot M4 SEEK button SCAN button gt gt I TRACK button 5 BACK button iPod MENU button ENTER SETTING button TUNE FOLDER knob Station select 1 6 buttons RDM random button RPT repeat button power button VOL volume control knob DISP display button MEDIA button FM AM button Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 47 Audio main operation O power button VOL volume con trol knob Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position and press the power button while the system is off to call up the mode radio CD AUX Bluetooth audio USB or iPod that was playing immediately before the system was turned off To turn the system off press the button Turn the VOL volume control knob to adjust the volume power This vehicle may be equipped with Speed Sen sitive Volume Wh
2. LHA2285 Front defroster Rear Air recirculation button defroster button button Air recirculation button E Air passed through heater Temperature control dial Air flow control LHA2286 4 30 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Heating amp dg Air passed Cooling Air not passed Defrosting through heater through heater Defogging core core Fan speed control dial Air flow mode Temperature control dial Fan speed control dial Air flow mode Temperature control dial A C button control buttons MAX A C button A C button control buttons MAX A C button Front defroster Rear Air recirculation Front defroster Rear Air recirculation button defroster button button button defroster button button Air recirculation Air Air flow recirculation button control Air flow Turns on auto matically indicator may or may not turn on LHA2287 LHA2288 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 31 HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER automatic if so equipped A C air conditioner button MODE manual air flow control button fan speed control buttons ON OFF button Gy rear window and outside mirror if so equipped defroster button A WARNING e The air conditioner cooling function op erates only when the engine is running 1 2 3 2 O0 1 mE of e Do not leave children or adults who would norma
3. Incoming Missed Call Back Redial Use the Recent Calls command to access out going incoming missed calls and to call back the last incoming call or to redial the last outgoing call Outgoing A Use the Outgoing command to list the outgoing calls made from the vehicle Incoming Use the Incoming command to list the incoming calls made to the vehicle Missed Use the Missed command to list the calls made to the vehicle that were not answered Call Back D Use the Call Back command to dial the number of the last incoming call to the vehicle Redial E Use the Redial command to dial the number of the last outgoing call from the vehicle Connect Phone NOTE The Add Phone command is not available when the vehicle is moving Main Menu Connect Phone Add Phone Select Phone Delete Phone Replace Phone D Bluetooth OFF Phonebook Download OFF E Display Settings Use the Connect Phone commands to manage the phones connecting to the vehicle or to enable the Bluetooth function on the vehicle Add Phone Use the Add Phone command to add a phone to the vehicle For additional information refer to Connecting procedure in this section Select Phone Use the Select Phone command to select from a list of phones connected to the vehicle The sys tem will list the
4. LSD2053 BSW SYSTEM OPERATION The BSW system operates above approximately 20 MPH 32 km h When the camera unit detects vehicles in the detection zone the Blind Spot indicator light located inside the outside mirrors will illuminate If the turn signal is then activated the system chimes twice and the Blind Spot indicator light flashes to alert the driver The Blind Spot indicator light continues to flash until the detected vehicle s leave the detection zone 2 Blind Spot indicator light LSD2195 XKKKKKKKKKKA ELI SSD1026 Detection zone The camera unit can detect vehicles on either side of your vehicle when part of another vehicle is within the detection zone shown as illustrated This detection zone typically starts from the out side mirror of your vehicle and extends approxi mately 10 ft 3 0 m behind the rear bumper and approximately 10 ft 3 0 m sideways NOTE The Blind Spot indicator lights will illumi nate for a few seconds when the ignition Switch is placed in the ON position The brightness of the Blind Spot indicator lights is adjusted automatically depending on the brightness of the ambient light A chime sounds if the camera unit has already detected vehicles when the driver activates the turn signal If a vehicle comes into the detection zone after the driver activates the turn signal then only the Blind Spot indicator light flashes and no chime sound
5. Supplemental front impact air bags Seats Occupant Classification Sensor weight sensor Seat belt with pretensioner LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system A WARNING To ensure proper operation of the passen ger s NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System please observe the following items Do not allow a passenger in the rear seat to push or pull on the seatback pocket e Do not place heavy loads heavier than 2 2 Ib 1 kg on the seatback head restraint headrest or in the seatback pocket Do not store luggage behind the seat that can press into the seatback Do not position the front passenger seat so it contacts the rear seat If the front seat does contact the rear seat the air bag system may determine a sensor malfunction has occurred and the front passenger air bag status light may illuminate and the supplemental air bag warning light may flash If a forward facing child restraint is in stalled in the front passenger seat do not position the front passenger seat so the child restraint contacts the instru ment panel If the child restraint does contact the instrument panel the sys tem may determine the seat is occupied and the passenger air bag may deploy in a collision Also the front passenger air bag status light may not illuminate For additional information refer to Child restraints in this section for in formation about installing and using child restraints
6. Do not use oil or grease on the wheel studs or nuts This could cause the nuts to become loose e Retighten the wheel nuts when the ve hicle has been driven for 1 000 km 600 miles also in cases of a flat tire etc As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Wheel nut tightening torque 83 ft Ib 113 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to specification at all times It is recom mended that wheel nuts be tightened to specifications at each lubrication interval 6 8 In case of emergency Adjust tire pressure to the COLD pressure COLD pressure After vehicle has been parked for 3 hours or more or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km COLD tire pressures are shown on the Tire Load and Information label affixed to the driver side center pillar 5 Securely store the flat tire and jacking equip ment in the vehicle 6 Place the spare tire cover and the trunk floor carpeting over the damaged tire 7 Close the trunk A WARNING Always make sure that the spare tire and jacking equipment are properly se cured after use Such items can become dangerous projectiles in an accident or sudden stop The spare tire is designed for emer gency use For specific instructions re fer to the heading Wheels and tires in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual JUMP STARTING To start your engine with a booster battery the inst
7. Never remove the radiator or coolant reservoir cap when the engine is hot Wait until the engine and radiator cool down Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator For additional information refer to the precautions in If your ve hicle overheats found in the In case of emergency section of this manual The radiator is equipped with a pres sure type radiator cap To prevent en gine damage use only a Genuine NISSAN radiator cap A CAUTION e Never use any cooling system additives such as radiator sealer Additives may clog the cooling system and cause dam age to the engine transmission and or cooling system When adding or replacing coolant be sure to use only Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue or equivalent Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue is pre diluted to provide antifreeze protection to 34 F 37 C If additional freeze protection is needed due to weather where you operate your vehicle add Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue concentrate following the direc tions on the container If an equivalent coolant other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue is used follow the coolant manufacturer s instructions to maintain minimum anti freeze protection to 34 F 37 C The use of other types of coolant solutions other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue or equivalent may dama
8. 4 Say the number you wish to call starting with the area code in single digit format C If the system has trouble recognizing the correct phone number try entering the number in the following groups three digit area code three digit prefix and the last 4 digits For example 555 121 3354 can be said as five five five as the 1st group then one two one as the 2nd group and three three five four as the 3rd group For dialing more than 10 digits or any special characters say Special Number For additional informa tion refer to How to say numbers in this section 5 When you have finished speaking the phone number the system repeats it back and an nounces the available commands 6 Say Dial D The system acknowledges the command and makes the call For additional command options refer to List of voice commands in this section Receiving a call When you hear the ring tone press the C4 button on the steering wheel Once the call has ended press the button on the steering wheel NOTE If you do not wish to take the call when you hear the ring tone press the button on the steering wheel For additional command options refer to List of voice commands in this section LIST OF VOICE COMMANDS Main Menu Call Phonebook Recent Calls Connect Phone Help When you press and release the amp button on the steering wheel you can choose from the commands on th
9. P LIC0394 Push the switch on to warn other drivers when you must stop or park under emergency condi tions All turn signal lights flash A WARNING e If stopping for an emergency be sure to move the vehicle well off the road Do not use the hazard warning flashers while moving on the highway unless unusual circumstances force you to drive so slowly that your vehicle might become a hazard to other traffic Turn signals do not work when the haz ard warning flasher lights are on 6 2 In case of emergency The flashers will operate with the ignition switch placed in any position Some jurisdictions may prohibit the use of the hazard warning flasher switch while driving EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF To shut off the engine in an emergency situation while driving perform the following procedure Rapidly push the push button ignition switch three consecutive times in less than 1 5 sec onds or Pushand hold the push button ignition switch for more than 2 seconds FIRST AID KIT if so equipped LCE2131 A first aid kit is located in the trunk To remove the first aid kit Open the trunk Lift the luggage floor The first aid kit is located in the storage cover 2 FLAT TIRE TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS It monitors tire pres sure of all tires except the spare When the low tire pr
10. Wheel balance Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handling and tire life Even with regular use wheels can get out of balance Therefore they should be bal anced as required Wheel balance service should be per formed with the wheels off the vehicle Spin balancing the wheels on the vehicle could lead to mechanical damage For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Infor mation Canada in the Warranty In formation Booklet Care of wheels Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle to maintain their appearance Clean the inner side of the wheels when the wheel is changed or the underside of the vehicle is washed Do not use abrasive cleaners when washing the wheels Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or corrosion Such damage may cause loss of pressure or poor seal at the tire bead NISSAN recommends waxing the road wheels to protect against road salt in areas where it is used during winter Maintenance and do it yourself 8 47 Spare tire TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire Observe the following precautions if the TEM PORARY USE ONLY spare tire must be used Otherwise your vehicle could be damaged or involved in an accident A WARNING The spare tire should be used for emer gency use only It should be replaced with the standard tire at the first oppor tunity to avoid possible tire or differen tial da
11. 3 Pulling and releasing the lever flashes the headlight high beams on and off Battery saver system The battery saver automatically turns off the igni tion after a period of time when the ignition switch is left in the ACC or ON position DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM Canada only The headlights automatically illuminate at a re duced intensity when the engine is started with the parking brake released The daytime running lights operate with the headlight switch in the OFF position or in the gt 4 position Turn the headlight switch to the 22 position for full illumination when driving at night If the parking brake is applied before the engine is started the daytime running lights do not illumi nate The daytime running lights illuminate when the parking brake is released The daytime run ning lights will remain on until the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position A WARNING When the daytime running light system is active tail lights on your vehicle are not on It is necessary at dusk to turn on your headlights Failure to do so could cause an accident injuring yourself and others LIC2305 WIC1439 INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESS CONTROL Push the button to increase the bright ness of instrument panel lights when driving at night Push the button to decrease the bright ness of instrument panel lights when driving at night TURN SIGNAL SWITCH Turn signal Move the lever
12. 3 Release the moonroof switch after the moonroof moves slightly up and down 4 Push and hold the switch to the open posi tion 2 to fully tilt the moonroof down 5 Check if the moonroof switch operates nor mally Instruments and controls 2 47 If the moonroof does not operate properly after performing the procedure above have your ve hicle checked by a NISSAN dealer Auto reverse function when closing or tilting down the moonroof The auto reverse function can be activated when the moonroof is closed or tilted down by auto matic operation when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position or for a period of time after the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position Depending on the environment or driving conditions the auto reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the moonroof occurs AWARNING There are some small distances immedi ately before the closed position which cannot be detected Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle before closing the moonroof When closing If the control unit detects something caught in the moonroof as it moves to the front the moonroof will immediately open backward 2 48 Instruments and controls When tilting down If the control unit detects something caught in the moonroof as it tilts down the moonroof will im mediately tilt up If the auto reverse function malfunctions a
13. Date of purchase Current odometer reading Your NISSAN dealer s name Your comments or questions OR You can write to NISSAN with the information at For U S customers Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 685003 Franklin TN 37068 5003 or via e mail at nnaconsumeraffairs nissan usa com For Canadian customers Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 4Z5 or via e mail at information centre nissancanada com If you prefer visit us at www nissanusa com for U S customers or www nissan ca for Canadian customers We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle Table of Contents Illustrated table of contents Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Instruments and controls Pre driving checks and adjustments Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Starting and driving In case of emergency Appearance and care Maintenance and do it yourself Technical and consumer information 0 Illustrated table of contents Air bags seat belts and child restraints 0 2 Exteriot ftOnt iecnse re LIED ena DORpSERA 0 3 Extetiot reals reci ide VE IR LERERGG PRI RIA 0 4 Passenger compartment 0 00sec eee eee eae 0 5 Instrument panel 2 22 e mts 0 6 Engine compartment check locations Warning indicator lights AIR BAGS SEAT BELTS AND CH
14. The LATCH anchor points are provided to install child restraints in the rear outboard seating posi tions only Do not attempt to install a child re straint in the center position using the LATCH anchors LATCH lower anchor AA WARNING Failure to follow the warnings and instruc tions for proper use and installation of child restraints could result in serious in jury or death of a child or other passen gers in a sudden stop or collision Attach LATCH system compatible child restraints only at the locations shown in the illustration Do not secure a child restraint in the center rear seating position using the LATCH lower anchors The child re straint will not be secured properly Inspect the lower anchors by insert ing your fingers into the lower anchor area Feel to make sure there are no obstructions over the anchors such as seat belt webbing or seat cushion material The child restraint will not be secured properly if the lower an chors are obstructed Child restraint anchorages are de signed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child re straints Under no circumstances are they to be used to attach adult seat belts or other items or equipment to the vehicle Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages The child restraint will not be properly installed using the damaged anchor age and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision WRS0796 LATCH l
15. The alarm sounds due to illegal entry into the vehicle Tworemote vehicle starts or a single remote start with an extension have already been used The vehicle is not in P Park There is a detected registered key already inside of the vehicle The Remote Start function has been switched to the OFF position in Vehicle Set tings of the vehicle information display For additional information refer to Vehicle infor mation display in the Instruments and con trols section of this manual The remote engine start may display a warning or indicator in the vehicle information display For additional information and an explanation of the warning or indicator refer to Vehicle information display in the Instruments and controls section of this manual HOOD LPD2220 Pull the hood lock release handle located below the driver s side instrument panel the hood springs up slightly Push the lever at the front of the hood to the side as illustrated with your fingertips and raise the hood Remove the support rod from the clamp Insert the support rod into the slot on the passenger side of the hood When closing the hood return the support rod to its original position lower the hood to approximately 12 in 30 cm above the latch and release it This allows proper engage ment of the hood latch AA WARNING e Make sure the hood is completely closed and latched before driving
16. in the In case of emergency section of this manual TIRE PRESSURE Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS A WARNING Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment Those who use a pacemaker should con tact the electric medical equipment manufacturer for the possible influ ences before use This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS It monitors tire pressure of all tires except the spare When the low tire pressure warning light is lit and the Tire Pressure Low Add Air warning appears in the vehicle information display one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h Also this system may not de tect a sudden drop in tire pressure for example a flat tire while driving For additional information refer to Low tire pressure warning light in the Instru ments and controls section Tire Pres sure Monitoring System TPMS in the Starting and driving section and Flat tire in the In case of emergency section of this manual Tire inflation pressure Check the tire pressures including the spare often and always prior to long dis tance trips The recommended tire pres sure specifications are shown on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label or the Tire and Loading Information label under the Cold Tire Pressure heading The Tire and Loading Inf
17. 1 to 6 Station memory operations Twelve stations can be set for the FM band 6 for FM1 6 for FM2 and six stations can be set for the AM band 1 Choose the radio band AM FM1 or FM2 using the AM or FM button 2 Tune to the desired station using manual SEEK or SCAN tuning Press and hold any of the desired station memory buttons 1 6 until a beep sound is heard 3 The channel indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Programming is now complete 4 Other buttons can be set in the same man ner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be canceled In that case reset the desired stations Compact disc CD player operation Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position and carefully insert the compact disc into the slot with the label side up The compact disc is automatically pulled into the slot and starts to play If the radio is already operating it automatically turns off and the compact disc begins to play CD button When the CD button is pressed with a compact disc loaded and the radio playing the radio turns off and the last used compact disc starts to play A SEEK and TRACK Fast Forward Rewind buttons When the SEEK button 4 or TRACK Y button is pressed while the compact disc is play ing the compact disc plays at an increased speed while fast forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the compact disc returns t
18. Owner s Manual Supplement The 2015 NISSAN Altima Owner s Manual states that this vehicle is equipped with Grocery hooks This vehicle is not equipped with this feature Please disregard any mention of this feature in the vehicle owner s manual Sorry for any inconvenience this may have caused Printing June 2015 01 Publication No SU15EA 1L33UO Owner s Manual Supplement The information contained within this supplement revises the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System front seats information in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of the 2015 Altima Owner s Manual Read carefully and keep in vehicle Printing April 2015 01 Publication No SU15EA OL33UO NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System front seats 1 Top tether strap anchor 2 Roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bag inflators 3 Rear seat belts 4 Roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bag Front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bag Head restraints headrests 7 Front seat belts Side impact pressure sensor driver s side shown passenger s side similar Supplemental front impact air bags Seats Occupant Classification Sensor weight sensor Seat belt with pretensioner LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system LII2184 FOREWORD Welcome to the growing family of new NISSAN owners This vehicle is deliv
19. Wheels and tires in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual The jack should be used on firm and Carefully read the caution label attached to level ground the jack body and the following instruc tions i i i 3 Tolift the vehicle securely hold the jack lever 1 Clean any mud or dirt from the surface be 1 Loosen each wheel nut one or two turns by turning counterclockwise with the wheel nut wrench Do not remove the wheel nuts until the tire is off the ground Place the jack directly under the jack up point as illustrated so the top of the jack contacts the vehicle at the jack up point Align the jack head between the two and rod with both hands Carefully raise the vehicle until the tire clears the ground Re move the wheel nuts and then remove the tire tween the wheel and hub 2 Carefully put the spare tire on and tighten the wheel nuts finger tight 3 With the wheel nut wrench tighten wheel nuts alternately and evenly as illustrated B D until they are tight In case of emergency 6 7 4 Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire touches the ground Then with the wheel nut wrench tighten the wheel nuts securely in the sequence illustrated amp D Lower the vehicle completely A WARNING Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened wheel nuts can cause the wheel to become loose or come off This could cause an accident
20. When the Intelligent Key is not within the operational range When the doors or the trunk are open or not closed securely When the Intelligent Key battery is dis charged Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 13 A CAUTION When locking the doors using the Intelli gent Key be sure not to leave the key in the vehicle 3 14 Pre driving checks and adjustments WPD0359 Locking doors 1 Place the ignition switch in the LOCK posi tion Close all doors Press the button on the Intelligent Key The hazard warning lights flash twice and the horn beeps once All doors will be locked A CAUTION After locking the doors using the Intelli gent Key be sure that the doors have been securely locked by operating the door handles a a WPD0360 Unlocking doors 1 Press the ui Key button on the Intelligent 2 The hazard warning lights flash once 8 Pressthe button again within 60 sec onds to unlock all doors and trunk NOTE The unlocking operation can be changed in Selective door unlock in the Vehicle Set tings of the vehicle information display For additional information refer to Vehicle in formation display in the Instruments and controls section of this manual All doors will be locked automatically unless one of the following operations is performed within 1 minute after pressing the fj button Opening a
21. hood fuse boxes Only use type fuses in the underhood fuse boxes ENGINE COMPARTMENT A CAUTION Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire If any electrical equipment does not come on check for an open fuse 1 Be sure the ignition switch and the headlight switch are OFF 2 Open the engine hood 3 Remove the fuse box cover by pushing the tab and lifting the cover up 4 Remove the fuse with the fuse puller The fuse puller is located in the center of the fuse block in the passenger compartment Maintenance and do it yourself 8 25 WDIO0452 L JUL JA J LDI2134 5 If the fuse is open replace it with a new fuse B 6 If a new fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and repaired by a NISSAN dealer 8 26 Maintenance and do it yourself Fusible links If the electrical equipment does not operate and fuses are in good condition check the fusible links If any of these fusible links are melted replace with only Genuine NISSAN parts PASSENGER COMPARTMENT A CAUTION Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire If any electrical equipment does not operate check for an open fuse 1 Besure the ignition switch and the headlight switch ar
22. move the USB end of the cable from the USB jack on the vehicle then remove the cable from the iPod iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries Compatibility The following models are compatible iPod Classic 5th generation firmware ver sion 1 3 0 or later iPod Classic 6th generation firmware ver sion 2 0 1 or later iPod Classic 7th generation firmware ver sion 2 0 4 or later iPod Touch 2nd generation firmware ver sion 4 2 1 or later iPod Touch 3rd generation firmware ver sion 5 1 or later iPod Touch 4th generation firmware ver sion 5 1 or later iPod nano 1st generation firmware ver sion 1 3 1 or later iPod nano 2nd generation firmware ver sion 1 1 3 or later iPod nano 3rd generation firmware ver sion 1 1 3 or later iPod nano 4th generation firmware ver sion 1 0 4 or later iPod nano 5th generation firmware ver sion 1 0 2 or later iPod nano 6th generation firmware ver sion 1 1 or later iPhone 3G firmware version 4 2 1 or later iPhone amp 3GS firmware version 5 1 or later iPhone 4 firmware version 5 1 or later iPhone 4S firmware version 5 1 or later Some features of this iPod may not be fully functional Make sure that your iPod firmware is updated to the version indicated above 4 76 Monitor climate
23. sure the horn beeps once If the hazard indicator does not flash within approximately 15 seconds after starting to inflate the tire it indicates that the Easy Fill Tire Alert is not operating The TPMS will not activate the Easy Fill Tire Alert under the following conditions If there is interference from an external device or transmitter The air pressure from the inflation device is not sufficient to inflate the tire There is a malfunction in the TPMS sys tem There is a malfunction in the horn or haz ard indicators 5 6 Starting and driving The identification code of the tires pres sure sensor is not registered to the sys tem The battery of the tire pressure sensor is low f the Easy Fill Tire Alert does not operate due to TPMS interference move the ve hicle about 3 ft 1 m backward or forward and try again If the Easy Fill Tire Alert is not working use a tire pressure gauge AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLLOVER A WARNING Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe and prudent manner may result in loss of control or an accident Be alert and drive defensively at all times Obey all traffic regulations Avoid excessive speed high speed cornering or sudden steering ma neuvers because these driving practices could cause you to lose control of your vehicle As with any vehicle loss of control could result in a collision with other vehicles or objects or cause the vehicle to roll o
24. with Mobile Apps REQUIRES the phone to be paired via Bluetooth for NissanConnect Mobile Apps to function Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 83 APPLICATION DOWNLOAD Once connected the NissanConnect Mobile Apps will search your phone to determine which compatible applications are currently installed The vehicle will then download the in vehicle interface for each of these compatible applica tions Once downloaded the user can access many smartphone Applications through the ve hicle touch screen by pressing the INFO button followed by touching the My Apps key For additional information on application availability refer to the NissanConnect website https canada nissanconnect com or www nissanusa com connect or contact NISSAN Customer Service CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO When installing a CB ham radio or car phone in your vehicle be sure to observe the following precautions otherwise the new equipment may adversely affect the engine control system and other electronic parts A WARNING Acellular phone should not be used for any purpose while driving so full atten tion may be given to vehicle operation Some jurisdictions prohibit the use of cellular phones while driving If you must make a call while your ve hicle is in motion the hands free cellu lar phone operational mode is highly recommended Exercise extreme cau tion at all times so full attention may be given to
25. 3 Position the lap belt portion low and snug on the hips 3 as shown 4 Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the retractor to take up extra slack 4 Be sure the shoulder belt is routed over your shoul der and across your chest The front passenger seat and the rear seating positions three point seat belts have two modes of operation Emergency Locking Retractor ELR Automatic Locking Retractor ALR The ELR mode allows the seat belt to extend and retract to allow the driver and passengers some freedom of movement in the seat The ELR locks the seat belt when the vehicle slows down rapidly or during certain impacts The ALR mode child restraint mode locks the seat belt for child restraint installation When the ALR mode is activated the seat belt cannot be extended again until the seat belt tongue is detached from the buckle and fully retracted The seat belt returns to the ELR mode after the seat belt fully retracts For additional information refer to Child restraints in this sec tion The ALR mode should be used only for child restraint installation During normal seat belt use by an occupant the ALR mode should not be activated If it is activated it may cause uncomfortable seat belt ten sion A WARNING When fastening the seat belts be certain that the seatbacks are completely secured in the latched position If they are not completely secured passengers may be injured in an accident
26. 9 28 3 4 5 11 Security systems Vehicle security system 2 27 Self adjusting brakes ss 8 24 Service manual order form 9 21 Servicing air conditioner 4 35 Setting button ee ee eee 4 7 Shifting Continuously Variable Transmission CVT bik es taal edo CR d 5 14 Shift lever lock release 5 17 Shoulder belt height adjustment 1 17 Smartphone connectivity 4 83 Sonar Rear system lees 5 36 Spark plug replacement 8 21 Spark plugs za sowie ew de mns 6d 8 21 Specifications sse kh Rm 9 8 Speedometer lesen 2 4 Spotlights See map light 2 50 SRS waminglabel Ln 1 59 Stability control llle 5 34 Starting Before starting the engine 5 11 Jumpstating sss 6 8 8 19 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Push stating x 5 s mk xd 6 10 10 6 Starting the engine 5 12 Starting the engine 5 12 Steering Heated steering wheel 2 38 Power steering fluid 8 15 Power steering system 5 31 Stoplight 4 45 cc or Rs 8 33 Storage js skew tke ERRORES RS 2 41 Sunglasses case 0004 2 41 Sunglasses holder 2 41 S nro of s sasas m xo ho hok RT Rn 2 47 Sunroof see Moonroof s 2 47 SUR VISOIS o kso m nur RR Rd nn 3 35 Supplemental air bag warnin
27. Cold weather driving ooa 5 39 Driving with Continuously Variable Transmission CVT aoaaa aaa 5 13 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Driving the vehicle sss 5 13 E Economy fuel sses sah sees 5 30 Emission control information label 9 12 Emission control system warranty 9 18 Engine Before starting the engine 5 11 Blockheater 2 22 5 40 Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants less 9 2 Changing engine coolant 8 10 Changing engine oil 8 12 Changing engine oilfilter 8 13 Checking engine coolant level 8 10 Checking engine oil level 8 11 Engine compartment check locations 8 7 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 5 Engine cooling system 8 9 Engineoil 2 2 2 g eee 8 11 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 6 Engine oil viscosity ls 9 6 Engine serial number 9 11 Engine specifications 9 8 Starting the engine 5 12 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 5 Enter button s s saoti a A oom s ERES 4 4 Event data recorders 9 20 Exhaust gas Carbon monoxide 5 2 Explanation of maintenance items 8 2 Extended storage switch 8 27 Eyeglass case leen 2 41 F Firstaid Kit kom ERR EROR 6 3 Flashers See hazard warning flasher switch 6 2 Flatts 4 x sx cem a aA 6 3 F
28. During the programming procedure your garage door or security gate will open and close if the transmitter is within range Make sure that people or objects are clear of the garage door gate etc that you are programming Your vehicle s engine should be turned off while programming the HomeLink Universal Transceiver PROGRAMMING HOMELINK If you have any questions or are having difficulty programming your HomeLink buttons refer to the HomeLink web site at www homelink com or call 1 800 355 3515 NOTE Place the ignition switch in the ACC posi tion when programming HomeLink It is also recommended that a new battery be placed in the hand held transmitter of the device being programmed to HomeLink for quicker programming and accurate transmission of the radio frequency 1 Position the end of your hand held transmit ter 1 3 in 2 8 cm away from the HomeLink amp surface keeping the HomeLink indicator light 1 in view Instruments and controls 2 51 LIC2365 LIC2366 2 Using both hands simultaneously press and hold the desired HomeLink button and hand held transmitter button DO NOT re lease until the HomeLink indicator light 1 flashes slowly and then rapidly When the indicator light flashes rapidly both buttons may be released The rapid flashing indi cates successful programming NOTE Some devices may require you to replace Step 2 with the cycling procedur
29. Follow the manufacturer s in structions for the mixture ratio Refill the reservoir more frequently when driving conditions require an increased amount of windshield washer fluid Recommended fluid is Genuine NISSAN Wind shield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp Antifreeze or equivalent AWARNING Antifreeze is is poisonous and should be stored carefully in marked containers out of the reach of children ACAUTION e Do not substitute engine antifreeze coolant for windshield washer fluid This may result in damage to the paint e Do not fill the windshield washer fluid reservoir with washer fluid concen trates at full strength Some methyl al cohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the windshield washer fluid reservoir Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer s recom mended levels before pouring the fluid into the windshield washer fluid reser voir Do not use the windshield washer fluid reservoir to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water BATTERY Keep the battery surface clean and dry Clean the battery with a solution of baking soda and water Make certain the terminal connections are clean and securely tightened Ifthe vehicle is not to be used for 30 days or longer disconnect the negative battery terminal cable to prevent discharge NOTE Care should be taken to avoid situations that can lead t
30. LSD2086 Manual shift mode if so equipped When the shift lever is in the Ds Drive Sport position the transmission is ready for the manual shift mode Shift ranges can be selected manu ally by pulling the right side or left side paddle shifter When shifting up pull the right side paddle shifter if so equipped The transmission shifts to the higher range When shifting down pull the left side paddle shifter B if so equipped The transmission shifts to the lower range Starting and driving 5 15 When canceling the manual shift mode return the shift lever to the D Drive position The trans mission returns to the normal driving mode When you pull the paddle shifter if so equipped while in the D Drive position the transmission will shift to the upper or lower range temporarily The transmission will automatically return to the D Drive position after a short period of time If you want to return to the D Drive position manually pull and hold the paddle shifter for about 1 5 sec onds In the manual shift mode the shift range is dis played on the position indicator in the meter Shift ranges up or down one by one as follows 1526364656067 M7 7th Use this position for all normal forward driving at highway speeds M6 6th and M5 5th Use this position when driving up long slopes or for engine braking when driving down long slopes M4 4th M3 3rd and M2 2nd Use f
31. Other conditions may affect the function of the Remote Engine Start feature For additional infor mation refer to Conditions the remote start will not work in this section of the manual Other conditions can affect the performance of the Intelligent Key transmitter For additional in formation refer to NISSAN Intelligent Key System in this section of the manual REMOTE ENGINE START OPERATING RANGE The remote engine start function can only be used when the Intelligent Key is within the speci fied operating range from the vehicle When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged or strong radio waves are present near the operat ing location the Intelligent Key operating range becomes narrower and the Intelligent Key may not function properly The remote engine start operating range is ap proximately 197 ft 60 m from the vehicle REMOTE STARTING THE VEHICLE To use the remote start feature to start the engine perform the following 1 Aim the Intelligent Key at the vehicle 2 Press the LOCK button to lock all doors 3 Within 5 seconds press and hold the Q remote start button until the turn signal lights flash and the tail lamps turn on If the vehicle is not within view press and hold the Q remote start button for at least 2 seconds Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 27 The following events will occur when the engine starts The parking lights will turn on and remain on as long as the engin
32. Secure the child restraint anchor attach ments to the LATCH lower anchors Check to make sure the LATCH attachment is prop erly attached to the lower anchors Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 25 LRS0673 Rear facing step 3 3 For child restraints that are equipped with webbing mounted attachments remove any additional slack from the anchor attach ments Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your hand to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tightening the webbing of the anchor attachments LRS0674 Rear facing step 4 4 After attaching the child restraint test it be fore you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the LATCH attachment path The child re straint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the LATCH at tachment holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the LATCH attachment as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint or try installing by using the vehicle seat belt if applicable Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles 1 26 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 5 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the
33. TYPES OF TIRES A WARNING e When changing or replacing tires be sure all four tires are of the same type i e Summer All Season or Snow and construction A NISSAN dealer may be able to help you with information about tire type size speed rating and availability e Replacement tires may have a lower speed rating than the factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire e For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety In formation US or Tire Safety Informa tion Canada in the Warranty Informa tion Booklet All season tires NISSAN specifies All Season tires on some mod els to provide good performance all year includ ing snowy and icy road conditions All Season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and or M amp S on the tire sidewall Snow tires have better snow traction than All Season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas Summer tires NISSAN specifies summer tires on some models to provide superior performance on dry roads Summer tire performance is substantially re duced in snow and ice Summer tires do not have the tire traction rating M amp S on the tire sidewall If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions NISSAN recommends the use of SNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels Snow tires If snow tires are needed it is necessary to select tires
34. The vehicle should only ever be operated with the hood securely closed If you see steam or smoke coming from the engine compartment to avoid injury do not open the hood Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 29 TRUNK LID LPD2080 Instrument panel OPENER OPERATION A WARNING Do not drive with the trunk lid open This could allow dangerous exhaust gases to be drawn into the vehicle For addi tional information refer to Exhaust gas carbon monoxide in the Starting and driving section of the manual 3 30 Pre driving checks and adjustments WPD0364 Intelligent Key Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously in jured Keep the car locked with the rear seatback and trunk lid securely latched when not in use and prevent children s access to car keys LPD2077 Request switch To open the trunk lid perform one of the following after unlocking all doors Press the button on the instrument panel Press the button on the Intelligent Key e Push the release switch if so equipped To close the trunk lid lower and push the trunk lid down securely NOTE Request switches for all doors and trunk can be deactivated when the I Key Door Lock setting is switched to OFF in the Ve hicle Settings of the vehicle information display For additio
35. a distraction If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an acci dent or serious injury A CAUTION Do not force the USB device into the USB port Inserting the USB device tilted or up side down into the port may damage the port Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB port Do not grab the USB port cover if so equipped when pulling the USB device out of the port This could damage the port and the cover e Do not leave the USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unintentionally Pulling the cable may damage the port Refer to your device manufacturer s owner infor mation regarding the proper use and care of the device The USB input jack is located in the center con sole Insert the USB device into the jack When a compatible storage device is plugged into the jack compatible audio files on the stor age device can be played through the vehicle s audio system Audio file operation AUX auxiliary button Place the ignition switch in the ON or ACC position and press the AUX button to switch to the USB input mode If another audio source is playing and a USB connection port device is inserted press the AUX button until the center display changes to the USB memory mode If the system has been turned off while the USB memory was playing push the ON OFF VOL control knob to restart the USB memory Suse XXXXXXXX D XXXXXXXX I XXXXXXXX Q xxx
36. be sure to take all Intelligent Keys that you have to the NISSAN dealer A key number plate is supplied with your keys Record the key number and keep it in a safe place such as your wallet not in the vehicle If you lose your keys see a NISSAN dealer for duplicates by using the key number NISSAN does not record key numbers so it is very important to keep track of your key number plate A key number is only necessary when you have lost all keys and do not have one to duplicate from If you still have a key a NISSAN dealer can duplicate it ACAUTION Listed below are conditions or occur rences which will damage the Intelligent Key Do not allow the Intelligent Key which contains electrical components to come into contact with water or salt water This could affect the system function Do not drop the Intelligent Key Do not strike the Intelligent Key sharply against another object Do not change or modify the Intelligent Key e Wetting may damage the Intelligent Key If the Intelligent Key gets wet im mediately wipe until it is completely dry e Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in an area where tem peratures exceed 140 F 60 C Do not attach the Intelligent Key with a key holder that contains a magnet Do not place the Intelligent Key near equipment that produces a magnetic field such as a TV audio equipment and personal computers If an Intelligent Key is
37. belt system For example do not modify the seat belt add material or install devices that may change the seat belt routing or tension Doing so may affect the operation of the seat belt system Modifying or tampering with the seat belt system may result in serious per sonal injury Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Once a seat belt pretensioner has acti vated it cannot be reused and must be replaced together with the retractor See your NISSAN dealer Removal and installation of preten sioner system components should be done by a NISSAN dealer All seat belt assemblies including re tractors and attaching hardware should be inspected after any collision by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN recommends that all seat belt assemblies in use dur ing a collision be replaced unless the collision was minor and the belts show no damage and continue to operate properly Seat belt assemblies not in use during a collision should also be inspected and replaced if either dam age or improper operation is noted All child restraints and attaching hard ware should be inspected after any col lision Always follow the restraint manufacturer s inspection instructions and replacement recommendations The child restraints should be replaced if they are damaged 1 13 2 SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT Both the driver s and passenger s front seats are equipped with a seat belt warning light The warning
38. but tons refer to the HomeLink web site at www homelink com or call 1 800 355 3515 PROGRAMMING HOMELINK amp FOR CANADIAN CUSTOMERS AND GATE OPENERS Canadian radio frequency laws require transmit ter signals to time out or quit after several seconds of transmission which may not be long enough for HomeLink to pick up the signal during training Similar to this Canadian law some U S gate operators are designed to tim eout in the same manner If you live in Canada or you are having difficulties training a gate operator or garage door opener by using the Training procedures replace Programming HomeLink Step 2 with the fol lowing NOTE When programming a garage door opener etc unplug the device during the cycling process to prevent possible damage to the garage door opener components 1 For additional information refer to Pro gramming HomeLink step 1 in this sec tion 2 Using both hands simultaneously press and hold the desired HomeLink button and the hand held transmitter button During train ing your hand held transmitter may auto matically stop transmitting Continue to press and hold the desired HomeLink but ton while you press and re press cycle your hand held transmitter every 2 seconds until the frequency signal has been learned The HomeLink indicator light will flash slowly and then rapidly after several seconds upon successful training DO N
39. ditions Use Cruise Control Using cruise control during highway driv ing helps maintain a steady speed Cruise control is particularly effective in providing fuel savings when driving on flat terrains Plan for the Shortest Route Utilize a map or navigation system to de termine the best route to save time 7 Avoid Idling e Shutting off your engine when safe for stops exceeding 30 60 seconds saves fuel and reduces emissions Buy an Automated Pass for Toll Roads Automated passes permit drivers to use special lanes to maintain cruising speed through the toll and avoid stopping and starting 9 Winter Warm Up Limit idling time to minimize impact to fuel economy Vehicles typicaly need no more than 30 seconds of idling at start up to effec tively circulate the engine oil before driv ing Your vehicle will reach its ideal operating temperature more quickly while driving versus idling 10 Keeping your Vehicle Cool Park your vehicle in a covered parking area or in the shade whenever possible When entering a hot vehicle opening the windows will help to reduce the inside temperature faster resulting in reduced demand on your A C system Starting and driving 5 29 INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY Keep your engine tuned up Follow the recommended scheduled main tenance Keep the tires inflated to the correct pres sure Low tire pressure increases tire wear and lo
40. gt air recirculation button to recir culate interior air inside the vehicle The air recirculation cannot be activated when the air conditioner is in the Y front defrosting mode orthe front defrosting and foot out let mode Fresh air intake Press the amp fresh air intake button to draw outside air into the passenger compartment Air flow control Pressing the MODE button manually controls air flow and selects the air outlet Air flows from center and side vents 74 Air flows from center and side vents and foot outlets s Air flows mainly from foot outlets Air flows from defroster and foot outlets To turn system off Press the OFF button OPERATING TIPS When the engine coolant temperature and outside air temperature are low the air flow from the foot outlets may not operate for a maximum of 150 seconds However this is not a malfunction After the coolant tempera ture warms up air flow from the foot outlets will operate normally 4 34 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems LHA1136 The sunload sensor located on the top driver s side of the instrument panel helps the system maintain a constant temperature Do not put any thing on or around this sensor SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER The air conditioner system in your NISSAN ve hicle is charged with a refrigerant designed with the environment in mind This refrigerant do
41. odometer to zero Average fuel economy and distance to empty information is also available For additional infor mation refer to Vehicle Information Display in this section LIC2219 LIC2795 TACHOMETER The tachometer indicates engine speed in revo lutions per minute rpm Do not rev engine into the red zone 1 A CAUTION When engine speed approaches the red zone shift to a higher gear or reduce en gine speed Operating the engine in the red zone may cause serious engine damage ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE The gauge indicates the engine coolant tempera ture The engine coolant temperature is within the normal range 1 when the gauge needle points within the zone shown in the illustration The engine coolant temperature varies with the outside air temperature and driving conditions A CAUTION If the gauge indicates coolant tempera ture near the hot H end of the normal range reduce vehicle speed to decrease temperature If the gauge is over the nor mal range stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible If the engine is over heated continued operation of the vehicle may seriously damage the engine For ad ditional information refer to If your ve hicle overheats in the In case of emer gency section of this manual for immediate action required Instruments and controls 2 5 1 2 LIC2222 FUEL GAUGE The gauge indicates the approximate fuel
42. refer to NISSAN Intelligent Key in the Pre driving checks and adjustments section of this manual VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY LIC2205 The vehicle information display is located to the left of the speedometer It displays such items as Vehicle settings Trip computer information Drive system warnings and settings if so equipped Cruise control system information NISSAN Intelligent Key operation informa tion Indicators and warnings if so equipped Tire Pressure information if so equipped Audio information Navigation information if so equipped Instruments and controls 2 17 LIC2322 HOW TO USE THE VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY The vehicle information display can be changed using the buttons and ENTER located on the steering wheel du m navigate through the items in ve hicle information ENTER change or select an item in the vehicle information display 2 go back to the previous menu 2 18 Instruments and controls 3 select enter the Vehicle informa tion menu items or to change from one dis play screen to the next i e trip TPMS Fuel economy TheENTERand buttons also control audio and control panel functions For additional infor mation refer to Steering wheel switch for audio control in Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems section STARTUP DI
43. release the adjust ment button and try to move the shoul der belt anchor up and down to make sure it is securely fixed in position The shoulder belt anchor height should be adjusted to the position best for you Failure to do so may reduce the effec tiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an accident SEAT BELT EXTENDERS If because of body size or driving position it is not possible to properly fit the lap shoulder belt and fasten it an extender that is compatible with the installed seat belts is available for purchase The extender adds approximately 8 in 200 mm of length and may be used for either the driver or front passenger seating position See a NISSAN dealer for assistance with purchasing an ex tender if an extender is required 1 17 A WARNING e Only NISSAN seat belt extenders made by the same company which made the original equipment seat belts should be used with NISSAN seat belts Adults and children who can use the standard seat belt should not use an extender Such unnecessary use could result in serious personal injury in the event of an accident Never use seat belt extenders to install child restraints If the child restraint is not secured properly the child could be seriously injured in a collision or a sud den stop SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE To clean the seat belt webbing apply a mild soap solution or any solution recom men
44. section of this manual You should be aware that incomplete or improper servicing may result in operating difficulties or excessive emissions and could affect warranty coverage If in doubt about any servicing have it done by a NISSAN dealer ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS PIN eS 11 10 9 8 7 LDI2111 OR25DE engine Power steering fluid reservoir Engine coolant reservoir Engine oil filler cap Brake fluid reservoir Air cleaner Fuse block Fusible links Battery Engine oil dipstick Radiator cap Drive belt location Windshield washer fluid reservoir Ae OONOARWNS gt O Maintenance and do it yourself 8 7 o lt 2 3 4 5 ee SS p E m TA Ab IS HES S28 Ta J cio Q0 oW OO DL NE 70 o LDI2112 8 8 Maintenance and do it yourself VQ35DE engine Power steering fluid reservoir Engine coolant reservoir Engine oil filler cap Brake fluid reservoir Air cleaner Fuse block Fusible links Battery Engine oil dipstick Radiator cap Drive belt location Windshield washer fluid reservoir ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM The engine cooling system is filled at the factory with a pre diluted mixture of 5096 Genuine NISSAN Engine Coolant blue and 5096 water to provide year round antifreeze and coolant pro tection The antifreeze solution contains rust and corrosion inhibitors Additional engine cooling system additives are not necessary AA WARNING
45. temperature Air flow distribution and fan speed are also controlled automatically 1 Press the AUTO button on 2 Turn the temperature control dial to the left or right to set the desired temperature Adjust the temperature display to about 75 F 24 C for normal operation The temperature of the passenger compart ment will be maintained automatically Air flow distribution and fan speed are also con trolled automatically Avisible mist may be seen coming from the vents in hot humid conditions as the air is cooled rapidly This does not indicate a mal function 3 You can individually set driver s and front passenger s side temperature using each temperature control dial To turn off the pas senger s side temperature control press the DUAL button Heating A C OFF The air conditioner does not activate When you need to heat only use this mode 1 Press the AUTO button The indicator light comes on 2 Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature The temperature of the passenger compart ment will be maintained automatically Air flow distribution and fan speed are also con trolled automatically Do not set the temperature lower than the outside air temperature Otherwise the sys tem may not work properly Not recommended if windows fog up Dehumidified defrosting or defogging 1 Press the wy front defroster button on 2 Turn the temperature control
46. tion refer to BSW driving situa tions in this section A vehicle that merges or changes lanes rapidly directly next to your vehicle The camera unit may not be able to detect property when your vehicle trav els beside the middle section of a ve hicle with long wheelbase e g trailer truck semi trailer tractor The camera detection zone is designed based on a standard lane width When driving in a wider lane the camera unit may not detect vehicles in an adjacent lane When driving in a narrow lane the camera unit may detect vehicles driving two lanes away The camera unit is designed to ignore most stationary objects however ob jects such as guardrails walls foliage and parked vehicles may occasionally be detected This is a normal operating condition The camera unit may detect the re flected image of vehicles or roadside objects that are not actually in the de tection zone especially when the road is wet BSW DRIVING SITUATIONS Another vehicle approaching from behind SSD1026 LSD2114 LSD2116 The Blind Spot indicator light illuminates if a vehicle enters the detection zone from behind in an adjacent lane However if the overtaking vehicle is traveling much faster than your vehicle the indicator light may not illuminate before the detected vehicle is beside your vehicle Always use the side and rear mirrors and turn and look in the direction your vehicle wi
47. 0 3 760 x 3 205 95 5 x 81 4 151 82 2 488 213 45 3 498 1 3 4 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 Idle speed CVT in N position Ignition timing degree B T D C at idle speed CO at idle No adjustment is necessary Spark plug Spark plug gap Nominal FXE20HE 11C FXE22HR 11 0 043 1 1 0 043 1 1 Camshaft operation This spark ignition system complies with the Canadian standard ICES 002 9 8 Technical and consumer information Timing chain Timing chain WHEELS AND TIRES Wheel type Size Offset in mm Steel 16 x 7 0J 1 97 50 Aluminum 16 x 7 0J 1 97 50 Aluminum 17 x 7 5J 1 97 50 Aluminum 18 x 7 5J 2 17 55 T type ST spare 16 x 4T 1 57 40 T type ST AL 16x4T 1 18 30 spare Tire size 2 5 models P215 60R16 2 5 models and 3 5 P215 55R17 models 3 5 models P235 45R18 Spare tire T135 70D16 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Overall length in mm 191 5 4 863 Overall width in mm 72 0 1 830 Overall height 2 5 models in mm 57 9 1 471 3 5 models in mm 58 1 1 477 Front track 16 and 17 inch tire in mm 62 4 1 585 18 inch tire in mm 62 0 1 575 Rear track 16 and 17 inch tire in mm 62 4 1 585 18 inch tire in mm 62 0 1 575 Wheelbase in mm 109 3 2 775 Gross vehicle weight rating Ib kg Refer to the F M V S S C M V Gross axle weight rating S S certification label on the Front Ib kg center pillar between the driver s Rear Ib kg side front and rear doors Techni
48. 2 Put the fuel filler cap on the cap holder 1 while refueling To install the fuel filler cap 1 Insert the fuel filler cap straight into the fuel filler tube 2 Turn the fuel filler cap clockwise until a single click is heard Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 33 LPD2090 LOOSE FUEL CAP warning The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning appears in the vehicle information display when the fuel filler capis not tightened correctly after the vehicle has been refueled It may take a few driving trips for the message to be displayed To turn off the warning perform the following 1 Remove and install the fuel filler cap as soon as possible For additional information refer to Fuel filler cap in this section 2 Tighten the fuel filler cap until it clicks 3 34 Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 Pressthe next button on the steer ing wheel for about 1 second to turn off the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning after tight ening the fuel filler cap TILT TELESCOPIC STEERING A WARNING Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident Do not adjust the steering wheel any closer to you than is necessary for proper steering operation and comfort The driver s air bag inflates with great force If you are unrestrained leaning forward sitting sideways or out of posi tion in any way you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash Yo
49. 2 on the ledge behind the child re straint Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 4 Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to remove any slack If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap consult your NISSAN dealer for details A WARNING Child restraint anchorages are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints Under no circumstances are they to be used to at tach adult seat belts or other items or equipment to the vehicle Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages The child restraint will not be properly installed using the damaged anchorage and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision BOOSTER SEATS For additional information on installing a booster seat in your vehicle follow the instructions out lined in this section 1 37 Precautions on booster seats A WARNING If a booster seat and seat belt are not used properly the risk of a child being injured in a sudden stop or collision greatly increases Make sure the shoulder portion of the belt is away from the child s face and neck and the lap portion of the belt does not cross the stomach Make sure the shoulder belt is not behind the child or under the child s LRS2479 LRS0453 arm A booster seat must only be installed lap shoulder belt A in a seating position tha
50. ABS operates at speeds above 3 6 MPH 5 10 km h The speed varies according to road conditions When the ABS senses that one or more wheels are close to locking up the actuator rapidly ap plies and releases hydraulic pressure This action is similar to pumping the brakes very quickly You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise from under the hood or feel a vibration from the actuator when it is operating This is normal and indicates that the ABS is operating properly However the pulsation may indicate that road conditions are hazardous and extra care is re quired while driving Starting and driving 5 33 VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC SYSTEM The Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system uses various sensors to monitor driver inputs and ve hicle motion Under certain driving conditions the VDC System helps to perform the following functions Controls brake pressure to reduce wheel slip on one slipping drive wheel so power is transferred to a non slipping drive wheel on the same axle Controls brake pressure and engine output to reduce drive wheel slip based on vehicle speed traction control function Controls brake pressure at individual wheels and engine output to help the driver maintain control of the vehicle in the following condi tions understeer vehicle tends to not follow the steered path despite increased steer ing input oversteer vehicle tends to spin due to cert
51. AUX M4 SEEK button Display screen AUX button CD button S99 NO oOo 1 1 FM AM SAT RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER Type B if so equipped For all operation precautions refer to Audio op eration precautions in this section APPS 1 6 12 FM AM button 13 SXM button Ha No satellite radio reception is available when the 1 2 LT SXM button is pressed to access satellite radio stations unless optional satellite receiver and an tenna are installed and an SiriusXM Satellite 8 7 Radio service subscription is active Satellite ra dio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam LHA3445 1 POWER button VOL volume control knob 2 amp CD eject button 3 CD insert slot 4 62 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Audio main operation To turn the system off press the POWER button Audio settings POWER button VOL volume control Turn the VOL volume control knob to adjust the 1 Press the 4P s3 button knob volume 2 Touch the Settings key Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON This vehicle may be equipped with Speed Sen Lm position and then push the POWER button while sitive Volume SSV for audio The audio volume 3 Touch the Audio key the system is off to call up the mode radio or CD changes as the driving speed changes Use the touch screen to adjust the following which was playing immediately before the system i
52. Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An inflating air bag could seriously injure or kill a child A rear facing child restraint must only be used in the rear seat Be sure to purchase a child restraint that will fit the child and vehicle Some child restraints may not fit properly in your vehicle Child restraint anchorages are de signed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child re straints Under no circumstances are they to be used to attach adult seat belts or other items or equipment to the vehicle Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages The child restraint will not be properly installed using the damaged anchor age and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision Never use the anchor points for adult seat belts or harnesses A child restraint with a top tether strap should not be used in the front passenger seat Keep seatbacks as upright as pos sible after fitting the child restraint Infants and children should always be placed in an appropriate child re straint while in the vehicle e When the child restraint is not in use keep it secured with the LATCH system or a seat belt In a sudden stop or colli sion loose objects can injure occupants or damage the vehicle Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system A CAUTION A child restraint in a closed vehicle can become very hot Check the
53. CORROSION Most vehicle corrosion is caused by the accumulation of moisture retaining dirt and debris in body panel sections cavities and other areas damage to paint and other protective coat ings caused by gravel and stone chips or minor traffic collisions ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLUENCE THE RATE OF CORROSION Moisture Accumulation of sand dirt and water on the ve hicle body underside can accelerate corrosion Wet floor coverings will not dry completely inside the vehicle and should be removed for drying to avoid floor panel corrosion Relative humidity Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of high relative humidity especially those areas where the temperatures stay above freezing and where atmospheric pollution exists and road salt is used Temperature High temperatures accelerate the rate of corro sion to those parts which are not well ventilated Air pollution Industrial pollution the presence of salt in the air in coastal areas or heavy road salt use acceler ates the corrosion process Road salt also accel erates the disintegration of paint surfaces PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM CORROSION Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep the vehicle clean Always check for minor damage to the paint and repair it as soon as possible Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doors open to avoid water accumulation Check the underbody for accumulation of sand dirt or salt If present
54. Entry This command can be used to transfer mul tiple contacts at a time To enable manual contact transfer capability set Phonebook Download to Off in the Setting menu The ability to transfer contacts via the OPP Bluetooth profile depends on your mobile phone For additional information refer to your phone s Owner s Manual Delete Entry Speak this command to delete an entry in the phonebook Choose an entry to delete by speaking the desired name or say List Names Recent Calls The following commands are available under Recent Calls Incoming Calls Speak this command to list the last five incoming calls to the vehicle If the call is from an entry in the phonebook the name will be displayed Otherwise the phone number of the incoming call will be dis played Say Dial to call the number or Send Text to send a text message to that number Say Next Entry or Previous Entry to move through the list of incoming calls Missed Calls Speak this command to list the last five missed calls to the vehicle If the call is from an entry in the phonebook the name will be displayed Otherwise the phone number of the missed call will be displayed Say Dial to call the number or Send Text to send a text message to that number Say Next Entry or Previous Entry to move through the list of missed calls Outgoing Calls Speak this command to list the last five outgoi
55. Files 512 Max 255 files for one folder Text character number limitation 128 characters Displavable character codes 01 ASCII 02 ISO 8859 1 03 UNICODE UTF 16 BOM Big Endian 04 UNICODE UTF 16 Non BOM Big Endian 05 pay UNICODE UTF 8 06 UNICODE Non UTF 16 BOM Little Endian 1 Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played 2 Available codes depend on what kind of media versions and information are going to be displayed Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 39 Troubleshooting guide Symptom Cause and Countermeasure Check if the disc was inserted correctly Check if the disc is scratched or dirty Check if there is condensation inside the player If there is wait until the condensation is gone about 1 hour before using the player If there is a temperature increase error the CD player will play correctly after it returns to the normal temperature Cannot play If there is a mixture of music CD files CD DA data and MP3 WMA files on a CD only the music CD files CD DA data will be played Files with extensions other than MP3 WMA mp3 or wma cannot be played In addition the character codes and number of characters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with the specifications Check if the finalization process such as session close and disc close is done for the disc Check if the disc is protected
56. Free Phone System Press the amp 4 button and say Phone to bring up the phone command menu The available options are Call Phonebook Recent Calls Messaging if available Show Applications if available Select Phone or Device Call For additional information refer to Making a call in this section Phonebook The following commands are available under Phonebook aname Say a name in the phonebook to bring up a list of options for that phonebook entry The system will say the name it interpreted based on the voice command provided If the name is incorrect say Correction to hear another name Once the correct phonebook entry is identi fied say Dial to dial the number or Send Text to send a text message to that number Say Record Name to record a name for the phonebook entry Say Delete Recording to delete a recorded name for the phonebook entry List Names Speak this command to have the system list the names in the phonebook one by one alphabetically Say Dial to dial the number of the current name or Send Text to send a text message to that number Say Next En try or Previous Entry to move through the list alphabetically Say Record Name to record a name for the current phonebook entry Say Delete Recording to delete a recorded name for the current phonebook entry 4 104 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Transfer
57. I Key System Error See Owner s Manual No Key Detected This warning appears when the Intelligent Key is left outside the vehicle with the ignition switch in the ON or ACC position Make sure the Intelli gent Key is inside the vehicle Key ID Incorrect if so equipped This warning appears when the ignition switch is placed from the OFF position and the Intelligent Key is not recognized by the system You cannot start the engine with an unregistered key For additional information refer to NISSAN In telligent Key in the Pre driving checks and adjustments section of this manual Shift to Park This warning illuminates when the ignition switch is in the ACC or OFF position and the shift lever is in any position other than P Park position Also a chime sounds when the ignition switch is in the OFF position If this warning illuminates move the shift lever to the P Park position or start the engine For additional information about Intelligent Key refer to NISSAN Intelligent Key amp in the Pre driving checks and adjustments section Push ignition to OFF After the Push ignition to OFF warning illumi nates the warning will illuminate if the ignition switch is placed in the ACC position when the shift lever is moved to the P Park position To turn off the Push warning place the ignition switch in the ON position and then in the LOCK position Key battery low if so equipped This indicator ill
58. ON when the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position then back to the ON position The computer has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle forward or in reverse at a slow speed When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and is not an indication of a malfunction A WARNING The VDC system is designed to help the driver maintain stability but does not prevent accidents due to abrupt steer ing operation at high speeds or by care less or dangerous driving techniques Reduce vehicle speed and be especially careful when driving and cornering on slippery surfaces and always drive carefully Do not modify the vehicle s suspension If suspension parts such as shock ab Sorbers struts springs stabilizer bars bushings and wheels are not NISSAN recommended for your vehicle or are extremely deteriorated the VDC system may not operate properly This could adversely affect vehicle handling per formance and the indicator may flash or the f indicator light may illuminate If brake related parts such as brake pads rotors and calipers are not NISSAN recommended or are extremely deteriorated the VDC system may not operate properly and the f indica tor light may illuminate If engine control related parts are not NISSAN recommended or are extremely deteriorated the f indicator light may
59. Parking brake operation 5 19 Parking parking onhills 5 30 Personal lights sss so ee RS 2 50 Phone Bluetooth hands free System zai ee os aad 4 85 4 99 4 110 Power Power door locks 3 5 3 6 Power outlet llle 2 40 Power rear windows 2 46 Power steering fluid 8 15 Power steering system 5 31 Power windows eene 2 44 Rear power windows 2 46 Poweroutlet essk doses pot 8 6 2 40 Power steering e ud mme 5 31 Power steering fluid ss 8 15 Precautions Maintenance precautions 8 5 Precautions on booster seats rns 1 20 1 27 1 33 1 38 Precautions on child restraints 1 20 1 27 1 33 1 38 Precautions on seat belt usage 1 11 Precautions on supplemental restraint SYSTEM sica uoo m ei A mapu oat E 1 41 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Programmable features s 4 7 Push Starting s RR 6 10 R Radio Car phone or CB radio 4 84 FM AM radio with compact disc CD players sue betana EE E 4 43 FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD player eS 4 47 4 51 4 56 4 62 Readiness for inspection maintenance I M TEST i093 ku eu Re duh Gk ah eee e Rowe S 9 20 Rear power windows sss 2 46 Rear seat i cd s gu edm hob ae 1 5 Rear sonar system sss 5 36 RearView Monitor 4 10 4 11 4 13 Rear window and outside
60. Tethers for CHildren system or with the vehicle seat belt For additional information refer to Child restraints in this section NISSAN recommends that all pre teens and children be restrained in the rear seat Studies show that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat This is especially important because your vehicle has a supplemental restraint sys tem air bag system for the front passen ger For additional information refer to Supplemental Restraint System SRS in this section INFANTS Infants up to at least 1 year old should be placed in a rear facing child restraint NISSAN recom mends that infants be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manu facturer s instructions for installation and use Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SMALL CHILDREN Children that are over 1 year old and weigh at least 20 lbs 9 kg should remain in a rear facing child restraint as long as possible up to the height or weight limit of the child restraint Children who outgrow the height or weight limit of the rear facing child restraint and are at least 1 year old should be secured in a forward facing child re straint with a harness Refer to the manufactur ers instructions for minimum and maximum
61. This warning appears when the fuel filler cap is not tightened correctly after the vehicle has been refueled For additional information refer to Fuel filler cap in the Pre driving checks and adjustments section of this manual I Key System Error See Owner s Manual if so equipped After the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position this light comes on for about 2 seconds and then turns off The I Key System Error message warns of a malfunction with the Intelligent Key system If the light comes on while the engine is stopped it may be impossible to start the engine If the light comes on while the engine is running you can drive the vehicle However in these cases contact a NISSAN dealer for repair as soon as possible SECURITY SYSTEMS LIC0301 Your vehicle may have two types of security sys tems Vehicle security system NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM The vehicle security system provides visual and audible alarm signals if someone opens the doors trunk liftgate or the hood when the system is armed It is not however a motion detection type system that activates when a vehicle is moved or when a vibration occurs The system helps deter vehicle theft but cannot prevent it nor can it prevent the theft of interior or exterior vehicle components in all situations Al ways secure your vehicle even if parking for a brief period Never leave your Intelligent K
62. To open the windows turn the driver s door key toward the rear of the vehicle for longer than 1 second after the door is unlocked Toclose the windows turn the driver s door key toward the front of the vehicle for longer than 1 second after the door is locked Windows stop when the key cylinder is released LPD2092 Inside lock LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB To lock the door without the key move the inside lock knob to the lock position then close the door To unlock the door without the key move the inside lock knob to the unlock position 2 Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 5 LPD2093 Door lock switch LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH To lock all the doors without a key push the door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side to the lock position 1 When locking the door this way be certain not to leave the key inside the vehicle To unlock all the doors without a key push the door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side to the unlock position 2 3 6 Pre driving checks and adjustments Lockout protection When the power door lock switch is moved to the lock position and any door is open all doors will lock and unlock automatically With the Intelligent Key left in the vehicle and any door open all doors will unlock automatically and a chime will sound after the door is closed These functions help to prevent the Intelligent Key from being accide
63. When locking the doors using the Intelli gent Key be sure not to leave the key in the vehicle Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 21 WPD0359 Locking doors 1 3 22 Pre driving checks and adjustments Place the ignition switch in the LOCK posi tion Close all doors Press the button on the Intelligent Key The hazard warning lights flash twice and the horn beeps once All doors will be locked A CAUTION After locking the doors using the Intelli gent Key be sure that the doors have been securely locked by operating the door handles a a WPD0360 Unlocking doors i Press the Press the a Key button on the Intelligent The hazard warning lights flash once A button again within 60 sec onds to unlock all doors and trunk NOTE The unlocking operation can be changed in Selective door unlock in the Vehicle Set tings of the vehicle information display For additional information refer to Vehicle in formation display in the Instruments and controls section of this manual All doors will be locked automatically unless one of the following operations is performed within 1 minute after pressing the f button Opening any doors Pushing the ignition switch The interior light illuminates for a period of time when a door is unlocked and the room light Switch is in the DOOR position The light can be turned
64. X to close them 4 24 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems n Center LHA2256 HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER manual if so equipped N LHA1134 Rear 6 5 4 LHA2243 1 Fan speed control system OFF dial 5 Rear window and outside mirror if so air conditioning A C button equipped defroster button 2 Air flow control buttons 6 Front windshield defrost button 3 Temperature control dial MAX A C button 4 Air recirculation button Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 25 A WARNING e The air conditioner cooling function op erates only when the engine is running e Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the assistance of others alone in your vehicle Pets should also not be left alone They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals Do not use the recirculation mode for long periods as it may cause the interior air to become stale and the windows to fog up NOTE Odors from inside and outside the vehicle can build up in the air conditioner unit Odor can enter the passenger compartment through the
65. a cargo area inside a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seri ously injured or killed e Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts e Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly TERMS It is important to familiarize yourself with the following terms before loading your vehicle Curb Weight actual weight of your vehicle vehicle weight including standard and optional equipment flu ids emergency tools and spare tire assembly This weight does not in clude passengers and cargo GVW Gross Vehicle Weight curb weight plus the combined weight of passengers and cargo GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rat ing maximum total combined weight of the unloaded vehicle pas sengers luggage hitch trailer tongue load and any other optional equipment This information is lo cated on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating maximum weight load limit specified for the front or rear axle This informa tion is located on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label GCWR Gross Combined Weight rating The maximum total weight rating of the vehicle passengers cargo and trailer Technical and consumer information 9 13 Vehicle Capacity Weight Load limit Total load capacity maximum total weight limit specified of the load pas
66. a purse pocket or your other hand A CAUTION The lockout protection may not function under the following conditions When the Intelligent Key is placed on top of the instrument panel When the Intelligent Key is placed on top of the rear parcel shelf When the Intelligent Key is placed in side the glove box or a storage bin Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 11 e When the Intelligent Key is placed in side the door pockets e When the Intelligent Key is placed on or under the spare tire area e When the Intelligent Key is placed in side or near metallic materials 3 12 Pre driving checks and adjustments LPD2075 WPD0369 Unlocking doors 1 Carry the Intelligent Key 2 Push the door handle request switch 1 The hazard warning lights flash once and the outside buzzer sounds once Push the door handle request switch 1 again within 60 seconds to unlock all doors and trunk If door handle is pulled while unlocking the doors that door may not be unlocked Returning the door handle to its original position will unlock the door If the door does not unlock after return ing the door handle push the door handle re quest switch to unlock the door All doors will be locked automatically unless one of the following operations is performed within 1 minute after pushing the request switch Opening any door Pushing the ignition switch The interior
67. additional cleaning is necessary use a small amount of neutral detergent with a soft cloth Never spray the screen with water or de tergent Dampen the cloth first and then wipe the screen HOW TO USE THE 5 BACK BUTTON Press the BACK button to return to the previous screen APPS INFORMATION P em SrhexM m SM vet em SrhexM m SM Link IB My Apps My Apps Tm Tm LHA2773 SETTINGS g Phone amp Bluetooth LHA2916 HOW TO USE THE ssm BUTTON For additional information about the SiriusXM Travel Link and Traffic features refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual For additional information about the My Apps key refer to NissanConnect M Mobile Apps in this section For additional information about the Voice Com mands key refer to NISSAN Voice Recognition System in this section To select and or adjust several functions fea tures and modes that are available for your ve hicle 1 Press the asm _ button 2 Touch the Settings key 3 Touch the desired item Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 7 Mewiemn Rest Brightness Adjusts the brightness of the display Display Mode Adjusts to fit the level of lighting in the vehicle Touch key to cycle through options Day and Night modes are suited for the respec tive times of day while Auto controls the display automatically Scroll Direction Adju
68. adjustment removal and installation information child restraint 1 34 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WRS0680 Forward facing step 3 3 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s in structions for belt routing If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point rear seat installation only For addi tional information refer to Installing top tether strap in this section Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap in seating positions that do not have a top tether anchor LRS0667 Forward facing step 4 4 Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully extended At this time the seat belt retractor is in the ALR mode child restraint mode It reverts to ELR mode when the seat belt is fully retracted LRSO0668 Forward facing step 5 5 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on the shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt WRS0681 Forward facing step 6 6 Remove any additional slack from the seat belt press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the se
69. air bag and curtain air bag systems Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system sus pension system or side panel This could affect proper operation of the side air bag and curtain air bag systems e Tampering with the side air bag system may result in serious personal injury For example do not change the front seats by placing material near the seat backs or by installing additional trim material such as seat covers around the side air bag Work around and on the side air bag and curtain air bag system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of electrical equipment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer The SRS wir ing harnesses should not be modified or disconnected Unauthorized electri cal test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the side air bag or curtain air bag system The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and orange for easy identification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the side air bag and curtain air bag systems and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 57 SEAT BELTS WITH PRETENSIONERS front seats A WARNING The pretensioners cannot be reused af ter activation They must be replaced together with the retractor and buckle as a unit e If the vehicle becomes involved in a collision but a pretensioner i
70. antenna and body etc REGULATORY INFORMATION FCC Regulatory information CAUTION To maintain compliance with FCC s RF exposure guidelines use only the supplied antenna Unauthorized antenna modification or attachments could damage the transmitter and may violate FCC regula tions Operation is subject to the following two con ditions 1 This device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause unde sired operation of the device IC Regulatory information Operation is subject to the following two con ditions 1 this device may not cause interfer ence and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device This Class B digital apparatus meets all re quirements of the Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Regulations BLUETOOTH is a trademark owned by Bluetooth Bluetooth SIG Inc and licensed to Visteon USING THE SYSTEM The NISSAN Voice Recognition system allows hands free operation of the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System If the vehicle is in motion some commands may not be available so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Initialization When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position NISSAN Voice Recognition is initialized which takes a few seconds Ifthe 4 button is pressed before the initialization complete
71. are operational For additional information refer to Security sys tems in this section 2 16 Instruments and controls Side light and headlight indicator light green The side light and headlight indicator light illumi nates when the side light or headlight position is selected For additional information refer to Headlight and turn signal switch in this section TR Slip indicator light This indicator will blink when the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system is operating thus alerting that the vehicle is nearing its traction limits The road surface may be slippery SPORT mode indicator light if so equipped QR25DE This light illuminates and then turns off when the ignition switch is placed to the ON position and when the SPORT mode off is selected For additional information refer to Continuously Variable Transmission CVT in the Starting and driving section of this manual Turn signal hazard indicator lights The appropriate light flashes when the turn signal switch is activated Both lights flash when the hazard switch is turned on 3 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF indicator light This indicator light comes on when the Vehicle Dynamic Control off switch is pushed to OFF This indicates the Vehicle Dynamic Control has been turned off Push the Vehicle Dynamic Control off switch again or restart the engine and the system will be reactivated For additional information
72. audio phone and voice recognition systems iPod XXXXXXXX D XXXXXXXX IE XXXXXXXX Q xxx LHA2911 Audio main operation Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position Press the AUX button repeatedly to switch to the iPod mode If the system has been turned off while the iPod was playing pressing the VOL ON OFF control knob will start the iPod AUX button When the AUX button is pressed with the system off and the iPod connected the system will turn on If another audio source is playing and the iPod is connected press the AUX button re peatedly until the center display changes to the iPod mode Interface Playlists The interface for iPod amp operation shown on the Artists vehicle s audio system display screen is similar to the iPod interface Use the Albums touch screen D BACK button or the Genres TUNE SCROLL knob to navigate the menus on e Songs the screen When the iPod is playing touch the Menu key Composers to bring up the iPod interface Audiobooks Depending on the iPod model the following Podcasts items may be available on the menu list screen For additional information about each item refer LHA2907 to the iPod Owner s Manual Shuffle and repeat play mode While the iPod is playing the play pattern can be altered so that songs are repeated or played randomly Touch the Shuffle key to apply a random play pattern
73. bag warning light When the ignition switch is placed in the ON or START position the supplemental air bag warn ing light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off This means the system is operational 2 14 Instruments and controls If any of the following conditions occur the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag and preten sioner systems need servicing and your vehicle must be taken to a NISSAN dealer The supplemental air bag warning light re mains on after approximately 7 seconds The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Unless checked and repaired the supplemental restraint system air bag system and or the pre tensioners may not function properly For addi tional details refer to Supplemental restraint system SRS in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual AWARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag systems and or pretensioner systems will not op erate in an accident To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible INDICATOR LIGHTS For additional information refer to Vehicle infor mation display in this section CRUISE Cruise main switch indicator light if so equipped Th
74. be advised not to ride in the front passenger seat and the vehicle should be checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible 3 If the light is OFF with small adult child or child restraint occupying the front passen ger seat This may be due to the following conditions that may be interfering with the weight sen sors Small adult or child is not sitting upright leaning against the seatback and centered on the seat cushion with feet comfortably extended to the floor The child restraint is not properly installed as outlined in the Child restraints section of the Owner s Manual An object weighing over 2 2 Ibs 1 kg hang ing on the seat or placed in the seatback pocket A child seat or other object pressing against the rear of the seatback A rear passenger pushing or pulling on the back of the front passenger s seat The front seat or seatback is forced back against an object on the seat or floor behind it An object placed under the front passen ger s seat An object placed between the seat cushion and center console 1 54 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system If the vehicle is moving please come to a stop when it is safe to do so Check and correct any of the above conditions Restart the vehicle and wait one minute NOTE A system check will be performed during which the front passenger air bag status light will remain lit for about 7 seconds initially If the ligh
75. be clear in a dark place or at night This is not a malfunc tion If dirt rain or snow attaches to the camera the RearView Monitor may not display ob jects Clean the camera Do not use alcohol benzine or thinner to clean the camera This will cause discolor ation To clean the camera wipe with a cloth dampened with diluted mild cleaning agent and then wipe with a dry cloth Do not damage the camera as the monitor screen may be adversely affected Do not use wax on the camera window Wipe off the wax with a clean cloth damp ened with mild detergent diluted with water MOVING OBJECT DETECTION MOD if so equipped The Moving Object Detection MOD system can inform the driver of moving objects behind the vehicle when backing out of garages maneuver ing in parking lots and in other such instances The MOD system detects moving objects by using image processing technology on the image shown in the display When the shift lever is in the R Reverse position and the vehicle speed is approximately 5 MPH 8 km h or less the MOD system detects moving objects in the rearview or rear wide view The MOD system will not operate if the trunk is open 4 22 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems A WARNING e The MOD system is not a substitute for proper vehicle operation and does not prevent contact with the objects sur rounding the vehicle When maneuver ing always use the outside m
76. by copyright P d li Check if the disc is scratched or dirty siia s aid Bit rate may be too low It takes a relatively long time If there are many folders or file levels on the MPS WMA disc or if it is a multisession disc some time may be required before the music starts playing before the music starts playing The writing software and hardware combination might not match or the writing speed writing depth writing width etc might not match the specifications Try using the slowest writing speed Skipping with high bit rate Skipping may occur with large quantities of data such as for high bit rate data files Moves immediately to the When a non MP3 WMA file has been given an extension of MP3 WMA mp3 or wma or when play is prohibited by copyright protection there next song when playing will be approximately 5 seconds of no sound and then the player will skip to the next song Songs do not play back in The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software Therefore the files might not play in the desired order the desired order Music cuts off or skips 4 40 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems USB Universal Serial Bus Connection Port if so equipped A WARNING Do not connect disconnect or operate the USB device while driving Doing so can be a distraction If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an acci dent or se
77. call attention by pressing and holding the 311 button on the Intelligent Key for longer than 0 5 seconds The panic alarm and headlights will stay on for a period of time The panic alarm stops when Ithas run for a period of time or Any button is pressed on the Intelligent Key 3 24 Pre driving checks and adjustments Answer back horn feature If desired the answer back horn feature can be deactivated using the Intelligent Key When it is deactivated and the LOCK button is pushed the hazard indicator lights flash twice WhentheUNLOCK buttonis pushed nei ther the hazard indicator lights nor the horn op erates NOTE If you change the answer back horn and light flash feature with the Intelligent Key the vehicle information display screen will show the current mode after the ignition Switch has been cycled from the OFF to the ON position The vehicle information dis play screen can also be used to change the answer back horn mode For additional in formation refer to Answer back horn in the Instruments and controls section of this manual To deactivate Press and hold the and buttons for at least 2 seconds The hazard warning lights will flash three times to confirm that the answer back horn feature has been deactivated To activate Press and hold the and buttonsforatleast2 seconds once more The hazard warning lights will flash once and the horn will sound once to confirm that the
78. care Apply a light coat of tire dressing to help prevent it from entering the tire tread grooves where it would be difficult to remove Wipe off excess tire dressing using a dry towel Make sure the tire dressing is com pletely removed from the tire tread grooves Allow the tire dressing to dry as recom mended by the tire dressing manufacturer CLEANING INTERIOR Occasionally remove loose dust from the interior trim plastic parts and seats using a vacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush Wipe the vinyl and leather surfaces with a clean soft cloth damp ened in mild soap solution then wipe clean with a dry soft cloth Regular care and cleaning is required in order to maintain the appearance of the leather Before using any fabric protector read the manu facturers recommendations Some fabric pro tectors contain chemicals that may stain or bleach the seat material Use a cloth dampened only with water to clean the meter and gauge lens A WARNING Do not use water or acidic cleaners hot steam cleaners on the seat This can dam age the seat or occupant classification sensor This can also affect the operation of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury A CAUTION Never use benzine thinner or any simi lar material Small dirt particles can be abrasive and damaging to leather surfaces and should be removed promptly Do not use saddle soap car waxes polishes oils cleaning flu
79. da 2 10 2 14 Audible reminders 2 10 2 14 Indicator lights 2 10 2 14 Warning lights 0 2 10 2 14 Warning lights css 2 10 2 14 Washer switch Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 29 Weights See dimensions and weights 9 9 Wheels and tires cess 8 36 Wheel tiresize lees 9 9 When traveling or registering your vehicle in another country ss as naaraat ews d 9 10 WINJOWS i e e i Ga eae mm Pee a 2 44 Locking passengers windows 2 46 Power rear windows s 2 46 Power windows sess 2 44 Rear power windows 2 46 Windshield washer fluid 8 16 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 29 Windshield wiper blades 8 22 Wiper Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 29 Wiperblades sels 8 22 10 7 GAS STATION INFORMATION RECOMMENDED FUEL Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI Anti Knock Index num ber Research octane number 91 A CAUTION e Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control system and may also affect the warranty coverage Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because this will damage the three way catalyst Do not use E 15 or E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 15 or E 85 fuel Using E 15 or E 85 fuel in a vehicle no
80. decrease the volume v Menu control switch ENTER button While the display is showing a map or audio screen tilt the Menu Control switch upward or downward to select a station track CD or folder For most audio sources tiling the switch up down for more than 1 5 seconds provides a different function than a tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds AM and FM Tilt up down for less than 1 5 seconds to increase or decrease the preset station Tilt up down for more than 1 5 seconds to Seek up or down to the next station Press the ENTER button to show the list of preset stations XM SXM if so equipped Tilt up down for less than 1 5 seconds to increase or decrease the preset station Tilt up down for more than 1 5 seconds to go to the next or previous channel Press the ENTER button to show the XM SXM Menu iPod if so equipped Tilt up down for less than 1 5 seconds to increase or decrease the track number Press the ENTER button to show the iPod Menu CD Tilt up down for less than 1 5 seconds to increase or decrease the track number Tilt up down for more than 1 5 seconds to increase or decrease the folder number if playing compressed audio files Press the ENTER button to show the CD Menu 4 82 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems USB if so equipped Tilt up down for less than 1 5 seconds to increase or
81. dial to set the desired temperature To quickly remove ice from the outside of the windows use the fan speed control dial to set the fan speed to maximum As soon as possible after the windshield is clean press the AUTO button to return to the automatic mode When the Sg front defroster button is pressed the air conditioner will automati cally be turned on at outside temperatures above 36 F 2 C The air recirculate mode automatically turns off allowing outside air to be drawn into the passenger compart ment to further improve the defogging per formance Rear window and outside mirror if so equipped defroster button For additional information refer to Rear window and outside mirror if so equipped defroster switch in the Instruments and controls section of this manual Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 33 Remote start logic if so equipped Vehicles equipped with automatic climate con trols and remote start function may go into auto matic heating or cooling mode when remote start is activated depending on outside and cabin tem peratures During this period the climate control display and buttons will be inoperable until igni tion switch is turned on MANUAL OPERATION Fan speed control Press the fan control buttons control the fan speed Press the AUTO button to return to automatic control of the fan speed to manually Air recirculation Press the
82. electronic devices when filling Keep the pump nozzle in contact with the container while you are fill ing it Use only approved portable fuel con tainers for flammable liquid A CAUTION Do not use E 15 or E 85 fuel in your vehicle For additional information re fer to Recommended Fue in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual e The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning will ap pear if the fuel filler cap is not properly tightened It may take a few driving trips for the message to be displayed Failure to tighten the fuel filler cap properly after the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning ap pears may cause the Malfunction Indicator Light MIL to illuminate Failure to tighten the fuel filler cap properly may cause the 71 Malfunc tion Indicator Light MIL to illuminate If the L light illuminates because the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The 7 light should turn off after a few driving trips Ifthe L light does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle in spected by a NISSAN dealer For additional information refer to Malfunction Indicator Light MIL in the Instruments and Controls section in this manual If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body flush it away with water to avoid paint damage LPD2082 To remove the fuel filler cap 1 Turn the fuel filler cap counterclockwise to remove
83. equivalent in size and load rating to the original equipment tires If you do not it can adversely affect the safety and handling of your vehicle Generally snow tires have lower speed ratings than factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never ex ceed the maximum speed rating of the tire If you install snow tires they must be the same size brand construction and tread pattern on all four wheels For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some U S states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing Maintenance and do it yourself 8 43 studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires TIRE CHAINS A CAUTION Only certain SAE class S tire chains can be used on this vehicle Using the wrong Class S chains on this vehicle will cause damage to the vehicle If you plan to use tire chains cables you should use a tire chain that meets the minimum clearances for your vehicle 8 44 Maintenance and do it yourself LDI0574 Use of tire chains may be prohibited according to ocation Check the local laws before installing tire chains When installing tire chains make sure they are the proper size for the tires on your vehicle and are installed according to the chain manufacturer s suggestions Use a
84. example if a child is in the front passenger seat the Advanced Air Bag System is designed to turn the passenger air bag OFF in accordance with the regulations Also if a child restraint of the type specified in the regulations is on the seat the Occupant Classification Sensors can detect it and cause the air bag to turn OFF Front passenger seat adult occupants who are properly seated and using the seat belt as outlined in this manual should not cause the passenger air bag to be automatically turned OFF For small adults it may be turned OFF however if the occu pant takes his her weight off the seat cushion for example by not sitting upright by sitting on an edge of the seat or by otherwise being out of position this could cause the sensor to turn the air bag OFF Always be sure to be seated and wearing the seat belt properly for the most effective protec tion by the seat belt and supplemental air bag NISSAN recommends that pre teens and chil dren be properly restrained in a rear seat NISSAN also recommends that appropriate child restraints and booster seats be properly installed in a rear seat If this is not possible the Occupant Classification Sensor is designed to operate as described above to turn the front passenger air bag OFF for specified child restraints as required 1 51 by the regulations Failing to properly secure child restraints and to use the ALR mode may allow the restraint to tip or move in a collision
85. from D Drive to the to Ds Drive Sport The position indicator in the meter shows a Ds In Ds Drive Sport mode transmission op eration changes to Sporty driving shift op eration creating a more aggressive accel eration feeling than the D Drive mode and a gear change sensation when the driver ac celerates or when using the shift paddles if so equipped During Ds Drive Sport mode operation the driver must move the shift lever from Ds mode to D mode and back again to re select Ds Drive Sport mode Tocancel the Ds mode return the shift lever to the D Drive position The transmission returns to the automatic drive mode The CVT can operate in two manual drive modes e M Manual mode if so equipped With the shift lever in the Ds Drive Sport mode using the shift paddles if so equipped up or down produces noticeable up shifts and downshifts The position indicator in the meter shows a M To Ds Drive Sport mode return the shift lever to the D Drive mode Follow these procedures for maximum vehicle performance and driving enjoyment Starting and driving 5 13 NOTE Engine power may be automatically re duced to protect the CVT if the engine speed increases quickly when driving on slippery roads or while being tested on some dynamometers Starting the vehicle 1 After starting the engine fully depress the foot brake pedal before moving the shift lever out of the P Park
86. from a TV and personal computer the bat tery life may become shorter For additional information regarding replacement of a battery refer to Battery replacement in the Maintenance and do it yourself section As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be registered and used with one vehicle For information about the purchase and use of additional Intelligent Keys contact a NISSAN dealer 3 8 Pre driving checks and adjustments A CAUTION Listed below are conditions or occur rences which will damage the Intelligent Key Do not allow the Intelligent Key which contains electrical components to come into contact with water or salt water This could affect the system function Do not drop the Intelligent Key Do not strike the Intelligent Key sharply against another object e Do not change or modify the Intelligent Key e Wetting may damage the Intelligent Key If the Intelligent Key gets wet im mediately wipe until it is completely dry e Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in an area where tem peratures exceed 140 F 60 C Do not attach the Intelligent Key with a key holder that contains a magnet Do not place the Intelligent Key near equipment that produces a magnetic field such as a TV audio equipment and personal computers If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen NISSAN recommends erasing the ID code of that Intelli gent Key from the vehicle This may prevent the unau
87. hard braking or when braking on slippery surfaces The system detects the rotation speed at each wheel and varies the brake fluid pressure to pre vent each wheel from locking and sliding By preventing each wheel from locking the system helps the driver maintain steering control and helps to minimize swerving and spinning on slip pery surfaces Using the system Depress the brake pedal and hold it down De press the brake pedal with firm steady pressure but do not pump the brakes The ABS will oper ate to prevent the wheels from locking up Steer the vehicle to avoid obstacles A WARNING Do not pump the brake pedal Doing so may result in increased stopping distances Self test feature The ABS includes electronic sensors electric pumps hydraulic solenoids and a computer The computer has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle at a low speed in forward or reverse When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction If the computer senses a malfunc tion it switches the ABS off and illuminates the ABS warning light on the instrument panel The brake system then operates normally but without anti lock assistance If the ABS warning light illuminates during the self test or while driving have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer Normal operation The
88. have accumulated For additional information refer to Appearance and care section of this manual Windshield washer fluid Check that there is adequate fluid in the reservoir MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS When performing any inspection or maintenance work on your vehicle always take care to prevent serious accidental injury to yourself or damage to the vehicle The following are general precau tions which should be closely observed A WARNING e Park the vehicle on a level surface ap ply the parking brake securely and block the wheels to prevent the vehicle from moving Move the shift lever to P Park e Be sure the ignition key is in the OFF or LOCK position when performing any parts replacement or repairs If you must work with the engine run ning keep your hands clothing hair and tools away from moving fans belts and any other moving parts e It is advisable to secure or remove any loose clothing and remove any jewelry such as rings watches etc before working on your vehicle e Always wear eye protection whenever you work on your vehicle Your vehicle is equipped with an auto matic engine cooling fan It may come on at any time without warning even if the ignition key is in the OFF position and the engine is not running To avoid injury always disconnect the negative battery cable before working near the fan If you must run the engine in an en closed space such as a garage be sure there is
89. hold the PHONE END 4 button for 5 seconds Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 97 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty If problems are en countered try the following solutions Where the solutions are listed by number try each solution in turn starting with number 1 until the problem is resolved 1 Ensure that the command is valid For additional information refer to List of voice commands in this section 4 Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive for example windows open or defroster on NOTE If it is too System fails to interpret the command correctly noisy to use the phone it is likely that the voice commands will not be recognized 5 If more than one command was said at a time try saying the commands separately 6 If the system consistently fails to recognize commands the voice training procedure should be carried out to im prove the recognition response for the speaker For additional information refer to Voice Adaptation VA mode in this section 1 Ensure that the phone book entry name requested matches what was originally stored This can be confirmed by using the List Names command For additional information refer to Phonebook in this section 2 Replace one of the names being confused with a new name The system consistently selects the wrong entry from the phone book 4 98 Moni
90. if the accelerator is depressed to the floor If maximum engine power is needed to free a stuck vehicle turn the VDC system off To turn off the VDC system push the VDC OFF switch The indicator will come on Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart the engine to turn on the system For additional infor mation refer to Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system in the Starting and driving section of this manual Instruments and controls 2 39 POWER OUTLET bea O i 05 x f SN LIC2306 Instrument panel The power outlets are for powering electrical accessories such as cellular telephones They are rated at 12 volt 120W 10A maximum The power outlets are powered only when the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position Open the lower half of the console box to access the power outlet Refer to Console box in this section 2 40 Instruments and controls LIC2794 Console box A CAUTION The outlet and plug may be hot during or immediately after use Only certain power outlets are designed for use with a cigarette lighter unit Do not use any other power outlet for an accessory lighter See a NISSAN dealer for additional information Do not use with accessories that exceed a 12 volt 120W 10A power draw Do not use double adapters or more than one electrical accessory Use power outlets with the engine run ning to avoid discharging the vehicle battery Avoid using power ou
91. illuminate When driving on extremely inclined sur faces such as higher banked corners the VDC system may not operate prop erly and the fl indicator may flash or the ft indicator light may illuminate Do not drive on these types of roads e When driving on an unstable surface such as a turntable ferry elevator or ramp the indicator may flash or the f indicator light may illuminate This is not a malfunction Restart the engine after driving onto a stable surface e If wheelsortires other than the NISSAN recommended ones are used the VDC system may not operate properly and the ft indicator may flash or the fl indicator light may illuminate e The VDC system is not a substitute for winter tires or tire chains on a snow covered road BRAKE FORCE DISTRIBUTION During braking while driving through turns the system optimizes the distribution of force to each of the four wheels depending on the radius of the turn A WARNING The VDC system is designed to help the driver maintain stability but does not pre vent accidents due to abrupt steering op eration at high speeds or by careless or dangerous driving techniques Reduce vehicle speed and be especially careful when driving and cornering on slippery surfaces and always drive carefully The active trace control and brake force distribution systems may not be effec tive depending on the driving condition Always drive carefully and attentively Do not modify
92. inter ference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the de vice Maintenance and do it yourself 8 29 LIGHTS HEADLIGHTS Replacing the xenon headlight bulb if so equipped A WARNING When xenon headlights are on they pro duce a high voltage To prevent an electric shock never attempt to modify or disas semble Always have your xenon head lights replaced at a NISSAN dealer For additional information refer Headlight and turn signal switch in the Instru ments and controls section Replacing the halogen headlight bulb if so equipped If bulb replacement is required see your NISSAN dealer A CAUTION Aiming is not necessary after replacing the bulb When aiming adjustment is necessary contact a NISSAN dealer 8 30 Maintenance and do it yourself e Do not leave the headlight assembly open without a bulb installed for a long period of time Dust moisture smoke etc entering the headlight body may affect bulb performance Remove the bulb from the headlight assembly just before a replacement bulb is installed Only touch the base when handling the bulb Never touch the glass envelope Touching the glass could significantly affect bulb life and or headlight performance e High pressure halogen gas is sealed inside the halogen bulb The bulb may break if the glass envelope is scratched or the bulb is dropped e Use the
93. is performed when the ignition Switch is pushed without depressing the brake pedal the ignition switch position will change to ACC 4 Push the ignition switch while depressing the brake pedal within ten seconds after the chime sounds The engine will start NOTE When the ignition switch is pushed to the ACC or ON position or the engine is started by the above procedure the Intelligent Key battery discharge indicator appears in the vehicle information display even when the Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle This is not a malfunction To turn off the Intelligent Key battery discharge indicator touch the ignition switch with the Intelligent Key again If the Intelligent Key battery discharge indi cator appears replace the battery as soon as possible For additional information refer to Battery Replacement in the Mainte nance and do it yourself section of this manual NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the engine to start without the use of the registered key If the engine fails to start using a registered key for example when interference is caused by another registered key an automated toll road device or automatic payment device on the key ring restart the engine using the following pro cedure 1 Leave the ignition switch in the ON position for approximately 5 seconds 2 Place the ignition switch in the OFF or LOCK position and wait ap
94. lane change signal is turned off When the vehicle speed is less than approxi mately 45 MPH 70 km h Turning on or off the LDW system The LDW system is turned on or off using the settings menu in the vehicle information display SYSTEM ON The LDW light on the instrument panel will light up SYSTEM OFF The LDW light on the instrument panel will go out Perform the following steps to enable or disable the LDW system 1 Press the button until Settings dis plays in the vehicle information display Use the to select Driver Assistance Then press the ENTER button Select Driving Aids and press the ENTER button To set the LDW system to on or off use the buttons to navigate in the menu and use the ENTER button to select or change an item Select Lane and press the ENTER but ton To turn on the warning use the ENTER button to check box for Warning LDW A WARNING e The camera unit may not be able to detect properly under the following conditions On roads where there are multiple parallel lane markers lane markers that are faded or not painted clearly yellow painted lane markers non standard lane markers or lane mark ers covered with water dirt snow etc On roads where the discontinued lane markers are still detectable On roads where there are sharp curves On roads where there are sharply contrasting objects such as shad
95. leave swirl marks REMOVING SPOTS Remove tar and oil spots industrial dust insects and tree sap as quickly as possible from the surface of the paint to avoid lasting damage or staining Special cleaning products are available at a NISSAN dealer or any automotive accessory store UNDERBODY In areas where road salt is used in winter it is necessary to clean the underbody regularly in order to prevent dirt and salt from building up and causing the acceleration of corrosion on the un derbody and suspension Before the winter pe riod and again in the spring the underseal must be checked and if necessary re treated Ot WAI0005 GLASS When cleaning the rear window it may be easier to clean if the high mounted stop light if so equipped is removed first Be careful when removing the high mounted stop light to reduce the risk of damaging the high mounted stop light wires To remove the high mounted stop light D Push toward rear of vehicle 2 Lift to remove The high mounted stop light must be properly reinstalled before driving your vehicle Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust film from the glass surfaces It is normal for glass to become coated with a film after the vehicle is parked in the hot sun Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will easily remove this film A CAUTION When cleaning the inside of the windows do not use sharp edged tools abrasive cleaners or chlorine based d
96. level in the tank The gauge may move slightly during braking turning acceleration or going up or down hills The gauge needle returns to 0 Empty after the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position The low fuel warning light comes on when the amount of fuel in the tank is getting low Refill the fuel tank before the gauge regis ters 0 Empty 2 6 Instruments and controls The i indicates that the fuel filler door is located on the driver s side of the vehicle A CAUTION e If the vehicle runs out of fuel the C1 Malfunction Indicator Light MIL may come on Refuel as soon as possible After a few driving trips the C light should turn off If the light remains on after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer For additional information refer to Malfunction Indicator Light MIL in this section COMPASS DISPLAY if so equipped This unit measures terrestrial magnetism and in dicates the direction of the vehicle s heading With the ignition switch placed in the ON posi tion press the button as described in the chart below to activate various features of the automatic anti glare rearview mirror Feature Push button again for about 1 sec ond to change settings Push and hold the N button for about Compass display toggles on off Compass zone can be changed to correct false compass readings Compass enters calibration mode 5 seconds For infor
97. light located on the instrument panel will show the status of the driver and passenger seat belt LRS0786 NOTE The front passenger seat belt warning light will not light up if the seat is not occupied For additional information refer to Warning indicator lights and audible reminders in the Instruments and controls section of this manual PREGNANT WOMEN NISSAN recommends that pregnant women use seat belts The seat belt should be worn snug and always position the lap belt as low as possible around the hips not the waist Place the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never run the lap shoulder belt over your ab dominal area Contact your doctor for specific recommendations INJURED PERSONS NISSAN recommends that injured persons use seat belts Check with your doctor for specific recommendations THREE POINT TYPE SEAT BELT WITH RETRACTOR A WARNING Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times 1 14 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system e Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the
98. locked while driving Along with the use of seat belts this provides greater safety in the event of an accident by helping to prevent persons from being thrown from the vehicle This also helps keep children and others from unintentionally open ing the doors and will help keep out intruders Before opening any door always look for and avoid oncoming traffic e Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri ous accidents d LPD2129 Driver s side LOCKING WITH KEY To lock or unlock the vehicle turn the key as shown Manual To lock a door turn the key toward the front of the vehicle To unlock turn the key toward the rear of the vehicle 2 G o zo M LPD0461 Power The power door lock system allows you to lock or unlock all doors at the same time Turning the key toward the front 1 of the vehicle locks all doors Turning the key one time toward the rear 2 of the vehicle unlocks that door From that position returning the key to neutral 3 where the key can only be removed and inserted and turning it toward the rear again within 5 seconds unlocks all doors Opening and closing windows if so equipped The driver s door key operation allows you to open and close windows equipped with auto matic operation at the same time
99. mal function indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approxi mately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the mal function exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alter nate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replac ing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly Starting and driving 5 3 Additional information The TPMS does not monitor the tire pressure of the spare tire The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h Also this system may not detect a sudden drop in tire pressure for example a flat tire while driving The low tire pressure warning light does not automatically turn off when the tire pressure is adjusted on all 4 tires After all 4 tires are inflated to the recommended pressure the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning li
100. mats can extend the life of your vehicle carpet and make it easier to clean the interior Mats should be main tained with regular cleaning and replaced if they become excessively worn Appearance and care 7 5 2 LAIO009 Floor mat positioning aid This vehicle includes two driver s side front floor mat brackets and one passenger s side front floor mat bracket to help keep your floor mats in place Genuine NISSAN floor mats have been specially designed for your vehicle model The driver s side floor mat has two grommet holes incorporated in it and the passenger s side has one grommet hole Position each mat by placing the floor mat bracket hook through the floor mat grommet holes while centering the mat in the floorwell Periodically check to make certain the mats are properly positioned 7 6 Appearance and care SEAT BELTS The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution Allow the belts to dry completely in the shade before using them For additional information refer to Seat belt maintenance in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint sys tem section of this manual A WARNING Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in the retractor NEVER use bleach dye or chemical solvents to clean the seat belts since these materials may severely weaken the seat belt webbing CORROSION PROTECTION MOST COMMON FACTORS CONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLE
101. messages To choose one sages if more than one are available Press of the predefined messages speak one of the 4h button to exit the text message screen Bluetooth the following Press the f button to access the following Add phone or Device Driving can t text options for replying to the text message Delete Phone or Device Call me Een aa jh T Replace phone i 7 peak this command to call the sender o On my way the text message using the Bluetooth Select phone or Device e Running late Hands Free Phone System e Okay e Send Text Speak this command to send a text message i es res of the oo easy Say response to the sender of the text message LHA2894 ustom Message If more than one cus tom message is stored the system will e Read Text BLUETOOTH SETTINGS prompt for the number of the desired cus Speak this command to read the text mes To access and adjust the settings for the tom message For additional information on sage again Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System setting and managing custom text mes Previous Text 1 Press the SETTING button sages Refer to Bluetooth settings in this Speak this command to move to the previ section ous text message if available 2 Use the TUNE FOLDER knob to select Reading a received text message m cM and then press the ENTER but Speak this command to move to the next text f 1 Press the 44 button message if available Blueto
102. normal day to day op eration They are essential for proper vehicle op eration It is your responsibility to perform these maintenance procedures regularly as prescribed 8 2 Maintenance and do it yourself Performing general maintenance checks requires minimal mechanical skill and only a few general automotive tools These checks or inspections can be done by you a qualified technician or if you prefer a NISSAN dealer Where to go for service If maintenance service is required or your vehicle appears to malfunction have the systems checked and corrected by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN technicians are well trained specialists who are kept up to date with the latest service information through technical bulletins service tips and in dealership training programs They are completely qualified to work on NISSAN ve hicles before they work on your vehicle rather than after they have worked on it You can be confident that a NISSAN dealer s service department performs the best job to meet the maintenance requirements on your vehicle in a reliable and economical way GENERAL MAINTENANCE During the normal day to day operation of the vehicle general maintenance should be per formed regularly as prescribed in this section If you detect any unusual sounds vibrations or smells be sure to check for the cause or have a NISSAN dealer do it promptly In addition you should notify a NISSAN dealer if you think that repairs are re
103. of these conditions apply dollies or a flatbed tow truck must be used e Always attach safety chains before towing In case of emergency 6 11 For information about towing your vehicle behind a recreational vehicle RV refer to Flat towing in the Technical and consumer information sec tion of this manual CHE os LCE2127 LCE2128 TOWING RECOMMENDED BY NISSAN NISSAN recommends that your vehicle be towed with the driving front wheels off the ground or place the vehicle on a flat bed truck as illustrated 6 12 In case of emergency A CAUTION e Never tow Continuously Variable Trans mission CVT models with the front wheels on the ground or 4 wheels on the ground forward or backward as this may cause serious and expensive damage to the transmission If it is nec essary to tow the vehicle with the rear wheels raised always use towing dollies under the front wheels When towing Continuously Variable Transmission CVT models with the front wheels on towing dollies Place the ignition switch in the OFF position and secure the steering wheel in a straight ahead position with a rope or similar device Move the shift lever to the N Neutral position When towing Continuously Variable Transmission CVT models with the rear wheels on the ground if you do not use towing dollies Always release the parking brake VEHICLE RECOVERY freeing a stuck vehicle The
104. of this manual A WARNING Use only new fluid from a sealed con tainer Old inferior or contaminated fluid may damage the brake systems The use of improper fluids can damage the brake system and affect the vehi cle s stopping ability Clean the filler cap before removing e Brake fluid is poisonous and should be stored carefully in marked containers out of reach of children A CAUTION Do not spill the fluid on any painted sur faces This will damage the paint If fluid is spilled immediately wash the surface with water Maintenance and do it yourself 8 15 WINDSHIELD WASHER FLUID LDI2125 LDI2116 BRAKE FLUID Check the brake fluid level in the reservoir If the fluid level is below the MIN line or the brake warning light comes on add Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line If fluid must be added frequently the system should be checked by a NISSAN dealer 8 16 Maintenance and do it yourself WINDSHIELD WASHER FLUID RESERVOIR Fill the windshield washer fluid reservoir periodi cally Add windshield washer fluid when the low windshield washer fluid warning light comes on To fill the windshield washer fluid reservoir lift the cap off the reservoir and pour the windshield washer fluid into the reservoir opening Add a washer solvent to the washer for better cleaning In the winter season add a windshield washer antifreeze
105. off without waiting by performing one of the following operations Placing the ignition switch in the ON posi tion Locking the doors with the Intelligent Key Switching the room light switch to the OFF position Switching the Auto Room Lamp to the OFF position in Vehicle Settings of the vehicle information display For additional informa tion refer to Vehicle information display in the Instruments and controls section Opening windows if so equipped The Intelligent Key allows you to simultaneously open windows equipped with automatic opera tion To open the windows press the A but ton on the Intelligent Key longer than 3 seconds after all doors are unlocked The door windows will open while pressing the f button on the Intelligent Key The door windows cannot be closed by using the Intelligent Key WPD0364 Releasing the trunk lid Press the es button for longer than 0 5 sec onds to open the trunk lid The trunk release button will not operate when the ignition switch is in the ON position or when the trunk cancel switch if so equipped is in the OFF position For additional information refer to Cancel switch in this section Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 23 WPD0361 WPD0362 Using the panic alarm If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened you may activate the panic alarm to
106. once to the media is called a single session and writing more than once is called a multisession e ID3 WMA Tag The ID3 WMA tag is the part of the encoded MP3 or WMA file that contains information about the digital music file such as song title artist encoding bit rate track time duration etc ID3 tag infor mation is displayed on the Artist song title line on the display Windows and Windows Media are regis tered trademarks and trademarks in the United States of America and other countries of Micro soft Corporation of the USA 4 38 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems FJ FOLDER 1 MP3 or WMA WHA1078 Playback order chart Playback order Music playback order of a CD with MP3 or WMA files is as illustrated The names of folders not containing MP3 or WMA files are not shown in the display f there is a file in the top level of the disc Root Folder is displayed The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software Therefore the files might not play in the desired order Specification chart Supporied fie stems MPEG1 MPEG2 MPEG2 5 MP3 B kHz 48 kHz Supported 8 kbps 320 kbps VBR versions 1 WMA WMA7 WMA8 WMA9 Sampling frequency 32 kHz 48 kHz 48 kops 102 Kops VBR Tag information ID3 tag VER1 0 VER1 1 VER2 2 VER2 3 MP3 only Folder levels Folder levels 8 Max folders 255 including root folder
107. or ON position While connected to the vehicle the iPod can only be operated by the vehicle audio controls To disconnect the iPod from the vehicle re move the USB end of the cable from the USB jack on the vehicle then remove the cable from the iPod iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries Compatibility The following models are compatible iPod Classic 5th Generation firmware version 1 3 0 or later iPod Classic 6th Generation firmware version 2 0 1 or later iPod Classic 7th Generation firmware version 2 0 4 or later iPod nano 1st generation firmware ver sion 1 3 1 or later iPod nano 2nd generation firmware ver sion 1 1 3 or later iPod nano 3rd generation firmware ver sion 1 1 3 or later iPod nano 4th generation firmware ver sion 1 0 4 or later Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 73 iPod nano 5th generation firmware ver sion 1 0 2 or later iPod nano 6th generation firmware ver sion 1 1 or later iPod Touch 2nd generation firmware version 4 2 1 or later iPod Touch 3rd generation firmware ver Sion 5 1 or later minimum iOS 5 0 required for smartphone integration iPod Touch 4th generation firmware ver sion 5 1 or later minimum iOS 5 0 required for smartphone integration iPhone 3G firmware versio
108. or headrest if applicable Your vehicle is equipped with a head restraint headrest that may be integrated adjustable or non adjustable Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 7 Adjustable head restraints headrests have multiple notches along the stalk s to lock them in a desired adjustment position e The non adjustable head Axe Ser restraints headrests have a single locking notch to secure them to the seat frame Proper Adjustment For the adjustable type align the head restraint headrest so the center of your ear is approximately level with the center CE NEN of the head restraint headrest s ie f your ear position is still higher than the recommended alignment place the head LRS2300 LRS2299 restraint headrest at the highest position ADJUSTABI E HEAD RESTRAINT NON ADJUSTABLE HEAD If the head restraint headrest has been re HEADREST COMPONENTS RESTRAINT HEADREST moved ensure that it is reinstalled and COMPONENTS locked in place before riding in that desig Removable head restraint headrest nated seating position 2 Multiple notches 1 Removable head restraint headrest 3 Lock knob 2 Single notch 4 Stalks 3 Lock knob 4 Stalks 1 8 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRS2302 REMOVE Use the following procedure to remove the head restraint headrest 1 Pull the head restraint headrest up to th
109. out or muted Park the vehicle in a safe location and then oper ate the navigation system A WARNING e ALWAYS give your full attention to driving e Avoid using vehicle features that could distract you If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 5 f SETTINGS g Phone amp Bluetooth LHA2916 Touch screen operation Selecting the item Touch an item to select To select the Audio key touch the Audio key on the screen Touch the BACK key to return to the previous screen Adjusting the item Touch the key or the key to adjust the settings of an item Touch the up arrow to scroll up the page one item at a time or touch the double up arrow to scroll up an entire page Touch the down arrow to scroll down the page one item at a time or touch the double down arrow to scroll down an entire page nputting characters Touch the letter or number key There are some options available when inputting characters 123 ABC Changes the available character set to numbers Inserts a space Deletes the last inputted character with one touch Touch and hold the Delete key to delete all of the characters Completes the character input 4 6 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Touch screen maintenance If you clean the display screen use a dry soft cloth If
110. ows snow water wheel ruts seams or lines remaining after road repairs The LDW system could detect these items as lane markers On roads where the traveling lane merges or separates When the vehicle s traveling direc tion does not align with the lane marker When the road surface is very dark due to weak ambient light or im paired tail lamp When traveling close to the vehicle in front of you which obstructs the lane camera unit detection range When rain snow dirt or object ad heres to the windshield in front of the lane camera unit When the headlights are not bright due to dirt on the lens or if the aiming is not adjusted properly When strong light enters the lane camera unit For example the light directly shines on the front of the vehicle at sunrise or sunset When a sudden change in brightness occurs For example when the ve hicle enters or exits a tunnel or under a bridge Starting and driving 5 25 BSW LDW TEMPORARY DISABLED STATUS Under the following condition the BSW and or LDW system is turned off temporarily the BSW light and or LDW light will blink and either of the following message will appear in the vehicle in formation display Trunk is open Washer fluid is low When the above conditions are corrected the BSW and or LDW system will resume automati cally BSW LDW AUTOMATIC DEACTIVATION When dirt rain or snow cannot be removed by the automatic w
111. recommended is not covered under NISSAN s New Vehicle Limited Warranty e Using fluids that are not equivalent to Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS 3 may also damage the CVT Damage caused by the use of fluids other than as recom mended is not covered under NISSAN s New Vehicle Limited Warranty When checking or replacement of CVT fluid is required we recommend a NISSAN dealer for servicing POWER STEERING FLUID z d 9d x e gt M b b e ee K329 X LDI2126 Check the fluid level in the reservoir The fluid level should be checked when the fluid is cold at fluid temperatures of 32 to 86 F 0 to 30 C The fluid level can be checked with the level gauge which is attached to the cap To check the fluid level remove the cap The fluid level should be between the MAX 1 and MIN 2 lines If the fluid is below the MIN line add Genuine NISSAN E PSF or equivalent Remove the cap and fill through the opening A CAUTION e DO NOT OVERFILL Use of a power steering fluid other than Genuine NISSAN E PSF or equivalent will prevent the power steering system from operating properly Power steering fluid is poisonous and should be stored carefully in marked containers out of the reach of children BRAKE FLUID For additional brake fluid specification informa tion refer to Recommended fluids lubricants and capacities in the Technical and consumer information section
112. road surface until vehicle speed is reduced 6 When it is safe to do so gradually turn the steering wheel until both tires return to the road surface When all tires are on the road surface steer the vehicle to stay in the ap propriate driving lane f you decide that it is not safe to return the vehicle to the road surface based on vehicle road or traffic conditions gradually slow the vehicle to a stop in a safe place off the road RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSS Rapid air pressure loss or a blow out can occur if the tire is punctured or is damaged due to hitting a curb or pothole Rapid air pressure loss can also be caused by driving on under inflated tires Rapid air pressure loss can affect the handling and stability of the vehicle especially at highway speeds Help prevent rapid air pressure loss by maintain ing the correct air pressure and visually inspect the tires for wear and damage For additional information refer to Wheels and tires in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual If a tire rapidly loses air pressure or blows out while driving maintain control of the vehicle by following the procedure below Please note that this procedure is only a general guide The vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on the conditions of the vehicle road and traffic A WARNING The following actions can increase the chance of losing control of the vehicle if there is a sudden loss of tire air
113. same man ner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be canceled In that case reset the desired stations Compact disc CD player operation If the radio is already operating it automatically turns off and the compact disc begins to play MEDIA button With a CD loaded press the MEDIA button until the CD mode is displayed on the screen CD MP3 display mode While listening to an MP3 WMA CD certain text may be displayed on the screen if the CD has been encoded with text information Depending on how the MP3 WMA CD is encoded informa tion such as Artist Song and Folder will be dis played The track number and the total number of tracks in the current folder or on the current disc are displayed on the screen as well SEEK TRACK Reverse or Fast Forward button x gt i Press and hold the 4 SEEK button or P TRACK button for 1 5 seconds while the com pact disc is playing to reverse or fast forward the track being played The compact disc plays at an increased speed while reversing or fast forward ing When the button is released the compact disc returns to normal play speed 4 l SEEK TRACK button Press the M4 SEEK button while a CD or MP3 WMA CD is playing to return to the begin ning of the current track Press the M4 SEEK button several times to skip backward several tracks Press the 9M TRACK button while a CD or MP3 W
114. seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 5 Move the front passenger seat to the most forward position Open the access cover on the rear parcel shelf Push down on the button 1 on the rear parcel shelf Fold down the passenger s side seatback A WARNING e Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo area or on the rear seat when it is in the fold down position Use of these areas by passengers without proper restraints could result in serious injury in an acci dent or sudden stop Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or col lision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury e When returning the seatbacks to the upright position be certain they are completely secured in the latched posi tion If they are not completely secured passengers may be injured in an acci dent or sudden stop Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously in jured Keep the car locked with the rear seatback and trunk lid securely latched when not in use and prevent children s access to car keys 1 6 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRS2168 To fold down the driver s side of the rear seat open the trunk and pull on the strap 1 The rear seats can be loc
115. see if the belt holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the seat belt as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 29 7 Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the seat belt is not locked repeat steps 1 through 6 After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt fully retracted the ALR mode child restraint mode is canceled FORWARD FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING LATCH For additional information refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety and Child restraints sections of this manual before install ing a child restraint Do not use the lower anchors if the combined weight of the child and the child restraint exceeds 65 Ibs 29 5 kg If the combined weight of the child and the child restraint is greater than 65 Ibs 29 5 kg use the vehicle s seat belt not the lower anchors to install the child restraint Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for installation Follow these steps to install a forward facing child restraint using the LATCH system 1 Position the child restraint on the seat Al ways follow the child restraint manufactur er s instructions WRS0799 Forwar
116. start perform one of the following Aim the Intelligent Key at the vehicle and press Q until the parking lights turn off Turn on the hazard warning flashers Cycle the ignition switch ON and then OFF The extended engine run time has expired The first 10 minute timer has expired The engine hood has been opened The shift lever is moved out of park The alarm sounds due to illegal entry into the vehicle The ignition switch is pushed without an Intelligent Key in the vehicle The ignition switch is pushed with an Intelli gent Key in the vehicle but the brake pedal is not depressed CONDITIONS THE REMOTE START WILL NOT WORK The remote start will not operate if any of the following conditions are present The ignition switch is placed in the ON po sition The hood is not securely closed The hazard warning lights are on The engine is still running The engine must be completely stopped Wait at least 6 sec onds if the engine goes from running to off This is not applicable when extending en gine run time The remote start button Q is not pressed and held for at least 2 seconds Theremote start button C isnot pressed and held within 5 seconds of pressing the lock button The brake is pressed The doors are not closed and locked The trunk or back door is open The I Key Indicator Light remains solid in the vehicle information display
117. straight road for more than 5 minutes A WARNING Always turn and check that it is safe to do so before backing up Always back up slowly Use the displayed lines as a reference The lines are highly affected by the number of occupants fuel level vehicle position road conditions and road grade If the tires are replaced with different sized tires the predicted course lines may be displayed incorrectly On a snow covered or slippery road there may be a difference between the predicted course line and the actual course line If the battery is disconnected or be comes discharged the predicted course lines may be displayed incorrectly If this occurs please perform the follow ing procedures When the steering wheel is turned with the ignition switch in the ACC position the predicted course lines may be dis played incorrectly The distance guide line and the vehicle width line should be used as a reference only when the vehicle is on a level paved surface The distance viewed on the monitor is for reference only and may be different than the actual dis tance between the vehicle and dis played objects When backing up the vehicle up a hill objects viewed in the monitor are fur ther than they appear When backing up the vehicle down a hill objects viewed in the monitor are closer than they ap pear Use the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder to properly judge distances to other objects
118. strong household soap strong chemical deter gents gasoline or solvents e Do not wash the vehicle in direct sun light or while the vehicle body is hot as the surface may become water spotted e Avoid using tight napped or rough cloths such as washing mitts Care must be taken when removing caked on dirt or other foreign sub stances so the paint surface is not scratched or damaged Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty of clean water Inside edges seams and folds on the doors hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable to the effects of road salt Therefore these areas must be cleaned regularly Take care that the drain holes in the lower edge of the door are open Spray water under the body and in the wheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash away road salt A damp chamois can be used to dry the vehicle to avoid water spots WAXING Regular waxing protects the paint surface and helps retain new vehicle appearance Polishing is recommended to remove built up wax residue and to avoid a weathered appearance before re applying wax A NISSAN dealer can assist you in choosing the proper product Wax your vehicle only after a thorough wash ing Follow the instructions supplied with the wax Do not use a wax containing any abrasives cutting compounds or cleaners that may damage the vehicle finish Machine compounding or aggressive polishing on a base coat clear coat paint finish may dull the finish or
119. system refrigerant For additional information refer to Air conditioner system refrigerant and oil recommendations in this section Genuine NISSAN A C System Oil Type S or equivalent Air conditioning system oil For additional information refer to Air conditioner system refrigerant and oil recommendations in this section fluid or equivalent Technical and consumer information 9 3 RECOMMENDED FUEL Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI Anti Knock Index num ber Research octane number 91 A CAUTION e Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control system and may also affect the warranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because this will damage the three way catalyst Do not use E 15 or E 85 fuel in your ve hicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 15 or E 85 fuel Using E 15 or E 85 fuel in a vehicle not specifically designed for E 15 or E 85 fuel can adversely affect the emission control devices and sys tems of the vehicle Damage caused by such fuel is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty e U S government regulations require ethanol dispensing pumps to be identi fied by a small square orange and black label with the common abbrevia tion or the appropriate percentage for that region 9 4 Technical and consumer information Gasoline specifications NISSAN recommends
120. the vehicle forward until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels away from the curb and move the vehicle back until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL NO CURB Turn the wheels toward the side of the road so the vehicle will move away from the cen ter of the road if it moves Place the ignition switch in the LOCK posi tion POWER STEERING AWARNING e If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the steering will not work Steering will be harder to operate e When the power steering warning light illuminates with the engine running there will be no power assist for the steering You will still have control of the vehicle but the steering will be much harder to operate Have the power steering system checked by a NISSAN dealer The power steering system is designed to pro vide power assistance while driving to operate the steering wheel with light force When the steering wheel is operated repeatedly or continuously while parking or driving at a very low speed the power assist for the steering wheel will be reduced This is to prevent over heating of the power steering system and protect it from getting damaged While the power assist is reduced steering wheel operation will become heavy If the steering wheel operation is still per formed the power steering may stop and the power st
121. the accelerator pedal while shifting from P Park or N Neu tral to R Reverse D Drive Ds Drive Sport or manual shift mode if so equipped Always depress the brake pedal until shifting is completed Fail ure to do so could cause you to lose control and have an accident Cold engine idle speed is high so use caution when shifting into a forward or reverse gear before the engine has warmed up Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads This may cause a loss of control Never shift to P Park or R Reverse while the vehicle is moving This could cause an accident A CAUTION Except in an emergency do not shift to the N Neutral position while driving Coasting with the transmission in the N Neutral position may cause serious damage to the transmission e When stopping the vehicle on an uphill grade do not hold the vehicle by de pressing the accelerator pedal The foot brake should be used for this purpose The CVT in your vehicle is electronically con trolled to produce maximum power and smooth operation The CVT can operate in two different automatic drive modes D Drive mode Move the shift lever to D Drive the transmission is in the normal forward automatic driving mode The posi tion indicator in the meter shows a D The D Drive mode does not produce a gear change sensation like a traditional automatic transmission Ds Drive Sport mode Move the shift lever
122. the following conditions Your vehicle is outside of the cellular ser vice area Your vehicle is in an area where it is difficult to receive a cellular signal such as in a tunnel in an underground parking garage near a tall building or in a moun tainous area Your cellular phone is locked to prevent it from being dialed When the radio wave condition is not ideal or ambient sound is too loud it may be difficult to hear the other person s voice dur ing a call Do not place the cellular phone in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in vehicle phone module to prevent tone quality degradation and wireless connection disruption While a cellular phone is connected through the Bluetooth wireless connection the battery power of the cellular phone may dis charge quicker than usual The Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System cannot charge cellular phones 4 86 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems For additional information refer to Trouble shooting guide in this section You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth or www nissan ca bluetooth for troubleshoot ing help Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Stor ing the device in a different location may reduce or eliminate the noise Refer to the cellular phone Owner s Manual regarding the telephone charges cellular phone
123. the normal oper ating oil level range If the oil level is below the L Low mark remove the oil filler cap and pour recommended oil through the opening Do not overfill 6 Recheck oil level with the dipstick It is normal to add some oil between oil maintenance intervals or during the break in period depending on the severity of operating conditions Maintenance and do it yourself 8 11 A CAUTION 3 Remove the oil filler cap by turning it counterclockwise e Oil level should be checked regularly Operating the engine with an insuffi cient amount of oil can damage the engine and such damage is not covered by warranty 4 Place a large drain pan under the drain plug 3 5 Remove the drain plug with a wrench by turning it counterclockwise and completely e It is normal to add some oil between oil drain the oil maintenance intervals or during the break in period depending on the se verity of operating conditions If the oil filter is to be changed remove and replace it at this time For additional informa tion refer to Changing engine oil filter in this section e Waste oil must be disposed of prop erly Check your local regulations A WARNING Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause skin cancer Try to avoid direct skin contact with LDI2338 used oil If skin contact is made wash CHANGING ENGINE OIL thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as poss
124. tire Tire ply composition and material The number of layers or plies of rubber coated fabric in the tire Tire manufactur ers also must indicate the materials in the tire which include steel nylon polyester and others 4 Maximum permissible inflation pres sure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire Do not exceed the maximum permissible in flation pressure 8 Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be car ried by the tire When replacing the tires on the vehicle always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory in stalled tire Term of tubeless or tube type Indicates whether the tire requires an in ner tube tube type or not tubeless 2 The word radial The word radial is shown if the tire has radial structure Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or brand name is shown Other Tire related Terminology In addition to the many terms that are defined throughout this section Intended Outboard Sidewall is 1 the sidewall that contains a whitewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same molding on the other sidewall of the tire or 2 the out ward facing sidewall of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle
125. to clear the memory Clear Memory Touch this key to display software licensing information Touch this key to display traffic settings Refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual for additional information Touch this key to start SirusXM radio For SXM setup refer to Audio system in this section Xi BUTTON To change the display brightness press the X 2 button Pressing the button again will change the display to the day or the night display Press and hold the 3 2 button for more than two seconds to turn the display off Press the button again to turn the display on Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 9 REARVIEW MONITOR if so equipped When the shift lever is shifted into the R Re verse position the monitor display shows the view to the rear of the vehicle A WARNING Failure to follow the warnings and instruc tions for proper use of the RearView Monitor could result in serious injury or death e The RearView Monitor is a convenience but it is not a substitute for proper back ing Always turn and look out the win dows and check mirrors to be sure that it is safe to move before operating the vehicle Always back up slowly e The system is designed as an aid to the driver in showing large stationary ob jects directly behind the vehicle to help avoid damaging the vehicle e The system cannot completely elimi nate blind spots and may not show ev ery object
126. to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted They may not inflate in cer tain side collisions Curtain air bags are also designed to inflate in certain types of rollover collisions or near roll overs As a result certain vehicle movements for example during severe off roading may cause the curtain air bags to inflate Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper side air bag and curtain air bag operation When the side air bags and curtain air bags inflate a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by the release of smoke This smoke is not harm ful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing con dition should get fresh air promptly Side air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the chest and pelvic area of the front occupants Curtain air bags help to cushion the impact force to the head of occupants in the front and rear outboard seat ing positions They can help save lives and re duce serious injuries However an inflating side air bag and curtain air bag may cause abrasions or other injuries Side air bags and curtain air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body The seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the side air bag Rear seat passengers should be seated as far away
127. to the following two con ditions 1 this device may not cause interfer ence and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device This Class B digital apparatus meets all re quirements of the Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Regulations BLUETOOTH is a trademark owned by Bluetooth Bluetooth SIG Inc and licensed to Visteon USING THE SYSTEM The NISSAN Voice Recognition system allows hands free operation of the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System If the vehicle is in motion some commands may not be available so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Initialization When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position NISSAN Voice Recognition is initialized which takes a few seconds If the 4 button is pressed before the initialization completes the system will announce Hands free phone system not ready and will not react to voice commands Operating tips To get the best performance out of the NISSAN Voice Recognition VR system observe the fol lowing Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible Close the windows to eliminate surrounding noises traffic noises vibration sounds etc which may prevent the system from recognizing voice commands correctly Wait until the tone sounds before speaking a command Otherwise the command will not be received properly Start speak
128. to the iPod When the shuffle mode is active it will appear on the screen To cancel shuffle mode touch the Shuffle key until it is not displayed Repeat Touch the Repeat key to apply a repeat play pattern to the iPod When the repeat mode is active it will ap pear on the screen To cancel Repeat mode touch the Repeat key until it is not displayed Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 77 gt P SEEK TRACK buttons x Press the M4 SEEK button or PP TRACK button to skip backward or forward one track Press and hold the M4 SEEK button or Pl TRACK button for 1 5 seconds while a track is playing to reverse or fast forward the track being played The track plays at an increased speed while reversing or fast forwarding When the but ton is released the track returns to normal play speed LHA2279 Scrolling menus While navigating long lists of artists albums or songs in the music menu it is possible to scroll the list by the first character in the name To activate character indexing touch and hold the A Z key in the upper right corner of the screen Turn the TUNE SCROLL knob to choose the number or letter to jump to in the list and then press the ENTER button If no character is selected after two seconds the display returns to normal 4 78 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems BLUETOOTH STREAMING AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTE
129. up or down to signal the turning direction When the turn is com pleted the turn signal cancels automatically Instruments and controls 2 35 Lane change signal 2 Move the lever up or down until the turn signal begins to flash but the lever does not latch to signal a lane change Hold the lever until the lane change is completed Move the lever up or down until the turn signal begins to flash but the lever does not latch and release the lever The turn signal will automatically flash three times Choose the appropriate method to signal a lane change based on road and traffic conditions 2 36 Instruments and controls HORN WIC1440 Oo A LIC2319 FOG LIGHT SWITCH if so equipped To turn the fog lights on turn the headlight switch to the 2 position then turn the fog light switch to the 0 position To turn the fog lights on with the headlight switch in the AUTO position the headlights must be on then turn the fog light switch to the D posi tion To turn the fog lights off turn the fog light switch to the OFF position The headlights must be on and the low beams selected for the fog lights to operate The fog lights automatically turn off when the high beam headlights are selected To sound the horn push near the horn icon on the steering wheel AA WARNING Do not disassemble the horn Doing so could affect proper operation of the supplemental front air bag system Tam p
130. using gasoline that meets the World Wide Fuel Charter WWFC specifi cations where it is available Many of the automo bile manufacturers developed this specification to improve emission control system and vehicle performance Ask your service station manager if the gasoline meets the WWFC specifications Reformulated gasoline Some fuel suppliers are now producing reformu lated gasolines These gasolines are specially designed to reduce vehicle emissions NISSAN supports efforts towards cleaner air and sug gests that you use reformulated gasoline when available Gasoline containing oxygenates Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline containing oxy genates such as ethanol MTBE and methanol with or without advertising their presence NISSAN does not recommend the use of fuels of which the oxygenate content and the fuel com patibility for your NISSAN cannot be readily de termined If in doubt ask your service station manager If you use oxygenate blend gasoline please take the following precautions as the usage of such fuels may cause vehicle performance problems and or fuel system damage The fuel should be unleaded and have an octane rating no lower than that recommended for unleaded gasoline If an oxygenate blend other than methanol blend is used it should con tain no more than 10 oxygenate MTBE may however be added up to 1590 E 15 fuel contains more than 1096 oxy genate E 15 fuel will adversely a
131. vehicle The child safety lock levers are located on the edge of the rear doors When the lever is in the unlock position 2 the door can be opened from the outside or the inside When the lever is in the LOCK position 1 the door can be opened only from the out side NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY WITH DOOR AND TRUNK REQUEST SWITCHES A WARNING e Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufac turer for the possible influences before use e The Intelligent Key transmits radio waves when the buttons are pressed The FAA advises the radio waves may affect aircraft navigation and communi cation systems Do not operate the In telligent Key while on an airplane Make sure the buttons are not operated unin tentionally when the unit is stored for a flight The Intelligent Key can operate all the door locks using the remote controller function or pushing the request switch on the vehicle without taking the key out from a pocket or purse The operating environment and or conditions may affect the Intelligent Key operation Be sure to read the following before using the Intelligent Key A CAUTION e Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when operating the vehicle e Never leave the Intelligent Key in the vehicle when you leave the vehicle The Intelligent Key is always communicating with the vehicle as it r
132. vehicle operation If you are unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle 4 84 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems A CAUTION Keep the antenna as far away as pos sible from the electronic control modules Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in 20 cm away from the electronic control system harnesses Do not route the an tenna wire next to any harness Adjust the antenna standing wave ratio as recommended by the manufacturer Connect the ground wire from the CB radio chassis to the body For details consult a NISSAN dealer BLUETOOTH HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM Type A if so equipped AWARNING Use a phone after stopping your vehicle in a safe location If you have to use a phone while driving exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation e If you are unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle A CAUTION To avoid discharging the vehicle battery use a phone after starting the engine 8 Bluetooth LHA3079 Your NISSAN is equipped with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System If you have a com patible Bluetooth enabled cellular phone you can set up the wireless connection between your cellul
133. vents When parking set the heater and air condi tioner controls to turn off air recirculation to allow fresh air into the passenger compart ment This should help reduce odors inside the vehicle CONTROLS Fan control dial The fan control dial turns the fan on and off and controls fan speed Air flow control buttons The air flow control buttons allow you to select the air flow outlets MAX Air flows from center and side A C vents with maximum cooling 74 Air flows from center and side vents v Air flows from center and side vents and foot outlets Air flows mainly from foot outlets 2 Air flows from defroster outlets and foot outlets XU Air flows mainly from defroster outlets 4 26 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Temperature control dial The temperature control dial allows you to adjust the temperature of the outlet air To lower the temperature turn the dial to the left To increase the temperature turn the dial to the right Air recirculation button On position Indicator light on Interior air is recirculated inside the vehicle Press the CS button to the ON position when driving on a dusty road to prevent traffic fumes from entering pas senger compartment for maximum cooling when using the air con ditioner Off position Indicator light off Outside air is drawn into the passenger compart ment and distributed thr
134. wash with water as soon as possible A CAUTION NEVER remove dirt sand or other de bris from the passenger compartment by washing it out with a hose Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner or broom e Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electronic compo nents inside the vehicle as this may damage them Chemicals used for road surface de icing are extremely corrosive They accelerate corrosion and deterioration of underbody components Such as the exhaust system fuel and brake lines brake cables floor pan and fenders In winter the underbody must be cleaned periodically For additional protection against rust and corro sion which may be required in some areas con sult a NISSAN dealer LAI2001 License plate bracket padding 1 License plate 2 Trunk 3 License plate frame 4 Padding Appearance and care 7 7 A CAUTION A license plate frame could vibrate and cause noise or paint damage To avoid damage or noise add a soft adhesive pad with a maximum thickness of 1 8 in 4 mm to the back lower edge of the license plate frame 7 8 Appearance and care 8 Maintenance and do it yourself Maintenance requirements eese 8 2 General maintenance 0 0 0 beeen eee 8 2 Explanation of general maintenance items 8 2 Maintenance precautions sse eene 8 5 Engine compartment check locations 8 7 Engine cooling system seni
135. weight and height recommendations NISSAN recommends that small children be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Ve hicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manufacturer s instructions for instal lation and use LARGER CHILDREN Children should remain in a forward facing child restraint with a harness until they reach the maxi mum height or weight limit allowed by the child restraint manufacturer Once a child outgrows the height or weight limit of the harness equipped forward facing child re straint NISSAN recommends that the child be placed in a commercially available booster seat to obtain proper seat belt fit For a seat belt to fit 1 19 properly the booster seat should raise the child so that the shoulder belt is properly positioned across the chest and the top middle portion of the shoulder The shoulder belt should not cross the neck or face and should not fall off the shoul der The lap belt should lie snugly across the lower hips or upper thighs not the abdomen A booster seat can only be used in seating posi tions that have a three point type seat belt The booster seat should fit the vehicle seat and have a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Mo tor Vehicle Safety Standards Once the child has grown so the shoulder belt is no longer o
136. when the window is closed by automatic operation when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position or for a period of time after the ignition Switch is placed in the OFF position Depending on the environment or driving conditions the auto reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the window oc curs A WARNING There are some small distances immedi ately before the closed position which cannot be detected Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle before closing the window When the automatic operation for the power window switch does not operate If the automatic operation does not operate prop erly perform the following procedure to initialize the power window switch 1 Place the ignition switch in the ON position 2 Press and hold the driver s window switch down until the window opens completely 3 Release the switch 4 Pull and hold the driver s window switch up to the second detent until the window glass has reached the full close position Con tinue to hold the window switch in the up position for 5 seconds after the win dow glass has reached the full close position It is necessary for this entire step to be completed with one continuous pull of the window switch 5 Release the switch Initialization is now complete The automatic op eration for the power window switch should now operate If the automatic ope
137. when pulling the USB device out of the port This could damage the port and the cover e Do not leave the USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unintentionally Pulling the cable may damage the port Refer to your device manufacturer s owner infor mation regarding the proper use and care of the device The USB input jack is located in the center con sole Insert the USB device into the jack When a compatible storage device is plugged into the jack compatible audio files on the stor age device can be played through the vehicle s audio system Audio file operation MEDIA button Place the ignition switch in the ON or ACC position and press the MEDIA button to switch to the USB input mode If a CD is playing or another audio source is plugged in through the AUX IN jack the MEDIA button toggles between the three sources Play information Information about the audio files being played can be displayed on the display screen of the vehicle s audio system Depending on how the audio files are encoded information such as Folder Song and Artist will be displayed The track number and number of total tracks in the folder are displayed on the screen as well PP l SEEK CAT or TRACK Reverse or Fast Forward buttons Press and hold the M4 SEEK button or gt gt CAT or TRACK button fast forward for 1 5 sec onds while an audio file on the USB device is playing to reverse or fast forward the trac
138. when the doors are open NOTE The step lights illuminate when the driver and passenger doors are opened regard less of the interior light switch position These lights will turn off automatically after a period of time while doors are open to prevent the battery from becoming dis charged A CAUTION Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped This could result in a discharged battery LIC2303 CONSOLE LIGHT The console light will turn on whenever the park ing lights or headlights are illuminated Instruments and controls 2 49 PERSONAL LIGHTS MAP LIGHTS LIC1083 Rear personal lights To turn the rear personal lights on press the switch To turn them off press the switch again 2 50 Instruments and controls LIC2304 Push the button to turn the map lights on To turn them off press the button again A CAUTION Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped This could result in a discharged battery TRUNK LIGHT The light illuminates when the trunk lid is opened When the trunk lid is closed the light goes off The light will go off after a period of time if the trunk lid is left open unless the ignition switch is placed in the ON position For bulb replacement procedures refer to Exte rior and interior lights in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual HOMELINK amp UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER i
139. x eek d ead dd dea eae NISSAN Intelligent Key 00 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys Dr Locking with Key e rn meret Locking with inside lock knob 0 008 Locking with power door lock switch Automatic door locks sese Child safety rear door lock 000200 eee NISSAN Intelligent Key amp With Door and Trunk Request Switches 00sec eee eee eee Operating ranges sc idet eit eee x4 eR Door locks unlocks precaution sues NISSAN Intelligent Key operation How to use the remote keyless entry PUNCO s aneia aeree ve ica teri ERENS Warning signals erret rrt Troubleshooting guide lene NISSAN Intelligent Key amp Without Door and Trunk Request Switches eee eee eee eee Operating range ec eee e eee eee How to use the remote keyless entry PUNCO Me izle tend te premi ee Heads tims atr ts Warning signals 2 trt eem metet Troubleshooting guide ccc eee 3 25 Remote Engine Start if so equipped 3 27 Remote engine start operating range 3 27 Remote starting the vehicle 008 3 27 Extending engine run time 0 e eee 3 28 Canceling a remote start 00 3 28 Conditions the remote start will not work 3 28 more UU Seen a 3 29 Tr nk Gin 2 stee eiie bRRI do abed r had 3 30 Opene
140. you have a compatible Bluetooth audio de vice that is capable of playing audio files the device can be connected to the vehicle s audio system so that the audio files on the device play through the vehicle s speakers Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 79 APPS INFORMATION 3 00 amp SiriusXM eure JSiriusXM Traffic Travel Link B My Apps LHA2773 PHONE amp BLUETOOTH SETTINGS Phone Settings Connect New Device Select Connected Device Replace Connected Device Delete Connected Device LHA2844 Connecting Bluetooth audio To connect your Bluetooth audio device to the vehicle follow the procedure below 1 Press the APPS button 2 Touch the Settings key 3 Touch the Phone amp Bluetooth key 4 Touch the Connect New Device key 5 The system acknowledges the command and asks you to initiate connecting from the phone handset The connecting procedure of the cellular phone varies according to each cellular phone model For additional information refer to the cellular phone Own ers Manual You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth or www nissan ca bluetooth for instructions on connecting NISSAN recommended cellular phones 4 80 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Audio main operation To switch to the Bluetooth audio mode press the AUX button repeatedly until the Bluetooth audio mode is display
141. you wish to activate The command given is picked up by the microphone and performed when it is properly recognized NISSAN Voice Recognition will provide a voice response as well as a message in the center display to inform you of the command results USING THE SYSTEM Initialization When the ignition switch is in the ON position NISSAN Voice Recognition is initialized which takes a few seconds When completed the sys tem is ready to accept voice commands If the C button is pressed before the initializa tion completes the system will announce Voice Recognition System not ready Please wait Cam E We Me LHA2282 Giving voice commands 1 Press the 44 button 2 The system announces Please say a cat egory like phone or a command like points of interest followed by a brand name A list of available commands is then spoken by the system 3 After the tone sounds and the face icon on the display changes speak a command Available commands are discussed in this section 4 118 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Voice and display feedback are provided when the command is accepted If the command is not recognized the sys tem announces Command not recog nized Repeat the command in a clear voice If you want to cancel the command or go back to the previous menu of commands press the 4 button The system will an nounce C
142. 0 Jack up point Jacking up vehicle and removing the damaged tire AWARNING e Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by the jack If it is nec essary to work under the vehicle sup port it with safety stands e Use only the jack provided with your vehicle to lift the vehicle Do not use the jack provided with your vehicle on other vehicles The jack is designed for lifting only your vehicle during a tire change 6 6 In case of emergency Use the correct jack up points Never use any other part of the vehicle for jack support Never jack up the vehicle more than necessary Never use blocks on or under the jack Do not start or run the engine while vehicle is on the jack It may cause the vehicle to move This is especially true for vehicles with limited slip differentials Do not allow passengers to stay in the vehicle while it is on the jack Never run the engine with a wheel s off the ground It may cause the vehicle to move X Pe b As NE OF Raise the by hand Aie vehicle LCE0020 notches in the front or the rear as shown Also fit the groove of the jack head between the notches as shown WCE0056 Always refer to the proper illustrations for the correct placement and jack up points for your specific vehicle model and jack type Installing the spare tire The spare tire is designed for emergency use For additional information refer to
143. 0 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan Exhaust system Make sure there are no loose supports cracks or holes If the sound of the exhaust seems unusual or there is a smell of exhaust fumes immediately have the exhaust system inspected by a NISSAN dealer For addi tional information refer to Exhaust gas carbon monoxide in the Starting and driving section of this manual Fluid leaks Check under the vehicle for fuel oil water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle has been parked for a while Water dripping from the air conditioner after use is normal If you should notice any leaks or if gasoline fumes are evident check for the cause and have it corrected imme diately Power steering fluid level and lines Check the level when the fluid is cold with the engine off Check the lines for proper attachment leaks cracks etc Radiator and hoses Check the front of the radiator and clean off any dirt insects leaves etc that may have accumulated Make sure the hoses have no cracks deformation rot or loose connections Underbody The underbody is frequently ex posed to corrosive substances such as those used on icy roads or to control dust It is very important to remove these substances from the underbody otherwise rust may form on the floor pan frame fuel lines and exhaust system At the end of winter the underbody should be thor oughly flushed with plain water in those areas where mud and dirt may
144. 1 7 Audible reminders ils 2 17 Audio system ees 4 35 AMradioreception sss 4 36 Bluetooth audio 4 78 4 79 Bluetooth streaming audio 4 79 Compact disc CD player 4 45 4 49 4 54 4 60 4 67 FM AM radio with compact disc CD player xu sk aon sog aos 4 43 FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD player s 4 47 4 51 4 56 4 62 FMradioreception s 4 35 iPod Player 4 73 4 75 iPod player operation 4 73 4 75 Radio 4s es meg en eS 4 35 USB interface 4 68 4 70 USB Universal Serial Bus Connection Ports sasea d Be d 4 68 4 70 Autolight switch oaaae 2 33 Automatic Automatic power window switch 2 46 Automatic anti glare inside mirror 3 36 Automatic door locks sss 3 6 AUX jack si es og o o s 4 46 4 68 B Battety s mom rut Ees 5 39 8 17 Charge warning light 2 11 Battery replacement NISSAN Intelligent Key 8 29 Before starting the engine 5 11 Belt See drive belt 8 20 Block heater Engine avaro rk ee ee 5 40 Bluetooth audio 4 78 4 79 Bluetooth hands free phone system nuu dare aed 4 85 4 99 4 110 Bluetooth streaming audio with Navigation SySI ITI ous bs ERR AUR ADS EAS ase 4 79 Boosterseats less 1 37 Brake Anti lock Braking System ABS 5 32 Brake fluid 2
145. 2 4 57 C M V S S certification label 9 11 Cold weather driving iss 5 39 Compact disc CD player 4 45 4 49 4 54 4 60 4 67 Compass display sr nn 2 6 Connect phone less 4 83 Console DOR s soe o o s 2 43 Console light am Rn 2 49 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT 5 13 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT flud iilis aeaa dann 8 14 Driving with Continuously Variable Transmission CVT ss 5 13 Control panel buttons sss 4 4 Brightness contrast button 4 9 Enter button 0 ossada ara dd 4 4 Setting button 2 0 0 0000 4 7 10 2 Controls Heater and air conditioner controls i ax e Euer we od 4 25 4 33 Coolant Capacities and recommended fuel ubricants less 9 2 Changing engine coolant 8 10 Checking engine coolant level 8 10 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 5 Corrosion protection less 7 6 Cruise controll 2242 ips ade ES 5 27 Cup holders lt sse o o ee 2 42 2 43 Daytime running light system Canada only 2 35 Defroster switch Rear window and outside mirror defroster SWIEChI su eS Gs Hee ab a peu IS d are 2 31 Dimensions and weights 9 9 Dimmer switch for instrument panel 2 35 Display controls see control panel buttons 4 4 Door locks 1x uuo ote ae Ee BR Eos 3 4 DOOMS s ie eh a Ri Ee HU ae a 3 4 Drive belt i llle 8 20 Driving
146. 3 1 scheduled service oil and oil filter 2 tires 3 other Maintenance The maintenance mode allows you to set alerts for the reminding of maintenance intervals To change an item 1 Press the button 2 Use the button until Settings is se lected and press ENTER 3 Select Maintenance using the but ton and press ENTER Oil and Filter This indicator appears when the customer set distance comes for changing the engine oil and filter You can set or reset the distance for check ing or replacing these items For scheduled main tenance items and intervals refer to your NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide Tire This indicator appears when the customer set distance is reached for replacing tires You can set or reset the distance for replacing tires Instruments and controls 2 21 A WARNING The tire replacement indicator is not a substitute for regular tire checks includ ing tire pressure checks For additional information refer to Changing wheels and tires in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual Many fac tors including tire inflation alignment driving habits and road conditions affect tire wear and when tires should be re placed Setting the tire replacement indi cator for a certain driving distance does not mean your tires will last that long Use the tire replacement indicator as a guide only and always perform regular tire checks Fail
147. 3 sag 8 15 Brake light See stop light 8 33 Brake system lll els 5 32 Brake warning light 2 11 Brake wear indicators 2 17 8 24 Parking brake operation 5 19 Self adjusting brakes 8 24 Brake fluid sss rz 8 15 Brakes koe RRS RGR ER deg d 8 24 Brake system llle 5 32 Break in schedule 5 28 Brightness contrast button 4 9 Brightness control Instrument panel 00 2 35 Bulb check instrument panel 2 10 Bulb replacement 0 0 8 33 c Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 9 2 Cargo See vehicle loading information 9 13 Car phone or CBradio 4 84 CD care andcleaning 4 81 CD player See audio system 4 45 4 49 4 54 4 60 4 67 Check tire pressure 2 2 2 26 Child restraints 1 18 1 19 1 20 1 22 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren System 1 22 Precautions on child restraints 1 20 1 27 1 33 1 38 Top tether strap anchor point locations 1 24 Child safety rear doorlock 3 7 Chimes audible reminders 2 17 Cleaning exterior and interior 7 2 joi DTI 4 44 models without navigation system 4 44 Clock Seti xs RE SR uS Eo 4 44 Clock setting models with Navigation System 4 7 Clock setting models without Navigation System 4 44 4 48 4 5
148. 362 Lower half Pull up on the passenger s side latch to open the lower half of the console box A power outlet is located inside the console box 2 44 Instruments and controls GROCERY HOOKS The grocery hooks are located in the trunk and can be used to hang a standard size plastic grocery bag A CAUTION Do not apply a total load of more than 20 Ibs 9 kg to a single grocery hook dren could become involved in serious accidents The power windows operate when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position or for a period of time after the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position If the driver s or passenger s door is opened during this period of time the power to the windows is canceled LIC2396 OarWN gt Window lock button Power door lock switch Front passenger side switch Right rear passenger side switch Left rear passenger side switch Driver side automatic switch Driver s side power window switch The driver s side control panel is equipped with Switches to open or close all of the windows To open a window push the switch to the first detent and continue to hold it down until the desired window position is reached To close a window pull the switch to the first detent and continue to hold it up until the desired window position is reached LIC2397 Front passenger s power window switch The passenger s window switch operates only the corresponding pa
149. 5 Engine coolant reservoir P 8 9 Engine oil filler cap P 8 11 Brake fluid reservoir P 8 15 Air cleaner P 8 21 Fuse block Fusible links P 8 24 Battery P 8 17 Engine oil dipstick P 8 11 Radiator cap P 8 9 Drive belt location P 8 20 Windshield washer fluid reservoir P 8 16 Refer to the page number indicated in pa rentheses for operating details cio 0 cN OO BONS 70 VQ35DE engine Power steering fluid reservoir P 8 15 Engine coolant reservoir P 8 9 Engine oil filler cap P 8 11 Brake fluid reservoir P 8 15 Air cleaner P 8 21 Fuse block Fusible links P 8 24 Battery P 8 17 Engine oil dipstick P 8 11 Radiator cap P 8 9 Drive belt location P 8 20 Windshield washer fluid reservoir P 8 16 Refer to the page number indicated in pa rentheses for operating details a DN B j o LDI2112 Illustrated table of contents 0 9 WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS Anti lock Braking System ABS warn ing light Charge warning 2 11 light Low tire pressure 2 12 warning light Master warning light 2 13 0 10 Power steering 2 13 warning light Seat belt warning 2 14 light and chime Illustrated table of contents Name Supplemental air 2 14 bag warning light Cruise main switch indicator light if so equipped Cruise set switch indicator light if so equipped Front fog light indi cator ligh
150. A Tire Pressure Low Add Air warning also appears in the vehicle information dis play When the low tire pressure warning light illuminates you should stop and adjust the tire pressure of all 4 tires to the recom mended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire Load and Information label located in the driver s door opening The low tire pres sure warning light does not automatically turn off when the tire pressure is adjusted After the tire is inflated to the recom mended pressure the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light Use a tire pres sure gauge to check the tire pressure The Tire Pressure Low Add Air warning is active as long as the low tire pressure warning light remains illuminated For additional information refer to Vehicle infor mation display in this section and Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Starting and driving section and in the In case of emergency section TPMS malfunction If the TPMS is not functioning properly the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approxi mately 1 minute when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position The light will remain on after the 1 minute Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer The Tire Pressure Low Add Air warning does not appear if the low tire pres sure warning light illuminates to indicate a TPMS malfunction For additional inf
151. ARNING e Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seat backs In a sudden stop or colli sion unsecured cargo could cause personal injury e Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR or the maximum front and rear GAWRs If you do parts of your vehicle can break tire damage could occur or it can change the way your vehicle handles This could result in loss of control and cause per sonal injury Overloading not only can shorten the life of your vehicle and the tire but can also cause unsafe vehicle handling and longer brak ing distances This may cause a premature tire failure which could result in a serious accident and personal injury Failures caused by overloading are not covered by the vehicle s warranty MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS Secure loose items to prevent weight shifts that could affect the balance of your vehicle When the vehicle is loaded drive to a scale and weigh the front and the rear wheels separately to determine axle loads Individual axle loads should not ex ceed either of the gross axle weight rat ings GAWR The total of the axle loads should not exceed the gross vehicle weight rating GVWR These ratings are given on the vehicle certification label If weight ratings are exceeded move or re move items to bring all weights below the ratings TOWING A TRAILER Do not tow a trailer with your v
152. B Maintenance and do it yourself 8 13 4 Remove pins from the right engine pro tector located inside right wheel well re move protector Remove oil filter B with an oil filter wrench by turning it counterclock wise Then remove the oil filter by turning it by hand A CAUTION Be careful not to burn yourself The engine oil may be hot 5 Wipe the engine oil filter sealing surface with a clean rag A CAUTION Be sure to remove any old gasket material remaining on the sealing surface of the engine Failure to do so could lead to an oil leak and en gine damage e The dipstick must be inserted in place to prevent oil spillage from the dipstick hole when filling the engine with oil 6 Coat the gasket on the new filter with clean engine oil 7 Screwon the oil filter until a slight resistance is felt then tighten an additional 2 3 turn 8 14 Maintenance and do it yourself Start the engine and check for leakage around the oil filter Correct as required Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 minutes Check the oil level Add engine oil if necessary CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION CVT FLUID A CAUTION NISSAN recommends using Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS 3 ONLY in NISSAN CVTs Do not mix with other fluids Do not use Automatic transmission fluid ATF or Manual transmission fluid in a NISSAN CVT as it may damage the CVT Damage caused by the use of flu ids other than as
153. BSW LDW systems use the rear view moni tor camera unit 1 with automatic washer and blower A WARNING e The BSW system is not a replacement for proper driving procedure and is not designed to prevent contact with ve hicles or objects When changing lanes always use the side and rear mirrors and turn and look in the direction you will move to ensure it is safe to change lanes Never rely solely on the BSW system 5 20 Starting and driving The LDW system is only a warning de vice to help inform the driver of a poten tial unintended lane departure It will not steer the vehicle or prevent loss of control It is the driver s responsibility to stay alert drive safely keep the vehicle in the traveling lane and be in control of the vehicle at all times The camera unit may not function prop erly under the following conditions When towing a trailer When strong light enters the camera unit e g light directly shines on the rear of the vehicle at sunrise or sunset When ambient brightness changes suddenly e g when the vehicle en ters or exits a tunnel or passes under a bridge If the camera lens is excessively dirty the automatic washer may not be able to completely clean the lens This could result in the camera not detecting ve hicles or lane markers e Excessive noise e g audio system vol ume open vehicle window will inter fere with the chime sound and it may not be heard
154. Browse LHA2923 Play information Information about the audio files being played is shown on the display screen of the vehicle s audio system Touch Browse to display the list of folders and files on the USB device Touch the name of a song on the screen to begin playing that song x l Seek Track buttons Press the M4 SEEK button while an audio file on the USB device is playing to return to the beginning of the current track Press the M4 SEEK button several times to skip backward several tracks Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 71 Press the F TRACK button while an audio file on the USB device is playing to advance one track Press the F TRACK button several times to skip forward several tracks If the last track in a folder on the USB device is skipped the first track of the next folder is played Random and repeat play mode Random and repeat play mode ae on a USB device are playing the play pattern can be altered so that songs are repeated or played Touch the Random key to apply a random play pattern to the USB device When the random mode is active it Random NA i will appear on the screen To cancel Random mode touch the Random key until it is not displayed Repeat Touch the Repeat key to apply a repeat play pattern to the USB device When the repeat mode is active it will appear on the screen To cancel Repeat mode touch the Rep
155. CK position Doors do not lock by pushing the door handle request switch while any door is open However doors lock with the me chanical key even if any door is open Doors do not lock with the door handle request switch with the Intelligent Key inside the vehicle and a beep sounds to warn you However when an Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle doors can be locked with an other Intelligent Key A CAUTION After locking the doors using the re quest switch make sure that the doors have been securely locked by operating the door handle or the trunk opener switch e When locking the doors using the re quest switch make sure to have the Intelligent Key in your possession be fore operating the request switch to prevent the Intelligent Key from being left in the vehicle The request switch is operational only when the Intelligent Key has been de tected by the Intelligent Key system Lockout protection To prevent the Intelligent Key from being acci dentally locked in the vehicle lockout protection is equipped with the Intelligent Key When the driver s side door is open the doors are locked and then the Intelligent Key is put inside the vehicle and all the doors are closed the lock will automatically unlock and the door buzzer sounds NOTE The doors may not lock when the Intelli gent Key is in the same hand that is oper ating the request switch to lock the door Put the Intelligent Key in
156. Children should be properly re strained in the rear seat and if appro priate in a child restraint A WARNING The seat belt should be properly ad justed to a snug fit Failure to do so may reduce the effectiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an acci dent Serious injury or death can occur if the seat belt is not worn properly 1 12 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0014 AA WARNING Always route the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never put the belt behind your back under your arm or across your neck The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder Position the lap belt as low and snug as possible AROUND THE HIPS NOT THE WAIST A lap belt worn too high could increase the risk of internal injuries in an accident Be sure the seat belt tongue is securely fastened to the proper buckle Do not wear the seat belt inside out or twisted Doing so may reduce its effectiveness Do not allow more than one person to use the same seat belt Never carry more people in the vehicle than there are seat belts If the seat belt warning light glows con tinuously while the ignition is turned ON with all doors closed and all seat belts fastened it may indicate a mal function in the system Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer No changes should be made to the seat
157. D0170 A WARNING Always turn and look back before back ing up The RSS is not a substitute for proper backing procedures Read and understand the limitations of the rear sonar system as contained in this section Inclement weather may af fect the function of the RSS this may include reduced performance or a false activation This system is not designed to prevent contact with small or moving objects e The system is designed as an aid to the driver in detecting large stationary ob jects to help avoid damaging the ve hicle The system will not detect small objects below the bumper and may not detect objects close to the bumper or on the ground If your vehicle sustains damage to the rear bumper fascia leaving it mis aligned or bent the sensing zone may be altered causing inaccurate measure ment of obstacles or false alarms The Rear Sonar System RSS sounds a tone to warn the driver of obstacles near the rear bumper when the shift lever is in R Reverse The system may not detect objects at speeds above 5 km h 8 mph and may not detect certain angular or moving objects The RSS detects obstacles up to 1 8 meters 5 9 feet from the rear bumper with a decreased coverage area at the outer corners of the bumper refer to the illustration for approximate zone cov erage areas As you move closer to the obstacle the rate of the tone increases When the obstacle is less than 25 0 cm 10 inches awa
158. Do not place the Intelligent Key near equipment that produces a magnetic field such as a TV audio equipment and personal computers If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen NISSAN recommends erasing the ID code of that Intelli gent Key from the vehicle This may prevent the unauthorized use of the Intelligent Key to operate the vehicle For information regarding the erasing procedure contact a NISSAN dealer OPERATING RANGE The Intelligent Key functions can only be used when the Intelligent Key is within the specified operating range When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged or strong radio waves are present near the operat ing location the Intelligent Key system s operat ing range becomes narrower and the Intelligent Key may not function properly The operating range is within 33 ft 10 m of the vehicle HOW TO USE THE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION The remote keyless entry function can operate all door locks using the remote keyless function of the Intelligent Key The remote keyless function can operate at a distance of 33 ft 10 m away from the vehicle The operating distance de pends upon the conditions around the vehicle The remote keyless entry function will not func tion under the following conditions When the Intelligent Key is not within the operational range When the doors or the trunk are open or not closed securely When the Intelligent Key battery is dis charged A CAUTION
159. EJ NOMBRE DE PLACES TOTAL REAR ARRIERE x jamals depasser XXX kg ou XXXX b I COLD TIRE PRESSURE PRESSION DES PNEUS A FROID ORAM MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL LDI2083 Tire and loading information label D Seating capacity The maximum num ber of occupants that can be seated in the vehicle 2 Tire size refer to Tire labeling in this section 8 38 Maintenance and do it yourself 3 Cold tire pressure Inflate the tires to this pressure when the tires are cold Tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds The recommended cold tire inflation is set by the manufacturer to provide the best balance of tire wear vehicle handling driveability tire noise etc up to the vehicle s GVWR 4 Original tire size The size of the tires originally installed on the vehicle at the factory 5 Spare tire size Vehicle load limit refer to Vehicle loading information in the Technical and consumer information section LDI0393 Checking tire pressure 1 Remove the valve stem cap from the tire Press the pressure gauge squarely onto the valve stem Do not press too hard or force the valve stem side ways or air will escape If the hissing sound of air escaping from the tire is heard while checking the pressure reposition the gauge to eliminate this leakage 3 Remove the
160. For additional informa tion refer to Head restraints headrests in this section for head restraint headrest ad justment removal and installation informa tion 2 Position the top tether strap 1 over the seatback LRS2627 3 Secure the tether strap to the tether anchor Rear bench seat point 2 on the ledge behind the child re Top tether strap straint Anchor point 4 Tighten the tether strap according to the Installing top tether strap manufacturer s instructions to remove any slack The child restraint top tether strap must be used when installing the child restraint with the LATCH CENTER SEATING POSITION lower anchor attachments 1 Remove the head restraint headrest and First secure the child restraint with the LATCH store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall lower anchors Rear bench outboarding seating Ms peal galt La Te child positions only restraint is removed For additional informa tion refer to Head restraints headrests in this section for head restraint headrest ad justment removal and installation informa tion 1 32 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 2 Position the top tether strap 1 over the seatback 3 Secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point 2 on the ledge behind the child re straint 4 Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to remove any slack If you have any questions when instal
161. ILD RESTRAINTS Click HERE to see Owner s Manual Supplement on page 3 10 11 12 LII2178 O 2 Illustrated table of contents Top tether strap anchor P 1 20 Rear seat belts P 1 11 Roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bag P 1 41 Front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bag P 1 41 Head restraints headrests P 1 7 Front seat belts P 1 11 Side impact pressure sensor driver s side shown passenger s side similar P 1 41 Supplemental front impact air bags P 1 41 Seats P 1 2 Occupant classification sensor weight sensor P 1 41 Seat belt with pretensioner P 1 41 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system P 1 20 Refer to the page number indicated in parentheses for operating details EXTERIOR FRONT e 8 9 1 e N 11 10 9 8 7 o LII2168 10 11 12 13 Power windows P 2 44 Power moonroof if so equipped P 2 47 Windshield P 8 22 Windshield wiper and washer switch P 2 29 Engine hood P 3 29 Fog light switch if so equipped P 2 31 Headlight and turn signal switch P 2 31 Replacing bulbs P 8 30 Tire pressure P 8 36 Flat tire P 6 3 Tire chains P 8 36 Mirrors P 3 36 Door locks NISSAN Intelligent Key keys P 3 4 3 7 3 2 Refer to the page number indicated in parentheses for operating details Illustrated
162. ING Do not connect disconnect or operate the USB device while driving Doing so can be a distraction If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an acci dent or serious injury A CAUTION Do not force the USB device into the USB port Inserting the USB device tilted or up side down into the port may damage the port Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB port Do not grab the USB port cover if so equipped when pulling the USB device out of the port This could damage the port and the cover Do not leave the USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unintentionally Pulling the cable may damage the port Refer to your device manufacturer s owner infor mation regarding the proper use and care of the device To connect an iPod to the vehicle so that the iPod can be controlled with the audio system controls and display screen use the USB jack located in the center console Connect the iPod specific end of the cable to the iPod and the USB end of the cable to the USB jack on the vehicle If your iPod supports charging via a USB connection its battery will be charged while connected to the vehicle with the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 75 While connected to the vehicle the iPod can only be operated by the vehicle audio controls To disconnect the iPod from the vehicle re
163. IRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked monthly when cold and in flated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pres sure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a signifi cantly under inflated tire causes the tire to over heat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS
164. ISC CD PLAYER Type A if so equipped For all operation precautions refer to Audio op eration precautions in this section 4 56 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 2 XM button 3 Display screen 4 CD insert slot 11 12 13 14 15 M4 SEEK button SCAN button Phi CAT button 2 BACK button APPS button ENTER SETTING button TUNE SCROLL knob Station select 1 6 buttons RDM random button RPT repeat button power button VOL volume control knob DISP display button 16 MEDIA button 17 FM AM button No satellite radio reception is available when the XM button is pressed to access satellite radio stations unless optional satellite receiver and an tenna are installed and an SiriusXM Satellite Radio service subscription is active Satellite ra dio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam Audio main operation power button VOL volume con trol knob Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position and press the power button while the system is off to call up the mode radio CD AUX Bluetooth audio USB or iPod that was playing immediately before the system was turned off To turn the system off press the power button Turn the VOL volume control knob to adjust the volume This vehicle may be equipped with Speed Sen sitive Volume When this feature is active the audio volume changes as the driving sp
165. L FILLER DOOR Ks LH OPENER OPERATION The fuel filler door release is located below the instrument panel To open the fuel filler door pull the release To lock close the fuel filler door securely LPD2022 FUEL FILLER CAP A WARNING e Gasoline is extremely flammable and highly explosive under certain condi tions You could be burned or seriously injured if it is misused or mishandled Always stop the engine and do not smoke or allow open flames or sparks near the vehicle when refueling e Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire Use only an original equipment type fuel filler cap as a replacement It has a built in safety valve needed for proper operation of the fuel system and emis sion control system An incorrect cap can result in a serious malfunction and possible injury It could also cause the 7 Malfunction Indicator Light MIL to come on Never pour fuel into the throttle body to attempt to start your vehicle e Do not fill a portable fuel container in the vehicle or trailer Static electricity can cause an explosion of flammable liquid vapor or gas in any vehicle or trailer To reduce the risk of serious injury or death when filling portable fuel containers Always place the container on the ground when filling Do not use
166. M Type A if so equipped If you have a compatible Bluetooth audio de vice that is capable of playing audio files the device can be connected to the vehicle s audio system so that the audio files on the device play through the vehicle s speakers Connecting Bluetooth audio To connect your Bluetooth audio device to the vehicle follow the procedure below 1 Press the C button The system an nounces the available commands 2 Say Connect Phone The system acknowl edges the command and announces the next set of available commands 3 Say Add Phone The system acknowl edges the command and asks you to initiate connecting from the phone handset The connecting procedure of the cellular phone varies according to each cellular phone model Refer to the cellular phone Owner s Manual for details You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth or www nissan ca bluetooth for instructions on connecting NISSAN recommended cellular phones 4 When prompted for a PIN enter 1234 from the handset The PIN 1234 has been assigned by NISSAN and cannot be changed Audio main operation To switch to the Bluetooth audio mode press the AUX button repeatedly until the Bluetooth audio mode is displayed on the screen Use the vehicle audio controls or the Bluetooth device s controls to play pause skip or reverse tracks BLUETOOTH STREAMING AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM Type B if so equippe
167. MA CD is playing to advance one track Press the gt TRACK button several times to skip forward several tracks If the last track on a CD is skipped the first track on the disc is played If the last track in a folder of an MP3 WMA CD is skipped the first track of the next folder is played TUNE FOLDER knob MP3 WMA CD only If an MP3 WMA CD with multiple folders is play ing turn the TUNE FOLDER knob to change folders Turn the knob to the left to skip back a folder Turn the knob to the right to skip ahead a folder RPT repeat button When the RPT button is pressed while a com pact disc is playing the play pattern can be changed as follows CD 1 Track Repeat OFF CD with MP3 or WMA 1 Folder Repeat 1 Track Repeat OFF 1 Track Repeat the current track will be re peated 1 Folder Repeat the current folder will be re peated OFF No repeat play pattern is applied The indi cator on the display will turn off The current play pattern of the CD is displayed on the screen unless no pattern is applied RDM random button When the RDM button is pressed while a com pact disc is playing the play pattern can be changed as follows CD 1 Disc Random 9 OFF CD with MP3 or WMA 1 Disc Random 1 Folder Random OFF 1 Disc Random all tracks on the disc will be played randomly 1 Folder Random all tracks in the current folder will be played randomly OFF No random play pattern is
168. Mode Refer to NissanConnect Mobile Apps in this section for additional informa tion about using this feature For additional information on connecting your phone refer to the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone system without Navigation Type B sec tion FM AM SAT radio operation FM AM button Press the FM AM button to change the band as follows AM FM1 FM2 AM If another audio source is playing when the FM AM button is pressed the audio source play ing will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will begin playing The FM stereo indicator STEREO is shown on the screen during FM stereo reception When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio auto matically changes from stereo to monaural re ception XM band select Press the XM button to change the band as follows XM1 XM2 XM3 XM1 satellite if so equipped When the XM button is pressed while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position the radio will come on at the station last played The last station played will also come on when the power is pressed ON When the XM button is pressed the satellite radio reception will not be available unless an optional satellite receiver and antenna are in stalled and a SiriusXM Satellite Radio service subscription is active Satellite radio is not avail able in Alaska Hawaii and Guam If a compact disc is playing when the XM button is press
169. NISSAN Voice Recognition System in this section Voice Prompt Interrupt While using the Voice Recognition system the system voice can be interrupted to allow the user to speak commands While the system is speak ing press the 4 button on the steering wheel The system voice will stop and a tone will be heard After the tone speak desired command displayed on the touch screen One Shot Call To use the system faster you may speak the second level commands with the main menu command on the main menu For example press the 4 button and after the tone say Call Redial 4 112 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems APPS INFORMATION ES E My Apps B or idg Settings LHA2924 CONNECTING PROCEDURE NOTE The connecting procedure must be per formed when the vehicle is stationary If the vehicle starts moving during the procedure the procedure will be cancelled 1 Press the 4PPst button on the control panel 2 Touch the Settings key 3 Touch the Phone amp Bluetooth key 4 Touch the Connect New Device key 5 Initiate the connecting process from the handset The system will display the mes sage Is PIN XXXXXX displayed on your Bluetooth device If the PIN is displayed on your Bluetooth device select Yes to complete the pairing process For additional information refer to the Bluetooth device s Owner s Manual VEHICLE PHONEBO
170. OAST SET switch and release it Take your foot off the accelerator pedal Your vehicle maintains the set speed To pass another vehicle depress the ac celerator pedal When you release the pedal the vehicle returns to the previously set speed The vehicle may not maintain the set speed when going up or down steep hills If this happens drive without the cruise control To cancel the preset speed use one of the following three methods Push the CANCEL button Tap the brake pedal Push the ON OFF switch off The CRUISE indicator light in the instrument panel goes out Starting and driving 5 27 The cruise control is automatically canceled if you depress the brake pedal while pushing the ACCEL RES or SET COAST switch The preset speed is deleted from memory the vehicle slows down more than 8 MPH 13 km h below the set speed you move the shift lever to N Neutral To reset at a faster cruising speed use one of the following three methods Depress the accelerator pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push and release the COAST SET switch Push and hold the ACCEL RES switch When the vehicle attains the speed you de sire release the switch Push and release the ACCEL RES switch Each time you do this the set speed in creases by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To reset at a slower cruising speed use one of the following three methods Lightly tap
171. OK To access the vehicle phonebook 1 Pressthe button on the control panel 2 Touch the Phonebook key 3 Choose the desired entry from the displayed list 4 The number of the entry will be displayed on the screen Touch the number to initiate di aling NOTE To scroll quickly through the list touch the A Z key in the upper right corner of the screen Turn the TUNE SCROLL knob to choose a letter or number and then press ENTER The list will move to the first entry that begins with that number or letter MAKING A CALL To make a call follow the procedure below 1 Pressthe button on the control panel The Phone screen will appear on the dis play 2 Selectone ofthe following options to make a call Phonebook Select the name from an entry stored in the vehicle phonebook Call Lists Select the name from the in coming outgoing or missed Redial Dial the last outgoing call from the vehicle e H Input the phone number manually using a keypad displayed on the screen For additional information refer to How to use the touch screen in this section RECEIVING A CALL When a call is placed to the connected phone the display will change to phone mode To accept the incoming call either e Press the wheel or Touch the f button on the steering icon on the screen To reject the incoming call either Press the 4 wheel o
172. OT release until the HomeLink indicator light flashes slowly and then rapidly When the indicator light flashes rapidly both buttons may be released The rapid flashing indicates suc cessful training Proceed with Programming HomeLink step 3 to complete If the device was unplugged during the pro gramming procedure remember to plug it back in when programming is completed OPERATING THE HOMELINK UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER The HomeLink Universal Transceiver after it is programmed can be used to activate the pro grammed device To operate simply press and release the appropriate programmed HomeLink Universal Transceiver button The amber indicator light will illuminate while the sig nal is being transmitted For convenience the hand held transmitter of the device may also be used at any time PROGRAMMING TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS If the HomeLink does not quickly learn the hand held transmitter information replace the hand held transmitter batteries with new batteries position the hand held transmitter with its battery area facing away from the HomeLink surface press and hold both the HomeLink and hand held transmitter buttons without inter ruption position the hand held transmitter 1 3 inches 26 76 mm away from the HomeLink surface Hold the transmitter in that position for up to 15 seconds If HomeLink is not programmed within that time try holding the transmitter in an
173. Off Delay if so equipped The duration of the automatic headlights can be changed from O to 180 seconds From the Ve hicle Settings menu select Light Off Delay Use the ENTER button to change the duration Wiper with Speed The wiper with speed can be set to be ON or OFF From the Vehicle Settings menu select Wiper with Speed Use the ENTER button to turn this feature ON or OFF I Key Door Lock When this item is turned on the request switch on the door is activated From the Vehicle Set tings menu select I Key Door Unlock Use the ENTER button to activate this function Selective Unlock When this item is turned on only the driver s door is unlocked first after the door unlock operation When the door handle request switch on the driver s or front passenger s side door is pushed to be unlocked only the corresponding door is unlocked first All the doors can be unlocked if the door unlock operation is performed again within 1 minute When this item is turned to OFF all the doors will be unlocked after the door unlock operation is performed once From the Vehicle Settings menu select Selective Unlock Use the ENTER button to activate this function Instruments and controls 2 19 Auto Door Unlock The auto door unlock function automatically un locks all the doors when the shift lever is placed in the P Park position From the Vehicle Settings menu select Auto Door Unlock Use the EN TER butto
174. Phone Settings Connect New Device Select Connected Device Replace Connected Device Delete Connected Device LHA2844 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 115 BLUETOOTH SETTINGS To access the phone settings 1 Press the APPSt button 2 Touch the Settings key 3 Touch the Phone amp Bluetooth key Phone Settings Refer to Phone settings in this section for additional information Connect New Device Select to connect a new Bluetooth device to the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Select Connected Device Replace Connected Device Delete Connected Device Bluetooth 4 116 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems PHONE SETTINGS To access the phone settings Press the aPPs button Touch the Settings key Touch the Phone amp Bluetooth key Touch the Phone Settings key and adjust the following settings as desired Sort Phonebook By Select First Name or Last Name to choose how phonebook entries are alpha betically displayed on the screen Use Phonebook From Select Handset to use the phone s phone book Select SIM to use the phonebook on the SIM card Select Both to use both sources Download Phonebook Now Select to download the phonebook to the vehicle from the chosen source Record Name for Phonebook Entry Select to record a name for a phonebook entry for use with the NISSAN Voice Reco
175. Please consult a NISSAN dealer for the tire type Size speed rating and availability informa tion 2 For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some U S states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires Starting and driving 5 39 3 Tire chains may be used For additional in formation refer to Tire chains in the Main tenance and do it yourself section of this manual SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT It is recommended that the following items be carried in the vehicle during winter A scraper and stiff bristled brush to remove ice and snow from the windows and wiper blades e A sturdy flat board to be placed under the jack to give it firm support A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snowdrifts Extra washer fluid to refill the windshield washer fluid reservoir DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE A WARNING e Wet ice 32 F 0 C and freezing rain very cold snow or ice can be slick and very hard to drive on The vehicle will have much less traction or grip under these conditions Try to avoid driving on wet ice until the road is salted or sanded 5 40 Starting and driving Whatever the condition drive with cau tion Accelerate and slow down with care If accelerating or down
176. Press and hold the C4 than 5 seconds 2 The system announces Press the PHONE SEND 4 button for the hands free phone system to enter the voice adaptation mode or press the PHONE END 4 5 button to select a different lan guage button for more 3 Press the button For information on voice adaptation refer to Voice Adaptation VA mode in this sec tion 4 The system announces the current language and gives you the option to change the lan guage to Spanish in Spanish or French in French To select the current language press the PHONE SEND button To select a different language tilt the tuning switch or M up or down Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 89 NOTE You must press the 44 button within 5 seconds to change the language 5 If you decide not to change the language do not press either button After 5 seconds the VR session will end and the language will not be changed Connecting procedure NOTE The connecting procedure must be per formed when the vehicle is stationary If the vehicle starts moving during the procedure the procedure will be cancelled Main Menu Connect phone Add phone Initiate from handset C Name phone D 1 Press the 4 button on the steering wheel The system announces the available commands 2 Say Connect phone The system ac knowledges the command and announces the next set of available
177. Press the defrost defog button Sg 2 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 3 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position between the middle and the hot position To quickly remove ice or fog from the win dows turn the fan control dial to the highest setting and the temperature control to the full HOT position When the Sg position is selected the air conditioner automatically turns on if the out side temperature is more than 36 F 2 C This dehumidifies the air which helps defog the windshield The C gt mode automati cally turns off allowing outside air to be drawn into the passenger compartment to further improve the defogging performance The recirculation mode cannot be activated in the GY position Bi level heating The bi level mode directs warmed air to the side and center vents and to the front and rear floor outlets 1 Press the VS button to the OFF position 2 Press the 74 air flow control button 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position Heating and defogging This mode heats the interior and defogs the wind shield gp 1 Press the air flow control button Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 27 2 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 3 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position between the mi
178. Q services require a subscription after trial period and are sold separately or as a package The satellite service is available only in the 48 contiguous USA and DC SiriusXM satellite service is also available in Canada see www siriusxm ca Siriussam 2015 NISSAN NORTH AMERICA INC All rights reserved No part of this Owner s Manual may be reproduced or stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechanical photocopying recording or otherwise without the prior written permission of Nissan North America Inc NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM NISSAN CARES Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your NISSAN dealer are our primary concerns Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs However if there is something that your NISSAN dealer cannot assist you with or you would like to provide NISSAN directly with comments or questions please contact the NISSAN Con sumer Affairs Department using our toll free number For U S customers 1 800 NISSAN 1 1 800 647 7261 For Canadian customers 1 800 387 0122 The Consumer Affairs Department will ask for the following information Your name address and telephone number Vehicle identification number attached to the top of the instrument panel on the driver s side
179. REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS For USA If you believe that your vehicle has a de fect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immedi ately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addi tion to notifying NISSAN If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot be come involved in individual problems be tween you your dealer or NISSAN To contact NHTSA you may call the Ve hicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 400 Seventh Street SW Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov You may notify NISSAN by contacting our Consumer Affairs Department toll free at 1 800 NISSAN 1 For Canada If you believe that your vehicle has a de fect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immedi ately inform Transport Canada in addition to notifying NISSAN If Transport Canada receives complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may request that NISSAN con duct a recall campaign However Trans port Canada cannot become involved in individual problems between yo
180. SPLAY When the vehicle in placed in the ON or ACC position the screens that display in the vehicle information include Active system status if so equipped Trip computer Tire pressure information if so equipped Fueleconomy e Warnings Warnings will only display if there are any pres ent for additional information on warnings and indicators refer to Vehicle information display warnings and indicators in this section To control what items display in the vehicle infor mation display refer to Main menu selection in this section RESETTING THE TRIP COMPUTER 1 Press the button until you reach the trip computer mode 2 Press the button again for more than 1 5 seconds to reset average fuel consump tion average speed distance to empty and journey time SETTINGS The setting mode allows you to change the infor mation displayed in the vehicle information dis play Driver Assistance if so equipped Vehicle Settings Main Menu Selection Body Color Maintenance Alarms Language Unit Welcome Effects Factory Reset Driver Assistance if so equipped To change the status warnings or turn on or off any of the systems warnings displayed in the Driver Assistance menu Use the v button to select and the ENTER button to change a menu item Driving Aids if so equipped Parking Aids if so equipped Driving Aids if so equipped To change the sta
181. The vehicle width and predicted course lines are wider than the actual width and course 4 18 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems A e LHA1197 Visually check that the parking space is safe before parking your vehicle The rear view of the vehicle is displayed on the screen when the shift lever is moved to the R Reverse position LHA1198 3 Slowly back up the vehicle adjusting the steering wheel so that the predicted course lines enter the parking space C 4 Maneuver the steering wheel to make the vehicle width guide lines D parallel to the parking space C while referring to the pre dicted course lines 5 When the vehicle is parked in the space completely move the shift lever to the P Park position and apply the parking brake a LHA3099 Difference between predicted and actual distances Backing up on a steep uphill The distance guide line and the vehicle width guide line should be used as a reference only Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 19 when the vehicle is on a level paved surface The distance viewed on the monitor is for reference only and may be different than the actual distance between the vehicle and displayed objects When backing up the vehicle up a hill the dis tance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown closer than the actual distance For example the dis
182. This shifts the transmis sion down into a lower gear depending on the vehicle speed High fluid temperature protection mode This transmission has a high fluid temperature protection mode If the fluid temperature be comes too high for example when climbing steep grades in high temperatures with heavy loads such as when towing a trailer engine power and under some conditions vehicle speed will be decreased automatically to reduce the chance of transmission damage Vehicle speed can be controlled with the accelerator pedal but the engine and vehicle speed may be limited Fail safe If the vehicle is driven under extreme con ditions such as excessive wheel spinning and subsequent hard braking the fail safe system may be activated The MIL may come on to indicate the fail safe mode is activated For additional information refer to Malfunction Indicator Light MIL in the Instrument and controls section of this manual This will occur even if all electrical circuits are functioning properly In this case place the ignition switch in the OFF position and wait for 10 seconds Then push the switch back to the ON position The vehicle should return to its normal op erating condition If it does not return to its normal operating condition have a NISSAN dealer check the transmission and repair if necessary AWARNING When the high fluid temperature protec tion mode or fail safe operation occurs vehicle sp
183. This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken to not inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly Front air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the face and chest of the front occupants They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating front air bag may cause facial abrasions or other injuries Front air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body Even with NISSAN Advanced Air Bags seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the steering wheel or instrument panel The front air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the front occupants Because of this the force of the front air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against the front air bag module during infla tion The front air bags deflate quickly after a collision The front air bags operate only when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position After placing the ignition switch in the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 sec onds if the system is operational 1 50 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system OFF 9 Pv Front passenger ai
184. Underneath the bumper and the corner areas of the bumper cannot be viewed on the RearView Monitor because of its monitoring range limitation The system will not show small objects below the bumper and may not show objects close to the bumper or on the ground Objects viewed in the RearView Moni tor differ from actual distance because a wide angle lens is used Objects in a RearView Monitor will ap pear visually opposite than when viewed in the rear view and outside mirrors Make sure that the trunk is securely closed when backing up Do not put anything on the rearview camera The rearview camera is in stalled above the license plate When washing the vehicle with high pressure water be sure not to spray it around the camera Otherwise water may enter the camera unit causing wa ter condensation on the lens a mal function fire or an electric shock 4 10 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Do not strike the camera It is a preci sion instrument Otherwise it may mal function or cause damage resulting in a fire or an electric shock A CAUTION There is a plastic cover over the camera Do not scratch the cover when cleaning dirt or snow from the cover LHA2745 HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYED LINES Guiding lines which indicate the vehicle width and distances to objects with reference to the vehicle bumper line are displayed on the monitor Distance guide lines Indi
185. XM1 6 for SXM2 and 6 for SXM3 1 Choose the radio band AM FM1 or FM2 using the FM AM select button or choose the radio band SXM1 SXM2 and SXM3 using the SXM button 2 Tune to the desired station using manual or seek tuning Press and hold any of the de sired station memory buttons 1 6 until a beep sound is heard 3 The channel indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Programming is now complete 4 Other buttons can be set in the same man ner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be canceled In that case reset the desired stations Presets can also be selected by touching the desired preset number on the screen B SXM1 P3 mE 30 3 XXXXX Bi XXxxx s s XXXXXXXXXX D x LHA3085 Smart Favorites Preset Setup if so equipped The Smart Favorites feature allows the user to designate presets within the SXM1 SXM2 and SXMS bands as their Smart Favorites When any of the Smart Favorite presets are selected the current track on that station will play from the beginning of the song Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 65 To program a Smart Favorite preset 1 Press the SXM button 2 Touch the Setup key 3 Touch the Tune Start key to activate ON or deactivate OFF Smart Favorites 4 Touch the Add Preset key to select an available preset For additional information regarding preset
186. ag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash Occupied front passenger seat and the pas senger meets the conditions as outlined in the Safety section of the owner s manual The amp light is OFF to indicate that the front passenger air bag is operational In addition to the above certain objects placed on the front passenger seat may also cause the light to operate as described above depending on their weight For additional information related to the normal operation and troubleshooting of this Occupant Classification Sensor system please refer to Normal operation and Troubleshooting in this section Front passenger air bag The front passenger air bag is designed to auto matically turn OFF when the vehicle is operated under some conditions as described below in accordance with U S regulations If the front passenger air bag is OFF it will not inflate in a crash The driver air bag and other air bags in your vehicle are not part of this system The purpose of the regulation is to help reduce the risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag to certain front passenger seat occupants such as children by requiring the air bag to be auto matically turned OFF Certain sensors are used to meet the requirements Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system The Occupant Classification Sensor in this ve hicle is a weight sensor It is designed to detect an occupant and objects on the seat by weight For
187. aging with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System refer to Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with Navigation System in this sec tion Send Text Sends a text message For additional infor mation about text messaging with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System re fer to Bluetooth Hands Free Phone Sys tem with Navigation System in this section Select Phone The system replies Please use manual con trols to continue Use manual controls to change the active phone from among the listed phones connected to the vehicle For additional information about the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System refer to Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with Navigation Sys tem in this section NAVIGATION SYSTEM VOICE COMMANDS The following voice commands are available for the Navigation System Street Address address Points of Interest name POI by Category Home Address Book Previous Destinations Enter Address in Steps Cancel Route For additional information refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual AUDIO SYSTEM VOICE COMMANDS To access the audio system voice commands 1 Press the button 2 Say Audio 3 Speak a command from the following avail able commands Play AM FM etc Allows user to select radio band Tune AM number Allows user to tune directly to a desired AM frequency Tune FM number Allows user to tune directly to a
188. ain operation power button VOL volume con trol knob Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position then press the O power button If you listen to the radio with the engine not running place the ignition in the ACC position The mode radio or CD that was playing immediately before the system was turned off resumes playing Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 43 When no CD is loaded the radio comes on Pressing the power button again turns the system off Turn the VOL volume control knob to the right to increase volume or to the left to decrease volume MENU button Bass Treble Balance Fade Speed Sensitive Volume and Clock Press the MENU button to change the mode as follows Bass Treble Balance Fade Spd Sen Vol Speed Sensitive Volume AUX IN Volume Clock Clock Adjust To adjust the Bass Treble Fade and Balance press the MENU button until the desired mode appears in the display Press the 4 SEEK or TRACK Y button to adjust the setting to the desired level 5 to 5 Balance adjusts the sound between the right and left speakers Fade adjusts the sound between the front and rear speakers Once you have adjusted the sound quality to the desired level press the MENU button repeatedly until the radio or CD display reappears Other wise the radio or CD display will automatically reappear after about 10 seconds Speed Sensit
189. ain road or driving conditions The VDC system can help the driver to maintain control of the vehicle but it cannot prevent loss of vehicle control in all driving situations 5 34 Starting and driving When the VDC system operates the R indi cator in the instrument panel flashes to note the following The road may be slippery or the system may determine some action is required to help keep the vehicle on the steered path You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise or vibration from under the hood This is normal and indicates that the VDC system is working properly Adjust your speed and driving to the road conditions For additional information refer to Slip indicator ight and Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light in the Instruments and controls section of this manual If a malfunction occurs in the system the 8 indicator light comes on in the instrument panel The VDC system automatically turns off when the indicator light is off The VDC OFF switch is used to turn off the VDC system The E indicator illuminates to indi cate the VDC system is off When the VDC switch is used to turn off the system the VDC system still operates to prevent one drive wheel from slipping by transferring power to a non slipping drive wheel The indicator flashes if this occurs All other VDC functions are off and the indicator will not flash The VDC system is automatically reset to
190. ake pedal However greater foot pressure on the brake pedal will be required to stop the vehicle and stopping dis tance will be longer Using the brakes Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal while driving This will overheat the brakes wear out the brake pads faster and reduce gas mileage To help reduce brake wear and to prevent the brakes from overheating reduce speed and downshift to a lower gear before going down a slope or long grade Overheated brakes may reduce braking performance and could result in loss of vehicle control 5 32 Starting and driving AWARNING While driving on a slippery surface be careful when braking accelerating or downshifting Abrupt braking or accel erating could cause the wheels to skid and result in an accident If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the brakes will not work Braking will be harder Wet brakes When the vehicle is washed or driven through water the brakes may get wet As a result your braking distance will be longer and the vehicle may pull to one side during braking To dry the brakes drive the vehicle at a safe speed while lightly pressing the brake pedal to heat up the brakes Do this until the brakes return to normal Avoid driving the vehicle at high speeds until the brakes function correctly Parking brake break in Break in the parking brake shoes whenever the effect of the parking brake is weakened
191. ake sure the area in front and behind the vehicle is clear of obstructions Turn the steering wheel right and left to clear an area around the front tires In case of emergency 6 13 4 Slowly rock the vehicle forward and back ward Shift back and forth between R Reverse and D Drive Apply the accelerator as little as possible to maintain the rocking motion Release the accelerator pedal before shifting between R Reverse and D Drive Do not spin the tires above 35 mph 55 km h 5 If the vehicle cannot be freed after a few tries contact a professional towing service to remove the vehicle 6 14 In case of emergency 7 Appearance and care Cleaning exterior llsessesseleeeeeeeeeee 7 2 Washing sis RD 3 pr hn coe E ER eus 7 2 Wakidi orerar De vet bx RERERGG OG RES 7 2 Removing spots ecrs nm mee reb mee 7 3 Underbody sets mee uie es A 7 3 Gl8S8 coss bands ppt o disks p up qn snb arde 7 8 Aluminum alloy wheels if so equipped 7 3 Chrome parse ecacuice pu nenita ane de ER e Wa e 7 4 Tir6 Ch SSINGS 25s ko n ln nre bes 7 4 Cleaning Mterior sedare ta eene 7 4 Air fresheners sees Floot mats E EE Rex oe eee edad EYE Seat belt c cacaseeoeses ian ahe Ea EEr RI iS Corrosion protection eee eee ee Most common factors contributing to vehicle GCOITOSIODa o eer e ue hal ee eter oS Environmental factors influence the rate of GORTOSIO s ss rene na chen esie ad
192. al stage inflators It also monitors information from the crash zone sensor the Air bag Control Unit ACU seat belt buckle sensors and Occupant Classification Sensor weight sensor Inflator operation is based on the severity of a collision and seat belt usage for the driver For the front passenger the Occupant Classification Sensor is also monitored Based on information from the sensor only one front air bag may inflate in a 1 49 crash depending on the crash severity and whether the front occupants are belted or un belted Additionally the front passenger air bag may be automatically turned off under some con ditions depending on the weight detected on the passenger seat and how the seat belt is used If the front passenger air bag is OFF the passenger air bag status light will be illuminated if the seat is unoccupied the light will not be illuminated but the air bag will be off For additional information refer to Front passenger air bag and status light in this section One front air bag inflating does not indicate improper performance of the system If you have any questions about your air bag system please contact NISSAN or your NISSAN dealer If you are considering modification of your vehicle due to a disability you may also contact NISSAN Contact information is contained in the front of this Owner s Manual When a front air bag inflates a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by the release of smoke
193. al air bag horn P 1 41 P 2 36 Meters and gauges P 2 3 Paddle shift controls if so equipped P 5 15 d 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 Windshield wiper washer switch P 2 29 Hazard warning flasher switch P 6 2 Front passenger air bag status light P 1 48 Audio system controls Navigation system P 4 35 Front passenger supplemental air bag P 1 41 Glove box P 2 43 Power outlet P 2 40 Heater and air conditioner manual or automatic P 4 25 P 4 32 Shift lever P 5 13 USB port Aux jack P 4 68 P 4 46 Push button ignition switch P 5 8 Cruise control main set switch Bluetooth Hands free Phone System P 5 27 P 4 78 Tilt telescopic steering wheel controls P 3 34 Steering wheel switch for audio control Vehicle information display controls P 4 81 P 2 18 Fuel filler door release Hood release P 3 32 P 3 29 22 Vehicle Dynamic Control OFF switch P 2 39 Trunk opener release switch P 3 30 Heated steering wheel switch if so equipped P 2 38 Warning system switch if so equipped P 2 38 Refer to the Navigation System Owner s manual if so equipped See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details Illustrated table of contents 0 7 ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS 11 10 9 8 7 LDI2111 0 8 Illustrated table of contents OR25DE engine Power steering fluid reservoir P 8 1
194. alcohol Every year thousands of people are injured or killed in alcohol related collisions Al though the local laws vary on what is considered to be legally intoxicated the fact is that alcohol affects all people differently and most people underestimate the effects of alcohol Remember drinking and driving don t mix That is true for drugs over the counter prescription and illegal drugs too Don t drive if your ability to operate your vehicle is impaired by alcohol drugs or some other physical condition 5 8 Starting and driving PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH A WARNING Do not operate the push button ignition switch while driving the vehicle except in an emergency The engine will stop when the ignition switch is pushed three con secutive times in quick succession or the ignition switch is pushed and held for more than 2 seconds If the engine stops while the vehicle is being driven this could lead to a crash and serious injury LSD2014 When the ignition switch is pushed without de pressing the brake pedal the ignition switch will illuminate Push the ignition switch center once to change to ACC two times to change to ON three times to return to OFF The ignition switch will automatically return to the LOCK position when any door is either opened or closed with the switch in the OFF position The ignition lock is designed so that the ignition switch position cannot be switched t
195. all End Other Call Speak this command to stay with the second call and end the original call Press the 4 button to accept the call Press the button to reject the call ENDING A CALL To end an active call press the button TEXT MESSAGING A WARNING Laws in some jurisdictions may restrict the use of Text to Speech Check lo cal regulations before using the feature Laws in some jurisdictions may restrict the use of some of the applications and features such as social networking and texting Check local regulations for any requirements e Use the text messaging feature after stopping your vehicle in a safe location If you have to use the feature while driving exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation If you are unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while using the text messaging feature pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle NOTE Many phones may require special permis sion to enable text messaging Check the phone s screen during Bluetooth pairing For some phones you may need to enable Notifications in the phone s Bluetooth menu for text messages to appear on the headunit Please consult your phone s Owner s manual Text message integration requires that the phone support MAP Mes sage Access Profile for both receiving and sending text messages Some phones may not s
196. ancelling Voice Recognition or Go back depending on the current menu level Press the D button to move back through the menus displayed on the screen If you want to adjust the volume of the voice feedback use the volume control switches on the steering wheel or the volume knob on the control panel The voice command screen can also be accessed using the control panel display Press the asm button Touch the Voice Commands key Operating tips To get the best performance out of NISSAN Voice Recognition observe the following Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible Close the windows to eliminate the surrounding noises traffic noises vibration sounds etc which may prevent the system from recognizing the voice commands cor rectly Wait until a tone sounds before speaking a command Otherwise the command will not be received properly Start speaking a command within 3 5 sec onds after the tone sounds Speak in a natural voice without pausing between words Phone Carrera Navigation e Exit Information My Apps F Say Command F Phonebook LHA2780 SYSTEM FEATURES NISSAN Voice Recognition can activate the fol lowing systems e Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Navigation Audio e Information My Apps For additional information on the navigation sys tem refer to the separate Navigation System Ow
197. anty usse 9 18 Reporting safety defects 0 ccc e eee 9 19 Readiness for inspection maintenance I M test 9 20 Event Data Recorders EDR issues 9 20 Owner s Manual Service Manual order information 9 21 RECOMMENDED FLUIDS LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES The following are approximate capacities The actual refill capacities may be slightly different When refilling follow the procedure described in the Maintenance and do it yourself section to determine the proper refill capacity xe Approximate Imp measure ter 18 meane 15 gal esL fje For additional information refer to Fuel recommendation in this section For additional information refer to Engine oil in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual Engine oil with API Certification Mark For additional information refer to Engine oil and oil filter recommenda tions in this section Viscosity SAE OW 20 As an alternative to this recommended oil SAE 5W 30 conventional pe troleum based oil may be used and meets all specifications and require ments necessary to maintain the New Vehicle Limited Warranty Recommended Fluids and Lubricants Drain and refill fEnineot oil change QR25DE WR ithout oi filter change 4 1 2 at 3 3 4 qt we ema ee VQ35DE g Without oil filter change 44 2qt 3 3 4 qt Cooling system QR25DE Cooling system QR25DE OR25DE Wit reservoir reser
198. applied The indicator on the display will turn off The current play pattern of the CD is displayed on the screen unless no pattern is applied A CD EJECT button Whenthe amp CD eject button is pressed with a compact disc loaded the compact disc will eject and the last source will be played When the amp CD eject button is pressed twice with a compact disc loaded the compact disc will be ejected further for easier CD removal If the disc is not removed within 20 seconds the disc will reload Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 55 Additional features For additional information about the iPod player available with this system refer to iPod player operation without Navigation System in this sec tion For additional information about the USB inter face available with this system refer to USB Universal Serial Bus Connection Port models without Navigation System in this section For additional information about the Bluetooth audio interface available with this system refer to Bluetooth streaming audio without Navigation System in this section 1 2 3 4 5 6 das SSS SSS ce a FM AM M Ha SEEK CAT pi 17 Beo on s 7 MEDIA DISP Apps 3BACK T eet CTI s 8 qct ETE VOL AESCR a SETTING l ELLE NE aaa up gt e 14 13 12 11 10 LHA2845 FM AM SAT RADIO WITH 1 amp CD eject button COMPACT D
199. ar locked with the rear seatback and trunk lid securely latched when not in use and prevent children s access to car keys EXHAUST GAS carbon monoxide A WARNING e Do not breathe exhaust gases they contain colorless and odorless carbon monoxide Carbon monoxide is danger ous It can cause unconsciousness or death 5 2 Starting and driving If you suspect that exhaust fumes are entering the vehicle drive with all win dows fully open and have the vehicle inspected immediately Do not run the engine in closed spaces such as a garage Do not park the vehicle with the engine running for any extended length of time Keep the rear vent windows lift gates doors and trunk lids if so equipped closed while driving otherwise exhaust gases could be drawn into the passen ger compartment If you must drive with one of these open follow these precautions 1 Open all the windows 2 Set the air recirculation but ton to off and the fan control dial to high to circulate the air If electrical wiring or other cable con nections must pass to a trailer through the seal on the trunk lid or the body follow the manufacturer s recommen dation to prevent carbon monoxide en try into the vehicle The exhaust system and body should be inspected by a qualified mechanic whenever a The vehicle is raised for service b You suspect that exhaust fumes are entering into the passenger compartment
200. ar phone and the in vehicle phone module With Bluetooth wireless technology you can make or receive a hands free telephone call with your cellular phone in the vehicle Once your cellular phone is connected to the in vehicle phone module no other phone con necting procedure is required Your phone is automatically connected with the in vehicle Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 85 phone module when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position with the previously connected cellular phone turned on and carried in the ve hicle NOTE Some devices require the user to accept connections to other Bluetooth devices If your phone does not connect automatically to the system consult the phone s Owner s Manual for details on device operation You can connect up to 5 different Bluetooth cellular phones to the in vehicle phone module However you can talk on only one cellular phone at a time Before using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System refer to the following notes Set up the wireless connection between a compatible cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module before using the hands free phone system Some Bluetooth enabled cellular phones may not be recognized or work properly Please visit www nissanusa com bluetooth or www nissan ca bluetooth for a recom mended phone list and connecting instruc tions You will not be able to use a hands free phone under
201. arning appears in the display and the outside chime sounds continuously position position The ignition switch is in the ACC position The ignition switch is in the ACC or ON The ignition switch is in the ACC position and the shift lever is not in the P Park Move the shift lever to the P Park position The shift lever is not in the P Park position Place the ignition switch in the OFF position Place the ignition switch in the OFF position Move the shift lever to the P Park position and place the ignition switch in the OFF position When closing the door with the inside lock The outside chime sounds for approximately NU z knob turned to LOCK 4 seconds ana dlithe dooreiunlock The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle Carry the Intelligent Key with you When pushing the LOCK button on the The outside chime sounds for approximately Wu Intelligent Key to lock the door The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle Carry the Intelligent Key with you Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 25 Replace the battery with a new one For additional information refer to Battery in the Maintenance and do it yourself The Key low battery indicator appears in the display When pushing the ignition switch to start section The battery charge is low the engine The KEY ID Incorrect warning appears in the display the outside chime sounds 3 times and the inside warning chime sounds for approxim
202. as practical from the door finishers and side roof rails The side air bags and curtain air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the occupants Because of this the force of the side air bag and curtain air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against these air bag modules during inflation The side air bag will deflate quickly after the collision is over The curtain air bag will remain inflated for a short time The side air bags and curtain air bags op erate only when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position After placing the ignition switch in the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 sec onds if the system is operational A WARNING Do not place any objects near the seat back of the front seats Also do not place any objects an umbrella bag etc between the front door finisher and the front seat Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if a side air bag inflates Right after inflation several side air bag and curtain air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may severely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the side air bag and curtain air bag systems This is to prevent damage to or accidental inflation of the side air bag and curtain air bag or damage to the side
203. asher and blower and accumu lates on the camera making it impossible to detect the vehicles or the lane markers the BSW and or LDW system will be turned off automati cally The BSW light and or LDW light will blink and the Unavailable Clean rear camera will appear in the vehicle information display Action to take If the message appears park the vehicle in a safe place clean the camera unit with a soft cloth Then turn off and restart the engine 5 26 Starting and driving BSW LDW MALFUNCTION When the BSW and or LDW system malfunc tions they will be turned off automatically the BSW light and or LDW light will illuminate and Malfunction Please see owners manual will appear in the vehicle information display Action to take Stop the vehicle in a safe location turn off and restart the engine If the BSW light and or the LDW light continues to illuminate have the BSW and or LDW system checked by a NISSAN dealer NU emm ws LSD2188 CAMERA UNIT MAINTENANCE The rear camera unit 1 for the LDW BSW sys tems is located above the rear license plate To maintain the proper operation of the LDW BSW systems and help keep the system functioning be sure to observe the following Always keep the camera unit clean Be care ful not to damage the nozzle of automatic washer and blower Do not attach license plate accessories that reflect light Do not strike or damage the areas ar
204. asy to use Fuel Efficient Driving Tips to help you achieve the most fuel economy from your vehicle 1 Use Smooth Accelerator and Brake Pedal Application Avoid rapid starts and stops Use smooth gentle accelerator and brake application whenever possible Maintain constant speed while commut ing and coast whenever possible 2 Maintain Constant Speed Lookahead to try and anticipate and mini mize stops Synchronizing your speed with traffic lights allows you to reduce your number of stops Maintaining a steady speed can minimize red light stops and improve fuel efficiency 3 Use Air Conditioning A C at Higher Vehicle Speeds Below 40 MPH 64 km h it is more efficient to open windows to cool the vehicle due to reduced engine load Above 40 MPH 64 km h it is more efficient to use A C to cool the vehicle due to increased aerodynamic drag Recirculating the cool air in the cabin when the A C is on reduces cooling load Drive at Economical Speeds and Dis tances Observing the speed limit and not ex ceeding 60 MPH 97 km h where le gally allowed can improve fuel efficiency due to reduced aerodynamic drag Maintaining a safe following distance be hind other vehicles reduces unnecessary braking Safely monitoring traffic to anticipate changes in speed permits reduced brak ing and smooth acceleration changes Select a gear range suitable to road con
205. at belt Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to remove any slack Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 35 WRS0698 Forward facing step 8 8 After attaching the child restraint test it be fore you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the seat belt path The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the seat belt as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles 9 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the seat belt is not locked repeat steps 2 through 8 1 36 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system OFF 9 Pv Forward facing step 10 10 If the child restraint is installed in the front passenger seat place the ignition switch in the ON position The front passenger air bag status light amp should illuminate If this light is not illuminated refer to Front pas senger air bag and status light in this sec tion Move the child restraint to another seating position Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer After the child restraint is
206. at belt usage The supplemental air bags operate only when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position After placing the ignition switch in the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 sec onds if the system is operational Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 41 E ha Sit upright and well back WRS0031 A WARNING e The front air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a side impact rear impact rollover or lower severity fron tal collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents e The front passenger air bag will not inflate if the passenger air bag status light is lit or if the front passenger seat is unoccupied For additional informa tion refer to Front passenger air bag and status light in this section 1 42 The seat belts and the front air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat The front air bags inflate with great force Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag Sys tem if you are unrestrained leaning forward sitting sideways or out of posi tion in any way you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the front air bag if you are up against it when it inflates Always sit back agains
207. ate Open This warning illuminates when a door has been opened when the engine is running Trunk Open This warning illuminates when the trunk has been opened when the engine is running Timer Alert Time for a driver break This indicator appears when the set time is reached The time can be set up to six hours For setting the timer refer to Timer alert in this section Low Outside Temperature This warning appears if the outside temperature is below 37 F 3 C The temperature can be changed to display in Celsius or Fahrenheit For additional information refer to Temperature in this section 2 26 Instruments and controls Power will turn off to save the battery This warning appears in message area of the vehicle information display after a period of time if the shift lever has not moved from the P Park position CVT Error See Owner s Manual This warning illuminates when the there is a prob lem with the CVT system If this warning comes on have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer Reminder Turn OFF headlights This warning appears when the headlights are left in the ON position when exiting the vehicle Place the headlight switch in the OFF or AUTO position For additional information refer to Headlight and turn signal switch in this section Low Oil Pressure See Owner s Manual This warning appears in message area of the vehicle information display if low oil pressure is detected This gau
208. ate of production region or availability There fore you may find information about features or equipment that are not included or installed on your vehicle All information specifications and illustrations in this manual are those in effect at the time of print ing NISSAN reserves the right to change specifi cations performance design or component sup pliers without notice and without obligation From time to time NISSAN may update or revise this manual to provide Owners with the most accurate information currently available Please carefully read and retain with this manual all revision up dates sent to you by NISSAN to ensure you have access to accurate and up to date information re garding your vehicle Current versions of vehicle Owner s Manuals and any updates can also be found in the Owner section of the NISSAN website at https owners nissanusa com nowners navigation manualsGuide If you have ques tions concerning any information in your Owner s Manual contact NISSAN Consumer Affairs See the NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM page in this Owner s Manual for contact informa tion IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL You will see various symbols in this manual They are used in the following ways A WARNING This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause death or serious personal injury To avoid or reduce the risk the procedures must be followed precisely A CAUTION This is used to in
209. ately 3 seconds When pushing the ignition switch The Intelligent Key system warning light in It warns of a malfunction with the Intelligent Contact a NISSAN dealer the meter illuminates in yellow Key system The Intelligent Key is not in the vehicle Carry the Intelligent Key with you 3 26 Pre driving checks and adjustments REMOTE ENGINE START if so equipped LPD2078 The Q button will be on the NISSAN Intelli gent Key if the vehicle has remote engine start This feature allows the engine to start from out side the vehicle The following features may be affected when the remote start feature is used Vehicles with a manual climate control sys tem will default to the last used heating or cooling mode Vehicles with an automatic climate control system will default to either a heating or cooling mode depending on outside and cabin temperatures For additional informa tion refer to Remote start logic in the Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems section of the manual Vehicle equipped with heated seats may have this feature come on during a remote start For additional information refer to Heated seats in the Instruments and con trols section of the manual Laws in some local communities may restrict the use of remote starters For example some laws require a person using remote start to have the vehicle in view Check local regulations for any requirements
210. ation Ls 9 10 Vehicle identification number VIN 9 10 Vehicle identification number VIN Chassis number 2005 9 10 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 10 Vehicle immobilizer system 2 28 3 4 5 11 Vehicle loading information 9 13 Vehicle recovery ess 6 13 Vehicle security system ss 2 27 Vehicle security system NISSAN vehicle immobi lizer system engine start 2 28 3 4 5 11 Ventilators see eee at a won emis 4 24 VISOIS iio fod eee acd Bt A ee sade i 3 35 Voice Prompt Interrupt 4 88 4 101 4 102 4 112 Voice recognition system 4 118 Ww Warning Air bag warning light aa 1 59 2 14 Anti lock brake warning light 2 10 2 11 Battery charge warning light 2 11 Brake warning light 2 11 Hazard warning flasher switch 6 2 Loose fuel cap warning 2 27 3 32 Low fuel warning light 2 13 2 25 Low tire pressure warning light 2 12 Low windshield washer fluid warning light ie seed sog C ee eo 2 26 Passenger air bag and status light 1 50 Seat belt warning light 1 14 2 14 Supplemental air bag warning light 1 59 2 14 Vehicle security system 2 27 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders les 2 10 2 14 Warning labels for SRS 1 59 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders ia a ad
211. b jects This is not a malfunction When strong light directly enters the cam era objects may not be displayed clearly This is not a malfunction Vertical lines may be seen in objects on the screen This is due to strong reflected light from the bumper This is not a malfunction The screen may flicker under fluorescent light This is not a malfunction The colors of objects on the RearView Moni tor may differ somewhat from those of the actual object 4 14 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems When the contrast of objects is low at night pressing the ENTER SETTING button or ENTER AUDIO button may not change the brightness Objects on the monitor may not be clear in a dark place or at night If dirt rain or snow attaches to the camera the RearView Monitor may not display ob jects Clean the camera Do not use body wax on the camera window If body wax does get on the camera window wipe off the wax with a clean cloth damp ened with mild detergent diluted with water REAR AND REAR WIDE VIEW MONITOR WITH MOVING OBJECT DETECTION MOD if so equipped When the shift lever is shifted into the R Re verse position the monitor display shows view to the rear of the vehicle Available views Rear View An approximately 150 degree view of the rear of the vehicle Rear Wide View An approximately 180 degree view of the rear of the vehicle A WARNING Failure to follow t
212. b or an open circuit in the electrical system Have the system repaired promptly Overdrive OFF indicator light if so equipped Security indicator light Side light and headlight indicator light green Slip indicator light SPORT mode indicator light if so equipped Turn signal hazard indicator lights A Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF indicator OFF light WARNING LIGHTS For additional information on warnings and indi cators refer to Vehicle information display in this section ABS Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the ABS warning light illuminates and then turns off This indicates the ABS is opera tional If the ABS light comes on while the engine is running it may indicate the anti lock braking sys tem is not functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer If an ABS malfunction occurs the anti lock func tion is turned off The brake system then operates normally but without anti lock assistance For additional information refer to Brake system in the Starting and driving section of this manual Brake warning light This light functions for both the parking brake and the foot brake systems BRAKE or Parking brake indicator When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the light comes on when the parking brake is applied Low brake fluid warning li
213. being provided with feedback You can also use the radio volume control knob Voice Prompt Interrupt In most cases you can interrupt the voice feed back to speak the next command by pressing the amp 4 button on the steering wheel After interrupting the system wait for a beep before speaking your command One Shot Call To use the system faster you may speak the second level commands with the main menu command on the main menu For example press the 4 button and after the tone say Call Redial LHA2273 CONTROL BUTTONS The control buttons for the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System are located on the steering wheel C4 PHONE SEND Press the 4 button to initiate a VR session or answer an incom ing call 4 102 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 You can also use the 4 button to interrupt the system feedback and give a command at once For additional information refer to List of voice commands and During a call in this section for additional information PHONE END While the voice recognition sys tem is active press and hold the button for 5 seconds to quit the voice recognition system at any time Tuning switch While using the voice recognition system tilt the tuning switch up or down to manually control the phone system CONNECTING PROCEDURE Setting NOTE Bluetooth The connecting procedure must be per formed when the vehi
214. beneniboe sebbene ebd 4 24 Heater and Air Conditioner manual if so equipped isses 4 25 Controls rere e e Rd Heater Operation co tmm rne eu Air conditioner operation 0 00 cee Air flow charts iren a Die tan ERR he Heater and Air Conditioner automatic if so equipped 6 eee eect eee Automatic operation 00 0c cece eee eens Manual operation iue edem ren eme uus Operating TGS aio stre per rei deu oot Servicing air conditioner sse esses Audio System eere eme nieto ee beet co EET FM radio reception rene ee AM radio reception 0 0000ce eene Satellite radio reception if so equipped Audio operation precautions 000 FM AM radio with compact disc CD player Type A if so equipped 0 cece eee eee FM AM radio with compact disc CD player Type B if so equipped 06 cece eee eee FM AM radio with compact disc CD player Type C if so equipped 0 cece FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD player Type A if so equipped 5 FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD player Type B if so equipped ssse USB Universal Serial Bus connection port models without Navigation System if so equipped isss 2 6 cece eee eee USB Universal Serial Bus connection port models with Navigation System if so equipped 2 eee eect eee eee iPod player ope
215. button or PP TRACK button is pressed for less than 1 5 sec onds while the iPod is playing the next track or the beginning of the current track on the iPod will be played When the M4 SEEK CAT button or PP TRACK button is pressed for more than 1 5 sec onds while the iPod is playing the iPod will play while fast forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the iPod will return to the normal play speed The NISSAN controller can also be used to se lect tracks when the iPod is playing REPEAT RPT When the RPT button is pressed while a track is being played the play pattern can be changed as follows Repeat Off 1 Track Repeat All Repeat Repeat Off 1 Track Repeat the current track will be re peated All Repeat all songs in the current list are re peated Repeat Off no repeat play pattern is applied RANDOM RDM When the RDM button is pressed while a track is being played the play pattern can be changed as follows Shuffle Off Track Shuffle Album Shuffle Shuffle Off Track Shuffle the tracks in the current list will be played randomly Album Shuffle the albums in the current list will be played randomly Shuffle Off no random play pattern is applied gt BACK button When the BACK button is pressed it re turns to the previous menu LHA3077 iPod PLAYER OPERATION WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM if so equipped Connecting iPod AWARN
216. c You notice a change in the sound of the exhaust system d You have had an accident involving damage to the exhaust system un derbody or rear of the vehicle THREE WAY CATALYST The three way catalyst is an emission control device installed in the exhaust system Exhaust gases in the three way catalyst are burned at high temperatures to help reduce pollutants AWARNING The exhaust gas and the exhaust sys tem are very hot Keep people animals or flammable materials away from the exhaust system components Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire A CAUTION Do not use leaded gasoline Deposits from leaded gasoline will seriously re duce the three way catalyst s ability to help reduce exhaust pollutants Keep your engine tuned up Malfunc tions in the ignition fuel injection or electrical systems can cause overrich fuel flow into the three way catalyst causing it to overheat Do not keep driv ing if the engine misfires or if notice able loss of performance or other un usual operating conditions are detected Have the vehicle inspected promptly by a NISSAN dealer e Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damaging the three way catalyst Do notrace the engine while warming it up Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the engine T
217. cal and consumer information 9 9 WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERING YOUR VEHICLE IN ANOTHER COUNTRY When planning to drive your NISSAN ve hicle in another country you should first find out if the fuel available is suitable for your vehi cle s engine Using fuel with an octane rating that is too low may cause engine damage All gasoline vehicles must be operated with unleaded gasoline There fore avoid taking your vehicle to areas where appropriate fuel is not available When transferring the registration of your vehicle to another country state province or district it may be necessary to modify the vehicle to meet local laws and regulations The laws and regulations for motor vehicle emis sion control and safety standards vary according to the country state province or district there fore vehicle specifications may differ When any vehicle is to be taken into an other country state province or district and registered its modifications transporta tion and registration are the responsibility of the user NISSAN is not responsible for any inconvenience that may result 9 10 Technical and consumer information VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION LTIOO25 WT10037 VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER VIN PLATE The vehicle identification number VIN plate is attached as shown This number is the identifica tion for your vehicle and is used in the vehicle registration VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER cha
218. cate distances from the vehicle body e Red line approx 1 5 ft 0 5 m Yellow line approx 3 ft 1 m Green line 3 approx 7 ft 2 m Green line 4 approx 10 ft 3 m Vehicle width guide lines 5 Indicate the vehicle width when backing up DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTED AND ACTUAL DISTANCES The distance guide line and the vehicle width guide line should be used as a reference only when the vehicle is on a level paved surface The distance viewed on the monitor is for reference only and may be different than the actual distance between the vehicle and displayed objects Ye LHA3099 Backing up on a steep uphill When backing up the vehicle up a hill the dis tance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown closer than the actual distance For example the display shows 3 ft 1 0 m to the place but the actual 3 ft 1 0 m distance on Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 11 the hill is the place B Note that any object on the hill is the place B Note that any object on the hill is further than it appears on the monitor the hill is closer than it appears on the monitor LHA3101 Backing up on a steep downhill When backing up the vehicle down a hill the distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown farther than the actual distance For example the display shows 1 0 m 3 ft to the place amp bu
219. categories Touch a cat egory displayed on the list to display options within that category Tuning with the touch screen When in AM or FM mode the radio can be tuned using the touch screen To bring up the visual tuner touch the Tune key on the lower right corner of the screen A screen appears with a bar running from low frequencies on the left to high frequencies on the right Touch the screen at the 4 64 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems location of the frequency you wish to tune and the station will change to that frequency To return to the regular radio display screen touch the OK key Tuning with the TUNE SCROLL knob The radio can also be manually tuned using the TUNE SCROLL knob When in FM or AM mode turn the TUNE SCROLL knob to the left for lower frequencies or to the right for higher frequencies When in SXM mode turn the TUNE SCROLL knob to change the channel 4 l SEEK TRACK tuning When in FM or AM mode press the 44 SEEK button or PPI TRACK button to tune from low to high or high to low frequencies and to stop at the next broadcasting station When in SXM mode press the M4 SEEK but ton or FM TRACK button to change the cat egory LHA2899 1 to 6 Station memory operations Twelve stations can be set for the FM band 6 for FM1 6 for FM2 and six stations can be set for the AM band Eighteen stations can be set for the SXM band 6 for S
220. cation during driving so it is important that you confirm that the front passenger is properly classified prior to driving Also the occupant classification system may recalculate the weight of the occupant when the vehicle comes to a stop i e stop light stop sign etc so front pas senger seat occupants should continue to remain seated as outlined above Troubleshooting If you thinkthe front passenger air bag status light is incorrect 1 Ifthe light is ON with no front passenger and no objects on the front passenger seat This may be due to the following conditions that may be interfering with the weight sensors An object weighing over 2 2 lbs 1 kg hang ing on the seat or placed in the seatback pocket Achild seat or other object pressing against the rear of the seatback Arear passenger pushing or pulling on the back of the front passenger s seat The front seat or seatback is forced back against an object on the seat or floor behind it An object placed under the front passen ger s seat An object placed between the seat cushion and center console or between door and cushion If the vehicle is moving please come to a stop when it is safe to do so Check and correct any of the above conditions Restart the vehicle and wait one minute Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system NOTE A system check will be performed during which the front passenger air bag s
221. child restraint is loose repeat steps 2 through 4 WRS0256 REAR FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS AWARNING The three point seat belt with Automatic Locking Retractor ALR must be used when installing a child restraint Failure to use the ALR mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured The restraint could tip over or be loose and cause injury to a child in a sudden stop or collision Also it can change the operation of the front passenger air bag For addi tional information refer to Supplemental air bag warning light in this section Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WRS0256 Rear facing step 1 For additional information refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety and Child restraints sections of this manual before install ing a child restraint Do not use the lower anchors if the combined weight of the child and the child restraint exceeds 65 Ibs 29 5 kg If the combined weight of the child and the child restraint is greater than 65 Ibs 29 5 kg use the vehicle s seat belt not the lower anchors to install the child restraint Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for installation 1 27 Follow these steps to install a rear facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belts in the rear Seats 1 Child restraints for infants must be used in the
222. cle is stationary If the 1iri Tr ur Bass vehicle starts moving during the procedure Treble CUIU the procedure will be cancelled Balance L Gzurmuuh To connect a phone to the Bluetooth Hands Fade R F Free Phone System 1 Press the SETTING button 2 Use the TUNE SCROLL knob to select Bluetooth and then press the ENTER LHA2775 button Bluetooth ON OFF Allows user to switch Bluetooth on and off Bluetooth must be turned on in order to connect device On Turns Bluetooth functionality on Turns Bluetooth functionality off Add Phone or Device Upon pressing this button a message with a PIN appears on the screen operate the Bluetooth phone to enter the PIN and complete the con enge EE _ XO _e r Replace Phone Replace the phone currently connected to the system This option allows the user to keep any voicetags that were recorded using the previ Fra RN ous phone if vehicle is equipped with voice recognition The connecting procedure varies according to each phone For additional information refer to the phone s Owner s Manual You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth or www nissan ca bluetooth or call the NISSAN Consumer Affairs Department for instructions on connecting recommended cellular phones Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 103 VOICE COMMANDS Voice commands can be used to operate the Bluetooth Hands
223. coded with text information Depending on how the MP3 WMA CD is encoded informa tion such as Artist Song and Folder will be dis played The track number and the total number of tracks in the current folder or on the current disc are displayed on the screen as well Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 49 SEEK TRACK Reverse or Fast Forward button Ha gt i Press and hold the M4 SEEK button or P TRACK button for 1 5 seconds while the com pact disc is playing to reverse or fast forward the track being played The compact disc plays at an increased speed while reversing or fast forward ing When the button is released the compact disc returns to normal play speed aa l SEEK TRACK button Press the M4 SEEK button while a CD or MP3 WMA CD is playing to return to the begin ning of the current track Press the 44 SEEK button several times to skip backward several tracks Press the Pl TRACK button while a CD or MP3 WMA CD is playing to advance one track Press the P TRACK button several times to skip forward several tracks If the last track on a CD is skipped the first track on the disc is played If the last track in a folder of an MP3 WMA CD is skipped the first track of the next folder is played TUNE FOLDER knob MP3 WMA CD only If an MPS WMA CD with multiple folders is play ing turn the TUNE FOLDER knob to change folders Turn the knob to the left
224. cognition systems 9 CAMERA button 10 NAV button For additional information regarding the Naviga tion system control buttons refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual For additional information regarding the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System control button refer to Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with Navigation System if so equipped in this section When you use this system make sure the engine is running If you use the system with the engine not running ignition ON or ACC for a long time it will discharge the battery and the engine will not start Reference symbols Example Words marked in quotes refer to a key shown only on the display These keys can be selected by touching the screen HOW TO USE THE TOUCH SCREEN A CAUTION The glass display screen may break if it is hit with a hard or sharp object If the glass screen breaks do not touch it Doing so could result in an injury To clean the display never use a rough cloth alcohol benzine thinner or any kind of solvent or paper towel with a chemical cleaning agent They will scratch or deteriorate the panel Do not splash any liquid such as water or car fragrance on the display Contact with liquid will cause the system to malfunction To help ensure safe driving some functions can not be operated while driving The on screen functions that are not available while driving will be grayed
225. come on and the sound will resume Programming is now complete 4 Other buttons can be set in the same man ner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be canceled In that case reset the desired stations Compact disc CD player operation If the radio is already operating it automatically turns off and the compact disc begins to play MEDIA button With a CD loaded press the MEDIA button until the CD mode is displayed on the screen CD MP3 display mode While listening to an MP3 WMA CD certain text may be displayed on the screen if the CD has been encoded with text information Depending on how the MP3 WMA CD is encoded informa tion such as Artist Song and Folder will be dis played The track number and the total number of tracks in the current folder or on the current disc are displayed on the screen as well 144 pp SEEK CAT Reverse or Fast Forward button Press and hold the 44 SEEK button or P CAT button for 1 5 seconds while the compact disc is playing to reverse or fast forward the track being played The compact disc plays at an in creased speed while reversing or fast forwarding When the button is released the compact disc returns to normal play speed aa l SEEK CAT button Press the M4 SEEK button while a CD or MP3 WMA CD is playing to return to the begin ning of the current track Press the M4 SEEK button s
226. commands Say Add phone B The system acknowl edges the command and asks you to initiate connecting from the phone handset C The connecting procedure of the cellular phone varies according to each cellular phone model Refer to the cellular phone Owner s Manual for details You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth or www nissan ca bluetooth for instructions on connecting NISSAN recommended cellular phones When prompted for a Passkey code enter 1234 from the handset The Passkey code 1234 has been assigned by NISSAN and cannot be changed The system asks you to say a name for the phone If the name is too long or too short the system tells you then prompts you for a name again Also if more than one phone is connected and the name sounds too much like a name already used the system tells you then prompts you for a name again 4 90 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Making a call by entering a phone number Main Menu Call Phone Number Speak the digits C Dial 1 Press the F wheel A tone will sound button on the steering 2 Say Call amp The system acknowledges the command and announces the next set of available commands 3 Say Phone Number B The system ac knowledges the command and announces the next set of available commands Say Special Number to dial more than 10 digits or any special characters
227. creed Rr RE 8 30 Fog lights if so equipped sssseesees 8 30 Park turn signal lights 00 0 cece eee eee 8 31 Exterior and interior lights 00 0008 8 33 Wheels and tires eese mene 8 36 Tir pressure croce mee Rr Rn Rem 8 36 Tire labeling i innia widen sea eae eaten nv 8 40 Types of tesis iere rer I e t I S redes 8 43 TURE CHAINS terree Sen Rte dh E tebe ut 8 44 Changing wheels and tires iussus 8 45 MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS Your NISSAN has been designed to have mini mum maintenance requirements with long ser vice intervals to save you both time and money however some day to day and regular mainte nance is essential to maintain your NISSAN s good mechanical condition as well as its emis sions and engine performance It is the owner s responsibility to make sure that the scheduled maintenance as well as general maintenance is performed As the vehicle owner you are the only one who can ensure that your vehicle receives proper maintenance You are a vital link in the mainte nance chain Scheduled maintenance For your convenience both required and optional scheduled maintenance items are described and listed in your NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide You must refer to that guide to ensure that necessary maintenance is performed on your NISSAN at regular intervals General maintenance General maintenance includes those items which should be checked during
228. d If you have a compatible Bluetooth audio de vice that is capable of playing audio files the device can be connected to the vehicle s audio system so that the audio files on the device play through the vehicle s speakers Setting Bluetooth Bass Qnn Treble Got Balance L Goo R Fade R F LHA2775 Connecting Bluetooth audio To connect your Bluetooth audio device to the vehicle follow the procedure below 1 Press the SETTING button 2 Select the Bluetooth key 3 Select the Add Phone or Device key This same screen can be accessed to remove replace or select a different Bluetooth de vice 4 The system acknowledges the command and asks you to initiate connecting from the phone handset The connecting procedure of the cellular phone varies according to each cellular phone model For additional information refer to the cellular phone Own ers Manual You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth or www nissan ca bluetooth for instructions on connecting NISSAN recommended cellular phones Audio main operation To switch to the Bluetooth audio mode press the MEDIA button repeatedly until the Bluetooth audio mode is displayed on the screen The controls for the Bluetooth audio are dis played on the screen Use the Preset 3 button for play and the Preset 4 button for pause BLUETOOTH STREAMING AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM If
229. d indicating that the air bag might inflate in a crash it could be that the child restraint or seat belt is not being used properly Make sure that the child restraint is installed properly the seat belt is used properly and the occupant is positioned properly If the air bag status light is not illuminated reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear seat If the passenger air bag status light will not illu minate even though you believe that the child restraint the seat belts and the occupant are properly positioned the system may be sensing an unoccupied seat in which case the air bag is OFF Your NISSAN dealer can check that the system is OFF by using a special tool However until you have confirmed with your dealer that your air bag is working properly reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear seat The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System and passenger air bag status light will take a few seconds to register a change in the passenger seat status For example if a large adult who is sitting in the front passenger seat exits the ve hicle the passenger air bag status light will go from OFF to ON for a few seconds and then to 1 52 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system OFF This is normal system operation and does not indicate a malfunction If a malfunction occurs in the front passenger air bag system the supplemental air bag warning light Af located in the meter and gauges area of
230. d the compact disc will be ejected further for easier CD removal If the disc is not removed within 20 seconds the disc will reload Additional features For additional information about the iPod player available with this system refer to iPod amp player operation without Navigation System in this sec tion For additional information about the USB inter face available with this system refer to USB Universal Serial Bus Connection Port models without Navigation System in this section For additional information about the Bluetooth audio interface available with this system refer to Bluetooth streaming audio without Navigation System in this section 8 9 1 2 4 5 6 d j ES FM AM CD M4 SEEK TRACK 17 pec f MEDIA DISP APPS BACK 1 Ge i 12 15 VOL EFO s ENTER e me 14 10 LHA2846 FM AM RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER Type C if so equipped For all operation precautions refer to Audio op eration precautions in this section CD eject button CD button Display screen CD insert slot Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 51 5 M4 SEEK button 6 SCAN button 7 Fh TRACK button 8 BACK button 9 APPS button 0 ENTER SETTING button TUNE FOLDER knob 11 Station select 1 6 buttons 12 RDM random button 13 RPT repeat button 14 power butt
231. d facing webbing mounted step 2 1 30 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WRS0800 Forward facing rigid mounted step 2 2 Secure the child restraint anchor attach ments to the LATCH lower anchors Check to make sure the LATCH attachment is prop erly attached to the lower anchors If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point For additional information refer to In stalling top tether strap in this section Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap in seating positions that do not have a top tether anchor 3 The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seatback If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint headrest to obtain the correct child restraint fit If the head restraint headrest is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint headrest when the child restraint is removed For additional information refer to Head restraints headrests in this section for head restraint headrest adjustment removal and installation information If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint headrest and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit try another seating position or a different child restraint LRS0671 Forward facing step 4 4 For ch
232. d it is interfering with the proper booster seat fit try another seating position or a different booster seat Position the lap portion of the seat belt low and snug on the child s hips Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s in structions for adjusting the seat belt routing Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the top middle portion of the child s shoulder Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s instructions for adjusting the seat belt routing Follow the warnings cautions and instruc tions for properly fastening a seat belt shown in Three point type seat belt with retractor in this section 1 40 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system OFF P WRS0475 If the booster seat is installed in the front passenger seat place the ignition switch in the ON position The front passenger air bag status light amp may or may not illuminate depending on the size of the child and the type of booster seat being used For addi tional information refer to Front passenger air bag and status light in this section SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS PRECAUTIONS ON SRS This SRS section contains important information concerning the following systems Driver and passenger supplemental front impact air bag NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System F
233. d or a grounded outlet can result in a fire or electrical shock and cause serious personal injury To use the engine block heater 1 2 Turn the engine off Open the hood and unwrap the engine block heater cord Plug the engine block heater cord into a grounded 3 wire 3 pronged extension cord Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault Interrupt GFI protected grounded 110 volt AC VAC outlet The engine block heater must be plugged in for at least 2 4 hours depending on outside temperatures to properly warm the engine coolant Use an appropriate timer to turn the engine block heater on Before starting the engine unplug and prop erly store the cord to keep it away from moving parts Starting and driving 5 41 MEMO 5 42 Starting and driving 6 In case of emergency Hazard warning flasher switch 0008 6 2 Emergency engine shut off 00ceeee eee 6 2 First aid kit if so equipped 6 eee eee eee eee ee 6 3 PAE AIS HT 6 3 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 6 3 Changing a flat tire 0 cee 6 4 Jump starting uk mea bet mtr eme ee 6 8 Push starting i ce zineic e rer ieee eee ere prs 6 10 If your vehicle overheats lsssseeseseeeese 6 10 Towing your vehicle eet 6 11 Towing recommended by NISSAN 6 12 Vehicle recovery freeing a stuck vehicle 6 13 HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH
234. ddle and the hot position e Whenthe position is selected the air conditioner automatically turns on if the out side temperature is more than 36 F 2 C This dehumidifies the air which helps defog the windshield The C amp gt mode automati cally turns off allowing outside air to be drawn into the passenger compartment to further improve the defogging performance The recirculation mode cannot be activated inthe position Operating tips Clear snow and ice from the wiper blades and air inlet in front of the windshield This improves heater operation AIR CONDITIONER OPERATION Start the engine turn the fan control dial to the desired position and press the C button to activate the air conditioner When the air condi tioner is on cooling and dehumidifying functions are added to the heater operation The air conditioner cooling function oper ates only when the engine is running Cooling This mode is used to cool and dehumidify the air 1 Press the VS button to the OFF position 2 Press the n air flow control button 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Push the A C button 5 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position For quick cooling when the outside tem perature is high push the CS button to the ON position Be sure to return the amp 2 to the OFF position for normal cooling MAX A C may be used for quick cooling Dehumidified heating Thi
235. de temperatures driving in dusty conditions extensive idling towing a trailer stop and go commuting For additional information refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide for the mainte nance schedule AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM REFRIGERANT AND OIL RECOMMENDATIONS The air conditioner system in your NISSAN vehicle must be charged with the refriger ant HFC 134a R 134a and NISSAN A C system oil Type S or the exact equivalents A CAUTION The use of any other refrigerant or oil will cause severe damage to the air condition ing system and will require the replace ment of all air conditioner system components The refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a in your NISSAN vehicle does not harm the earth s ozone layer Although this refrigerant does not affect the earth s atmosphere certain government regula tions require the recovery and recycling of any refrigerant during automotive air conditioner sys tem service A NISSAN dealer has the trained technicians and equipment needed to recover and recycle your air conditioner system refriger ant Contact a NISSAN dealer when servicing your air conditioner system Technical and consumer information 9 7 SPECIFICATIONS ENGINE Model QR25DE VOS5DE Type Oylinder arrangement Bore x Stroke in mm Displacement cu in cm Firing order Gasoline 4 cycle DOHC Gasoline 4 cycle DOHC 4 oylinder in line 6 cylinder V block Slanted at 60 3 5 x 3 9 89 0 x 100
236. decrease the track number Tilt up down for more than 1 5 seconds to increase or decrease the folder number Press the ENTER button to show the USB Menu Bluetooth Streaming Audio Tilt up down for less than 1 5 seconds to Skip ahead or back to the next song Tilt up down for more than 1 5 seconds to reverse or fast forward the current song AUX Press the ENTER button to show the AUX Menu ANTENNA The antenna cannot be shortened but can be removed When you need to remove the antenna turn the antenna rod counterclockwise To install the antenna rod turn the antenna rod clockwise and hand tighten A CAUTION e Always properly tighten the antenna rod during installation or the antenna rod may break during vehicle operation e Be sure that the antenna is removed before the vehicle enters an automatic car wash Be sure to fold down the antenna be fore the vehicle enters a garage with a low ceiling Window antenna if so equipped The antenna pattern is printed inside the rear window A CAUTION Do not place metalized film near the rear window glass or attach any metal parts to it This may cause poor recep tion or noise e When cleaning the inside of the rear window be careful not to scratch or damage the rear window antenna Lightly wipe along the antenna with a dampened soft cloth NISSANCONNECT MOBILE APPS if so equipped This vehicle is equipped with Smartp
237. ded for cleaning upholstery or carpet Then wipe with a cloth and allow the seat belts to dry in the shade Do not allow the seat belts to retract until they are completely dry If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guide of the seat belt anchors the seat belts may retract slowly Wipe the shoulder belt guide with a clean dry cloth Periodically check to see that the seat belt and the metal components such as buckles tongues retractors flexible wires and anchors work properly If loose parts deterioration cuts or other damage on the webbing is found the entire seat belt as sembly should be replaced 1 18 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system CHILD SAFETY A WARNING Do not allow children to play with the seat belts Most seating positions are equipped with Automatic Locking Retrac tor ALR mode seat belts If the seat belt becomes wrapped around a child s neck with the ALR mode activated the child can be seriously injured or killed if the seat belt retracts and becomes tight This can occur even if the vehicle is parked Un buckle the seat belt to release the child If the seat belt cannot be unbuckled or is already unbuckled release the child by cutting the seat belt with a suitable tool such as a knife or scissors to release the seat belt Children need adults to help protect them They need to be properly restrained In addition to the general information in this manual child safe
238. der Hard objects can injure you in an accident LIC2296 Soft bottle holder Soft bottle holder A CAUTION Do not use bottle holder for any other objects that could be thrown about in the vehicle and possibly injure people during sudden braking or an accident Do not use bottle holder for open liquid containers LIC2300 WIC1120 GLOVE BOX Open the glove box by pulling the handle Use the master key when locking 1 or unlocking 2 the glove box AA WARNING Keep glove box lid closed while driving to help prevent injury in an accident or a sudden stop CONSOLE BOX Upper half Pull up on the driver s side latch to open the upper half of the console box The upper half of the console box may be used for storage of cellular phones An access hole is provided at the front of the upper half of the console box for phone cord routing to the power outlet Instruments and controls 2 43 Click HERE to see Owner s Manual Supplement on page 2 WINDOWS RN WIC1121 POWER WINDOWS A WARNING e Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle while it is in motion and before closing the windows Use the window lock switch to prevent unexpected use of the power windows Do notleave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls and become trapped in a window Unattended chil LIC2
239. designed to extend reception range and to enhance the qual ity of that reception However there are some general characteristics of both FM and AM radio signals that can affect radio reception quality in a moving vehicle even when the finest equipment is used These char acteristics are completely normal in a given re ception area and do not indicate any malfunction in your NISSAN radio system Reception conditions will constantly change be cause of vehicle movement Buildings terrain signal distance and interference from other ve hicles can work against ideal reception De scribed below are some of the factors that can affect your radio reception Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Storing the de vice in a different location may reduce or elimi nate the noise FM RADIO RECEPTION Range FM range is normally limited to 25 30 mi 40 48 km with monaural single channel FM having slightly more range than stereo FM Exter nal influences may sometimes interfere with FM station reception even if the FM station is within 25 mi 40 km The strength of the FM signal is directly related to the distance between the transmitter and receiver FM signals follow a line of sight path exhibiting many of the same char acteristics as light For example they will reflect off objects Fade and drift As your vehicle moves away from a stati
240. desired FM frequency SXM channel number Allows user to tune directly to a desired SXM station if so equipped CD Track number Allows user to select track to be played Play Song name Allows user to select song name to be played Play Artist name Allows user to select artist to be played Play Album name Allows user to select album name to be played For additional information refer to Audio sys tem in this section INFORMATION VOICE COMMANDS The following voice commands are available for the information functions of the Navigation Sys tem Traffic Fuel Prices Stocks Movie Listings Current Weather Weather Map 5 day Forecast 6 hour Forecast For additional information about these com mands refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual MY APPS VOICE COMMANDS Many Apps can be accessed using this voice command For additional information refer to NissanConnect Mobile Apps in this section Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 121 HELP VOICE COMMANDS TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE The following voice commands can be spokento The system should respond correctly to all voice have the system provide instructions and tips for commands without difficulty If problems are en using the NISSAN Voice Recognition system countered follow the solutions given in this guide for the appropriate error Where the solutions are listed by nu
241. di cator illuminates in the Vehicle Information Dis play For additional information refer to Vehicle Information Display in the Instruments and con trols section Since the Intelligent Key is continuously receiving radio waves if the key is left near equipment which transmits strong radio waves such as sig nals from a TV and personal computer the bat tery life may become shorter For additional information regarding replacement of a battery refer to Battery replacement in the Maintenance and do it yourself section As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be registered and used with one vehicle For information about the purchase and use of additional Intelligent Keys contact a NISSAN dealer A CAUTION Listed below are conditions or occur rences which will damage the Intelligent Key Do not allow the Intelligent Key which contains electrical components to come into contact with water or salt water This could affect the system function Do not drop the Intelligent Key Do not strike the Intelligent Key sharply against another object Do not change or modify the Intelligent Key e Wetting may damage the Intelligent Key If the Intelligent Key gets wet im mediately wipe until it is completely dry Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in an area where tem peratures exceed 140 F 60 C Do not attach the Intelligent Key with a key holder that contains a magnet
242. dicate the presence of a hazard that could cause minor or moder ate personal injury or damage to your ve hicle To avoid or reduce the risk the pro cedures must be followed carefully APD1005 If you see this symbol it means Do not do this or Do not let this happen ne If you see a symbol similar to these in an illustra tion it means the arrow points to the front of the vehicle e 5 Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these indicate movement or action 9 Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these call attention to an item in the illustration CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING A WARNING Engine exhaust some of its constituents and certain vehicle components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth de fects or other reproductive harm In addi tion certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE ADVISORY Some vehicle parts such as lithium batter ies may contain perchlorate material The following advisory is provided Perchlorate Material special handling may apply See www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate BLUETOOTH is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and licensed to Visteon and Bosch Bluetooth SiriusXM
243. djustment is per formed FM AM radio operation AM and FM buttons Press the AM button to change the band to AM If another audio source is playing when the AM button is pressed the audio source playing will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will begin playing Press the FM button to change the band as follows FM1 FM2 FM1 If another audio source is playing when the FM button is pressed the audio source playing will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will begin playing The FM stereo indicator ST illuminates during FM stereo reception When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio automatically changes from stereo to monaural reception A SEEK and TRACK tuning buttons Press the SEEK button 4 to tune from low to high frequencies and stop at the next broadcast ing station Press the TRACK button V totune from high to low frequencies and stop at the next broad casting station Press and hold either button to seek at a faster speed SCAN tuning button Press the SCAN button SCAN illuminates in the display window Scan tuning begins from low to high frequencies Scan tuning stops for 5 sec onds at each broadcasting station that has suffi cient signal strength When scanning SCAN blinks in the display Pressing the SCAN button again during this 5 second period stops scan tuning and the radio remains tuned to that station
244. driver and passengers from XXX lbs or XXX kg 4 The resulting figure equals the avail Occupants Luggage able amount of cargo and luggage Load limit Remaining available load capacity For example if the 1 400 16 R R T R EI IET argo and luggage XXX amount equals 1 400 Ibs and 640 kg AMD ok HIMEN load capacity there will be five 150 Ib passengers i 500 Ib in your vehicle the amount of avail 70 kg 340 kg 14 kg 70kg 227 kg able cargo and luggage load capac ity is 650 Ibs 1 400 750 5 X 150 650 lbs or 640 340 5 X 70 300 kg WTIO169 Example Technical and consumer information 9 15 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in step 4 Before driving a loaded vehicle confirm that you do not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for your vehicle For additional information refer to Mea surement of weights in this section Also check tires for proper inflation pres sures For additional information refer to the Tire and Loading Information label LOADING TIPS The GVW must not exceed GVWR or GAWR as specified on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label Do not load the front and rear axle to the GAWR Doing so will exceed the GVWR 9 16 Technical and consumer information A W
245. ds Free Phone System voice commands are only available if a phone is connected If a phone is connected and Bluetooth is set to On the following voice commands are available Call a name Speak the name of the contact in which you are trying to call System will confirm correct contact Say Dial to initiate dialing Dial Number Allows for up to 24 digits to be dialed After the number is entered say Dial to initiate dialing Say Correction to correct the num ber entered Say Go Back to return to the main menu List Phonebook Starting with the first alphabetical entry in the vehicle phonebook the system prompts for an additional command Say Dial to call the number of the phonebook entry Say Send Text to send a text message to the number of the phonebook entry Say Next Entry to skip to the next alphabetical entry in the vehicle phonebook where the same op tions will then be available Recent Calls The system prompts for an additional com mand Say Missed Calls Incoming Calls or Outgoing Calls to display a list of such calls on the screen Speak the number of the entry displayed on the screen to dial that number or say Next Page to view entries on the next page if available Redial Redials the last called number 4 120 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Read Text Reads an incoming text message For addi tional information about text mess
246. during a call For example if you were directed to dial an extension by an automated system Say Send one two three four The system acknowledges the command and sends the tones associated with the numbers The system then ends the VR ses Sion and returns to the call Say star for Say pound for 4 92 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Transfer call Use the Transfer Call com mand to transfer the call from the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System to the cellular phone when privacy is desired The system announces Transfer call Call transferred to privacy mode The system then ends the VR session To reconnect the call from the cellular phone to the Bluetooth Hands Free System press the f button Mute Use the Mute command to mute your voice so the other party cannot hear it Use the mute command again to unmute your voice NOTE If a call is ended or the cellular phone network connection is lost while the Mute feature is on the Mute feature will be reset to off for the next call so the other party can hear your voice Phonebook phones without automatic phonebook download function NOTE The Transfer Entry command is not avail able when the vehicle is moving Main Menu Phonebook Transfer Entry amp Delete Entry List Names C For phones that do not support automatic down load of the phonebook PBAP Blu
247. during Bluetooth pairing For some phones you may need to enable Noti fications in the phone s Bluetooth menu for text messages to appear on the headunit Please consult your phone s Owner s manual Text message integration requires that the phone support MAP Message Ac cess Profile for both receiving and sending text messages Some phones may not sup port all text messaging features Please refer to www nissanusa com bluetooth or www nissan ca bluetooth for compatibility information as well as your device s Owner s manual The system allows for the sending and receiving of text messages through the vehicle interface Sending a text message 1 Press the F wheel button on the steering 2 Say Phone after the tone 3 Say Send Text after the tone 4 114 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 The system will provide a list of available commands in order to determine the recipi ent of the text message Choose from the following To a name Enter Number Missed Calls Incoming Calls Outgoing Calls For additional information about these options refer to Voice commands in this section 5 Once a recipient is chosen the system prompts for which message to send Nine predefined messages are available as well as three custom messages To choose one of the predefined messages speak one of the following after the tone Driving can t text Call m
248. during FM stereo reception When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio auto matically changes from stereo to monaural re ception TUNE FOLDER knob tuning Turn the TUNE FOLDER knob to the left or right for manual tuning I lt gt gt I SEEK TRACK tuning Press the 4 SEEK button or PP TRACK button to tune from low to high or high to low frequencies and to stop at the next broadcasting station SCAN tuning Press the SCAN button to stop at each broad casting station for 5 seconds SCAN will appear on the screen while the radio is scan tuning Pressing the button again during this 5 second period will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that station If the SCAN button is not pressed within 5 seconds SCAN tuning moves to the next station 1 to 6 Station memory operations Six stations can be set for the AM band Twelve stations can be set for the FM band 6 for FM1 6 for FM2 1 Choose the radio band AM FM1 or FM2 using the FM AM select button 2 Tune to the desired station using the M4 SEEK button orthe P TRACK button Press and hold any of the desired station memory buttons 1 6 until the preset number is updated on the display and the sound is briefly muted 4 54 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 3 The channel indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Programming is now complete 4 Other buttons can be set in the
249. e On my way Running late Okay Yes No Where are you When To send one of the custom messages say Custom Messages If more than one cus tom message is stored the system will prompt for the number of the desired cus tom message For additional information on setting and managing custom text mes sages refer to Bluetooth settings in this section Reading a received text message 1 2 3 Press the F wheel button on the steering Say Phone after the tone Say Read Text after the tone The text message sender and delivery time are shown on the screen Use the tuning switch to scroll through all text messages if more than one are available Press the button to exit the text message screen Press the 4 button to access the following options for replying to the text message Call Back Speak this command to call the sender of the text message using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Send Text Speak this command to send a text message response to the sender of the text message Read Text Speak this command to read the text mes sage again Previous Text Speak this command to move to the previ ous text message if available Next Text Speak this command to move to the next text message if available NOTE Text messages are only displayed if the vehicle speed is less than 5 mph 8 km h amp PHONE amp BLUETOOTH SETTINGS
250. e For additional information refer to Battery in the Maintenance and do it yourself The Key low battery indicator appears in the display When pushing the ignition switch to start section The battery charge is low the engine The KEY ID Incorrect warning appears i n the display the outside chime sounds 3 times and the inside warning chime sounds for approximately 3 seconds When pushing the ignition switch The Intelligent Key system warning light in It warns of a malfunction with the Intelligent Contact a NISSAN dealer the meter illuminates in yellow Key system The Intelligent Key is not in the vehicle Carry the Intelligent Key with you Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 19 NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY WITHOUT DOOR AND TRUNK REQUEST SWITCHES AWARNING e Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufac turer for the possible influences before use e The Intelligent Key transmits radio waves when the buttons are pressed The FAA advises the radio waves may affect aircraft navigation and communi cation systems Do not operate the In telligent Key while on an airplane Make sure the buttons are not operated unin tentionally when the unit is stored for a flight The Intelligent Key can operate all the door locks using the remote controller function The operat ing environment and or conditions may affect the In
251. e and if buttons for at least 2 seconds The hazard warning lights will flash three times to confirm that the answer back horn feature has been deactivated To activate Press and hold the and if buttons for atleast 2 seconds once more The hazard warning lights will flash once and the horn will sound once to confirm that the horn beep feature has been reactivated Deactivating the horn beep feature does not si lence the horn if the alarm is triggered WARNING SIGNALS To help prevent the vehicle from moving unex pectedly by erroneous operation of the Intelligent Key or to help prevent the vehicle from being stolen a chime or buzzer sounds from inside and outside the vehicle and a warning is displayed in the instrument panel When a chime or beep sounds or a warning is displayed be sure to check the vehicle and the Intelligent Key For additional information refer to the Trouble shooting guide that follows and Vehicle infor mation display in the Instruments and controls section of this manual Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 17 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE Verify the location of all Intelligent Keys that are programmed for the vehicle If another Intelligent Key is in range or inside the vehicle the vehicle system may respond differently than expected The Shift to Park warning appears in the Move the shift lever to the P Park position When stopping the engine display and the inside warning chime The s
252. e highest position 2 Push and hold the lock knob 3 Remove the head restraint headrest from the seat 4 Store the head restraint headrest properly in a secure place so it is not loose in the vehicle 5 Reinstall and properly adjust the head restraint headrest before an occupant uses the seating position LRS2303 INSTALL 1 Align the head restraint headrest stalks with the holes in the seat Make sure that the head restraint headrest is facing the correct direction The stalk with the notch notches CD must be installed in the hole with the lock knob 2 2 Push and hold the lock knob and push the head restraint headrest down 3 Properly adjust the head restraint headrest before an occupant uses the seating posi tion Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 9 WRS0134 LRS2351 LRS2305 ADJUST For adjustable head restraint headrest Adjust the head restraint headrest so the center is level with the center of your ears If your ear position is still higher than the recommended alignment place the head restraint headrest at the highest position For non adjustable head restraint headrest Make sure the head restraint headrest is posi tioned so the lock knob is engaged in the notch before riding in that designated seating position 1 10 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Raise To raise the head restraint headr
253. e towed to the dealer MIL blinking An engine misfire has been detected which may damage the emission control system To reduce or avoid emission control system damage do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH 72 km h avoid hard acceleration or deceleration avoid steep uphill grades if possible reduce the amount of cargo being hauled or towed The MIL may stop blinking and come on steady Have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer A CAUTION Continued vehicle operation without hav ing the emission control system checked and repaired as necessary could lead to poor driveability reduced fuel economy and possible damage to the emission con trol system Instruments and controls 2 15 OD j indi i DEF Overdrive OFF indicator light if so equipped QR25DE The overdrive off indicator light illuminates when the overdrive off mode is selected VQ35DE This light illuminates and then turns off when the ignition switch is placed to the ON position QR25DE and VO35DE For additional information refer to Continuously Variable Transmission CVT in the Starting and driving section of this manual Security indicator light This light blinks when the ignition switch is placed in the OFF LOCK or ACC position The blinking security indicator light indicates that the security systems equipped on the vehicle
254. e Confirm the operating condition with the front passenger air bag status light If you notice that the front passenger air bag status light is not operating as de scribed in this section please take your vehicle to your NISSAN dealer to check the occupant classification system Until you have confirmed with your dealer that your passenger seat occu pant classification system is working properly position the occupants in the rear seating positions Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system This vehicle is equipped with the NISSAN Ad vanced Air Bag System for the driver and front passenger seats This system is designed to meet certification requirements under U S regu lations It is also permitted in Canada However all of the information cautions and warn ings in this manual still apply and must be followed The driver supplemental front impact air bag is located in the center of the steering wheel The passenger supplemental front impact air bag is mounted in the dashboard above the glove box The front air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity frontal collisions although they may in flate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity frontal impact They may not inflate in certain frontal collisions Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper front air bag system opera tion The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System has du
255. e Main Menu The following pages describe these commands and the com mands in each sub menu Remember to wait for the tone before speaking After the main menu you can say Help to hear the list of commands currently available any time the system is waiting for a response If you want to end an action without completing it you can say Cancel or Quit at any time the system is waiting for a response The system will end the VR session Whenever the VR session is cancelled a double beep is played to indicate you have exited the system If you want to go back to the previous command you can say Go back or Correction any time the system is waiting for a response Call Main Menu Call Speak name Phone Number Speak Digits Special Number Redial D Call Back Speak name If you have stored entries in the phonebook you can dial a number associated with a name For additional information refer to Phonebook in this section When prompted by the system say the name of the phone book entry you wish to call The system acknowledges the name If there are multiple numbers associated with the name the system asks you to choose the correct number Once you have confirmed the name and location the system begins the call Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 91 Speak Digits When prompted by the system say the number you wish t
256. e OFF 2 Pull the fuse box cover to remove 3 Remove the fuse with the fuse puller WDIO0452 Type A If the fuse is open replace it with an equivalent good fuse B 5 Reverse step 2 to reinstall fuse box cover 6 If anew fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and repaired by a NISSAN dealer Type B LDI0456 LDI2350 Extended storage switch If any electrical equipment does not operate remove the extended storage switch and check for an open fuse NOTE The extended storage switch is used for long term vehicle storage Even if the ex tended storage switch is broken it is not necessary to replace it Replace only the open fuse in the switch with a new fuse Maintenance and do it yourself 8 27 BATTERY REPLACEMENT How to remove the extended storage switch A CAUTION 1 To remove the extended storage switch be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF or LOCK position 2 Be sure the headlight switch is in the OFF position Be careful not to allow children to swallow the battery or removed parts 3 Remove the fuse box cover 4 Pinch the locking tabs 1 found on each side of the storage switch 5 Pull the storage switch straight out from the fuse box 2 LDI2001 8 28 Maintenance and do it yourself NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY amp Replace the battery in the Intelligent Key as fo
257. e front air bag system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of electrical equip ment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer The Supplemental Restraint System SRS wiring harnesses should not be modified or disconnected Unau thorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the air bag system A cracked windshield should be re placed immediately by a qualified repair facility A cracked windshield could af fectthe function of the supplemental air bag system The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and orange for easy identification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the front air bag system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual a ie LRS0259 FRONT SEAT MOUNTED SIDE IMPACT SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG AND ROOF MOUNTED CURTAIN SIDE IMPACT AND ROLLOVER SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG SYSTEMS The side air bags are located in the outside of the seatback of the front seats The curtain air bags are located in the side roof rails All of the information cautions and warnings in this manual must be followed The side air bags and curtain air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity side collisions although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity impact They 1 56 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system are designed
258. e is running The doors will be locked and the climate control system may come on The engine will continue to run for 10 min utes Repeat the steps to extend the time for an additional ten minutes For additional in formation refer to Extending engine run time in this section Depress and hold the brake then press the push button ignition switch to the ON position before driving For additional information refer to Driv ing the vehicle in the Starting and driving sec tion of this manual EXTENDING ENGINE RUN TIME The remote start feature can be extended one time by performing the steps listed in Remote starting the vehicle in this section Run time will be calculated as follows The first 10 minute run time will start when the remote start function is performed 3 28 Pre driving checks and adjustments The second 10 minutes will start immedi ately when the remote start function is per formed again For example if the engine has been running for 5 minutes and 10 minutes are added the engine will run for a total of 15 minutes Extending engine run time will bring you to the 2 remote start limit A maximum of 2 remote starts or a single start with an extension are allowed between ignition cycles The ignition switch must be cycled to the ON position and then back to the OFF position before the remote start procedure can be used again CANCELING A REMOTE START To cancel a remote
259. e light comes on when the cruise control main switch is pushed The light goes out when the main switch is pushed again When the cruise main switch indicator light comes on the cruise control system is operational SET Cruise set switch indicator light if so equipped The light comes on while the vehicle speed is controlled by the cruise control system If the light blinks while the engine is running it may indicate the cruise control system is not functioning prop erly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer Front fog light indicator light if so equipped The front fog light indicator light illuminates when the front fog lights are ON For additional infor mation refer to Fog light switch in this section se Front passenger air bag status 2 light The front passenger air bag status light amp amp will be lit and the passenger front air bag will be OFF depending on how the front passenger seat is being used For front passenger air bag status light operation refer to Front passenger air bag and status light in the Safety Seats seat belts and supple mental restraint system section of this manual ED High beam indicator light blue This blue light comes on when the headlight high beams are on and goes out when the low beams are selected The high beam indicator light also comes on when the passing signal is activated Al Malfunction Indicator Ligh
260. e noted in Programming HomeLink amp for Canadian customers and gate openers in this sec tion 2 52 Instruments and controls 3 Press and hold the programmed HomeLink button and observe the indica tor light e if the indicator light 1 is solid continuous programming is complete and your device should acti vate when the HomeLink button is pressed and released f the indicator light D blinks rapidly for 2 seconds and then turns to a solid continuous light continue with Steps 4 6 for a rolling code device A second person may make the following steps easier Use a ladder or other device Do not stand on your vehicle to perform the next steps At the receiver located on the garage door opener motor in the garage locate the learn or smart button the name and color of the button may vary by manufacturer but it is usually located near where the hanging antenna wire is attached to the unit If there is difficulty locating the button reference the garage door opener s manual Press and release the learn or smart but ton Return to the vehicle and firmly press and hold the trained HomeLink button for 2 seconds and release Repeat the press hold release sequence up to three times to complete the training process HomeLink should now activate your rolling code equipped device If you have any questions or are having diffi culty programming your HomeLink
261. e or automatic payment device on the key ring restart the engine using the following pro cedures 1 Leave the ignition switch placed in the ON position for approximately 5 seconds 2 Place the ignition switch in the OFF or LOCK position and wait approximately 10 seconds 3 Repeat Steps 1 and 2 4 Restart the engine while holding the device which may have caused the interference separate from the registered key If the no start condition re occurs NISSAN rec ommends placing the registered key on a sepa rate key ring to avoid interference from other devices FCC Notice For USA This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the fol lowing two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference re ceived including interference that may cause undesired operation NOTE Changes or modifications not expressly ap proved by the party responsible for compli ance could void the user s authority to op erate the equipment For Canada This device complies with Industry Canada licence exempt RSS standard s Opera tion is subject to the following two condi tions 1 this device may not cause inter ference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the de vice LIC0474 Security indicator light The security indicator light blinks
262. e power seat switch for a long period of time when the engine is off This will discharge the battery Forward and backward Moving the switch forward or backward will slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position 1 4 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Reclining Move the recline switch backward until the de sired angle is obtained To bring the seatback forward again move the switch forward and move your body forward The seatback will move forward The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit For additional information refer to Pre cautions on seat belt usage in this section Also the seatback can be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is stopped and the shift lever is in the P Park position WRS0752 WRS0743 Seat lifter driver s seat Push the front or rear end of the switch up or down to adjust the angle and height of the seat cushion Lumbar support if so equipped for driver s seat The lumbar support feature provides adjustable lower back support to the driver Push the switch forward or backward to adjust the seat lumbar area WRS0166 FOLDING REAR SEAT Interior trunk access The trunk can be accessed from the driver side and passenger side of the rear seat for loading and unloading as shown Safety Seats
263. e read this Owner s Manual carefully This will ensure famil iarity with controls and maintenance require ments assisting you in the safe operation of your vehicle A WARNING IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION RE MINDERS FOR SAFETY Follow these important driving rules to help ensure a safe and comfortable trip for you and your passengers NEVER drive under the influence of al cohol or drugs ALWAYS observe posted speed limits and never drive too fast for conditions e ALWAYS give your full attention to driving and avoid using vehicle features or taking other actions that could distract you ALWAYS use your seat belts and appro priate child restraint systems Preteen children should be seated in the rear seat e ALWAYS provide information about the proper use of vehicle safety features to all occupants of the vehicle e ALWAYS review this Owner s Manual for important safety information MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE This vehicle should not be modified Modification could affect its performance safety or durability and may even violate governmental regulations In addition damage or performance prob lems resulting from modifications may not be covered under NISSAN warranties WHEN READING THE MANUAL This manual includes information for all features and equipment available on this model Features and equipment in your vehicle may vary depend ing on model trim level options selected order d
264. e seat never use gasoline benzine thinner or any simi lar materials If any malfunctions are found or the heated seat does not operate turn the switch off and have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer Instruments and controls 2 37 HEATED STEERING WHEEL if so equipped LIC0421 The heated steering wheel system is designed to operate only when the surface temperature of the steering wheel is below approximately 68 F 20 C Push the heated steering wheel switch to warm the steering wheel after the engine starts The indicator light will come on If the surface temperature of the steering wheel is below 68 F 20 C the system will heat the steering wheel to approximately 86 F 30 C then turn off automatically Push the switch again to turn the heated steering wheel off manually The indicator light will go off 2 38 Instruments and controls NOTE The heated steering wheel switch is equipped with a 30 minute timer After the switch has been activated for 30 minutes the system will automatically turn off If the surface temperature of the steering wheel is above 68 F 20 C when the switch is turned on the system will not heat the steering wheel This is not a malfunction WARNING SYSTEMS SWITCH if so equipped m The warning systems switch is used to temporar ily turn off the warning systems Lane Departure Warning LDW and Blind Spot Warning BSW sy
265. e sys tem is waiting for a response by saying Cancel or Quit The system announces Cancel and ends the Voice Recognition session You can also press and hold the 4 button on the steering wheel for 5 seconds at any time to end the VR session Whenever the VR session is cancelled a double beep is played to indicate you have exited the system If you want to adjust the volume of the voice feedback press the volume control switches or on the steering wheel while being provided with feedback You can also use the radio volume control knob Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 87 n most cases you can interrupt the voice feedback to speak the next command by pressing the 4 button on the steering wheel To use the system faster you may speak the second level commands with the main menu command on the main menu For example press the 4 button and after the tone say Call Redial How to say numbers NISSAN Voice Recognition requires a certain way to speak numbers in voice commands Refer to the following rules and examples Either zero or oh can be used for O Example 1 800 662 6200 One eight oh oh six six two six two oh oh or One eight zero zero six six two six two oh oh Words can be used for the first 4 digits places only Example 1 800 662 6200 One eight hundred six six two six two oh oh NOT One eight hundred six
266. e ter Td Ren 4 113 Ending a call 555 522 9 bit I iS eR DAS 4 113 Delp voles commands EM MM pin Troubleshooting guide ssesesesss 4 122 Textmessaging i cod ete Re REI rne reps 4 114 CONTROL PANEL BUTTONS COLOR SCREEN WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM if so equipped A WARNING e Positioning of the heating or air condi tioning controls and display controls should not be done while driving in or der that full attention may be given to CA the driving operation voL Do not disassemble or modify this sys tem If you do it may result in accidents fire or electrical shock 2 3 ees 1 e Do not use this system if you notice any abnormality such as a frozen screen or lack of sound Continued use of the system may result in accident fire or electric shock ill In case you notice any foreign object in LLL Ie the system hardware spill liquid on it AE M pez or notice smoke or smell coming from it CAMERA stop using the system immediately and contact your nearest NISSAN dealer Ig 10 9 8 7 noring such conditions may lead to ac cidents fire or electrical shock LHA3444 1 POWER button VOL volume control knob 5 APPS button 2 Display screen 6 2 brightness control button 3 ENTER AUDIO button TUNE SCROLL button knob 8 MAP button 4 BACK button 4 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice re
267. e ve hicle the front air bags side air bags curtain air bags pretensioners and related parts should be pointed out to the person performing the mainte nance The ignition should always be in the LOCK position when working under the hood or inside the vehicle A WARNING Once a front air bag side air bag or curtain air bag has inflated the air bag module will not function again and must be replaced Additionally the acti vated pretensioners must also be re placed The air bag module and preten sioners should be replaced by a NISSAN dealer The air bag module and pretensioners cannot be repaired The front air bag side air bag curtain air bag systems and the pretensioner system should be inspected by a NISSAN dealer if there is any damage to the front end or side portion of the vehicle If you need to dispose of a supplemen tal air bag or pretensioners or scrap the vehicle contact a NISSAN dealer Incor rect disposal procedures could cause personal injury 1 60 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system MEMO Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 61 2 Instruments and controls Instrument panel 2 2 rrr Rm mem 2 2 Meter and gauges ilie em ene 2 8 Speedometer and odometer iussisse 2 4 TachOomieter iooc bera oe tnra ete i an ees 2 5 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 5 F eligauge x3 vetet bt esa sesto bd dena 2 6 Compa
268. ealer When the ignition switch is in the ON position the power steering warning light illuminates After starting the engine the power steering warning light turns off This indicates that the electric power steering system is operational If the power steering warning light illuminates while the engine is running it may indicate the power steering system is not functioning properly and may need servicing Have the hydraulic pump electric power steering system checked by a NISSAN dealer For additional information refer to Power steering in the Starting and driving section of this manual Instruments and controls 2 13 iA Seat belt warning light and chime The light and chime remind you to fasten your seat belts The light illuminates whenever the ignition switch is placed in the ON or START position and remains illuminated until the driver s seat belt is fastened At the same time the chime sounds for about 6 seconds unless the driver s seat belt is securely fastened The seat belt warning light may also illuminate if the front passenger s seat belt is not fastened when the front passenger s seat is occupied For 7 seconds after the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the system does not activate the warning light for the front passenger Refer to Seat belts in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section for precautions on seat belt usage A4 Supplemental air
269. eat key until it is not displayed 4 72 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems LHA3077 iPod PLAYER OPERATION WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM if so equipped Connecting iPod A WARNING Do not connect disconnect or operate the USB device while driving Doing so can be a distraction If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an acci dent or serious injury A CAUTION e Do not force the USB device into the USB port Inserting the USB device tilted or up side down into the port may damage the port Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB port Do not grab the USB port cover if so equipped when pulling the USB device out of the port This could damage the port and the cover e Do not leave the USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unintentionally Pulling the cable may damage the port Refer to your device manufacturer s owner infor mation regarding the proper use and care of the device To connect an iPod to the vehicle so that the iPod can be controlled with the audio system controls and display screen use the USB jack located in the center console Connect the iPod specific end of the cable to the iPod and the USB end of the cable to the USB jack on the vehicle If your iPod supports charging via a USB connection its battery will be charged while connected to the vehicle with the ignition switch in the ACC
270. eats or the front passenger seat Booster seat installation A CAUTION Do not use the lap shoulder belt in the Automatic Locking Retractor mode when using a booster seat with the seat belts For additional information refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety Child re straints and Booster seats sections of this manual before installing a child restraint Follow these steps to install a booster seat in the rear seat or in the front passenger seat EA WRS0699 If you must install a booster seat in the front seat move the seat to the rear most position Position the booster seat on the seat Only place it in a front facing direction Always follow the booster seat manufacturer s in structions Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 39 LRS0454 Front passenger position 3 The booster seat should be positioned on the vehicle seat so that it is stable If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint headrest to obtain the correct booster seat fit If the head restraint headrest is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint headrest when the booster seat is removed For additional information refer to Head restraints headrests in this section for head restraint headrest adjustment removal and installation information If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint headrest an
271. ebook is automatically downloaded to the vehicle This feature allows you to access your phonebook from the Bluetooth system and call contacts by name You can record a custom voice tag for contact names that the system has difficulty recognizing For additional information refer to Record name in this section NOTE Each phone has its own separate phone book You cannot access Phone A s phone book if you are currently connected with Phone B List Names Use the List Names command to hear all the names and locations in the phone book The system recites the phone book entries but does not include the actual phone numbers When the playback of the list is complete the system goes back to the main menu You can stop the playback of the list at any time by pressing the button on the steering wheel The system ends the VR session For additional information about recording custom voice tags for list entries that the system has difficulty pronouncing refer to Record name Record Name The system allows you to record custom voice tags for contact names in the phonebook that the vehicle has difficulty recognizing This feature can also be used to record voice tags to directly dial an entry with multiple numbers Up to 40 voice tags can be recorded to the system 4 94 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Recent Calls Main Menu Recent Calls Outgoing
272. ec trical accessories to your vehicle be sure to ground them to a suitable body ground such as the frame or engine block area Maintenance and do it yourself 8 19 DRIVE BELT LDI2130 QR25DE engine Crankshaft pulley Drive belt automatic tensioner pulley Water pump pulley Generator pulley Air compressor pulley A WARNING Be sure the ignition switch is placed in the OFF or LOCK position before servicing drive belt The engine could rotate unexpectedly guo 8 20 Maintenance and do it yourself Visually inspect the belt for signs of unusual wear cuts fraying or looseness If the belt is in poor condition or is loose have it replaced or adjusted by a NISSAN dealer Have the belt checked regularly for condi tion and tension in accordance with the maintenance schedule found in the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide Bou _ N e U LDI2131 VQ35DE engine Crankshaft pulley Drive belt automatic tensioner pulley Generator pulley Air compressor pulley SPARK PLUGS 8 Ee SDI1895 REPLACING SPARK PLUGS Iridium tipped spark plugs It is not necessary to replace iridium tipped amp spark plugs as frequently as conventional type spark plugs because they last much longer Fol low the maintenance log shown in the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide Do not service iridium tipped spark plugs by cleaning or regap ping e QR25DE Always replace spark plugs with recom
273. eceives radio waves The Intel ligent Key transmits weak radio waves Environ mental conditions may interfere with the opera tion of the Intelligent Key under the following operating conditions When operating near a location where strong radio waves are transmitted such as a TV tower power station and broadcasting station When in possession of wireless equipment such as a cellular telephone transceiver and CB radio When the Intelligent Key is in contact with or covered by metallic materials When any type of radio wave remote control is used nearby When the Intelligent Key is placed near an elec tric appliance such as a personal computer When the vehicle is parked near a parking meter Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 7 In such cases correct the operating conditions before using the Intelligent Key function or use the mechanical key Although the life of the battery varies depending on the operating conditions the battery s life is approximately 2 years If the battery is dis charged replace it with a new one When the Intelligent Key battery is low an indi cator illuminates in the Vehicle Information Dis play For additional information refer to Vehicle Information Display in the Instruments and con trols section Since the Intelligent Key is continuously receiving radio waves if the key is left near equipment which transmits strong radio waves such as sig nals
274. ected to the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System The setting all the way to the left indicates that the new text sound will be muted Show Incoming Text Select Driver Only to have incoming text messages displayed only in the vehicle infor mation display Select Both to have incom ing text messages displayed in both the ve hicle information display and the center display screen Select None to have no display of incoming text messages Edit Custom Messages Select to set a custom message that will be available with the standard options when sending a text message To set a custom message send a text message to your own phone number while the phone is connected to the system Three custom messages can be set Custom messages can only be set while the vehicle is stationary Auto Reply Select to turn on or off the Auto Reply func tion When enabled the vehicle will auto matically send a predefined text message to the sender when a text message is received while driving Auto Reply Message Select to choose the message that is sent when the Auto Reply function is enabled Choose from I m Driving or one of the three custom messages stored in the system Vehicle Signature On Off Select to choose whether or not the vehicle signature is added to outgoing text mes sages from the vehicle This message can not be changed or customized MANUAL CONTROL While using the Voice Recognition system it is possible to
275. ects with reference to the bumper line amp are displayed on the monitor Distance guide lines Indicate distances from the bumper Redline 1 approx 1 5 ft 0 5 m e Yellow line 2 approx 3 ft 1 m Green line 3 approx 7 ft 2 m Green line approx 10 ft 3 m Vehicle width guidelines 5 Indicate the vehicle width when backing up Predictive course lines 6 Rear view only Indicates the predictive course when backing up The predictive course lines will be displayed on the monitor when the shift lever is in the R Re verse position and the steering wheel is turned The predictive course lines will move depending on how much the steering wheel is turned and will not be displayed while the steering wheel is in the neutral position LHA2749 Rear wide view The rear wide view displays an approximately 180 degree area The predictive course lines are not displayed on the rear wide view Distance guide lines Indicates distance from the bumper Red line 1 approx 1 5 ft 0 5 m e Yellow line 2 approx 3 ft 1 m Green line 3 approx 7 ft 2 m Green line 4 approx 10 ft 3 m Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 17 Vehicle width guide lines Indicates the vehicle width when backing up HOW TO PARK WITH PREDICTED COURSE LINES Turn the steering wheel from lock to lock while the engine is running Drive the vehicle on a
276. ed the compact disc will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will come on TUNE SCROLL knob Tuning Turn the TUNE SCROLL knob to the left or right for manual tuning lt lt gt gt SEEK CAT tuning Press the 44 SEEK button or CAT but ton to tune from low to high or high to low frequencies and to stop at the next broadcasting station SCAN tuning Press the SCAN button to stop at each broad casting station for 5 seconds SCAN will appear on the screen while the radio is scan tuning Pressing the button again during this 5 second period will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that station If the SCAN button is not pressed within 5 seconds SCAN tuning moves to the next station 1 to 6 Station memory operations Six stations can be set for the AM band Twelve stations can be set for the FM band 6 for FM1 6 for FM2 Eighteen channels can be set for the satellite radio 6 for XM1 6 for XM2 6 for XM3 1 Choose the radio band AM FM1 or FM2 using the FM AM select button or choose the satellite band XM1 XM2 or XM3 using the XM button Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 59 2 Tune to the desired station using manual SEEK or SCAN tuning Press and hold any of the desired station memory buttons 1 6 until the preset number is updated on the display and the sound is briefly muted 3 The channel indicator will then
277. ed on the screen The controls for the Bluetooth audio are dis played on the screen LHA0049 CD CARE AND CLEANING Handle a CD by its edges Do not bend the disc Never touch the surface of the disc Always place the discs in the storage case when they are not being used To clean a disc wipe the surface from the center to the outer edge using a clean soft cloth Do not wipe the disc using a circular motion Do not use a conventional record cleaner or alcohol intended for industrial use A new disc may be rough on the inner and outer edges Remove the rough edges by rubbing the inner and outer edges with the side of a pen or pencil as illustrated LHA2266 1 SOURCE button 2 A Y Menu control switch ENTER button 3 5 back switch 4 Volume control switch STEERING WHEEL SWITCH FOR AUDIO CONTROL SOURCE select switch With the ignition switch in the ACC or ON posi tion push the SOURCE switch to turn the audio System on Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 81 Push the source select switch to change the mode in the following sequence AM FM CD USB iPod if so equipped Bluetooth Audio if so equipped AUX AM These modes are only available when compat ible media storage is inserted into the device or connected to the system Volume control switch Push the volume control switch to increase or
278. ed seats if so equipped sssssuseus 2 37 Heated steering wheel if so equipped 2 38 Warning systems switch if so equipped 2 38 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off switch 2 39 Power Outlet etos ree eee E EROR Eee 2 40 Storage oos re eene hides desean Cei be be ted Qs 2 41 Map pockets iter exuere deeds 2 41 Seatback pockets if so equipped 2 41 Sunglasses holder lseleeeeesesueus 2 41 Cup holders 3x ecu Rete ERR Y UE 2 42 Glove box di ice tome er phe NR EX Ua Yet 2 43 Console BOX ii ccsasvetiiibumdecaesem ide 2 43 Grocery liooKs 22333 0 pe Fee ra aea en os 2 44 MiBdoWSs cs Lies LET bee doresttasd ub rti um 2 44 Power windows cesse norner eterno nete 2 44 Moonroof if so equipped 6 6 0 cece eee eee 2 47 Power moontroof creek k tu rede 2 47 Interior light 2 oerte eret Rete 2 49 Console ligit ae 232 ceertp ree re ros 2 49 Personal lights odo E Ermessen 2 50 Map lights este nee ru bad en nie non agre nai Ron 2 50 ATr nk ligit 2s 2er neh aaa le oko aside hy 2 50 HomeLink universal transceiver if so equipped Programming HomeLink 0000008 Programming HomeLink for Canadian customers and gate openers 0 eee Operating the HomeLink universal 1rahnSCcelVer cc cence ae tee ec ence anes rae s Programming trouble diagnosis Clearing the programmed information Reprogrammi
279. eed changes ENTER SETTING button Press the ENTER SETTING button to show the Settings screen on the display Turn the TUNE SCROLL knob to navigate the options and then press the ENTER SETTING button to make a selection Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 57 Tiebie Balance Fade Speed Sens Vol Speed Sensitive Volume Adjusts the speed sensitive volume function which increases the volume of the audio system as the speed of the vehicle increases Set to OFF to disable the feature The higher the setting the more the volume in creases in relation to vehicle speed AUX Vol Choose a setting from O to 3 to control the boost of incoming auxiliary device volume A setting of O provides no additional boost in volume A setting of 3 provides the greatest boost in volume adjust the value Press the ENTER SETTING button again to set the value Bass treble balance and fade can also be adjusted by pressing the ENTER SETTING button and turning the TUNE SCROLL knob to select the item to adjust When the desired item is shown on the display turn the tuning to adjust and then press the ENTER SETTING button until the display returns to the main audio screen If the button is not pressed for approximately 10 seconds the radio or CD display will automatically reappear 4 58 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems APPS button Press the APPS button to launch the Smartphone Integration
280. eed may be gradually reduced The reduced speed may be lower than other traffic which could increase the chance of a collision Be especially careful when driving If necessary pull to the side of the road at a safe place and allow the transmission to return to normal opera tion or have it repaired if necessary PARKING BRAKE BLIND SPOT WARNING BSW SYSTEM LANE DEPARTURE WARNING LDW SYSTEM if so equipped The Blind Spot Warning BSW system can help A WARNING alert the driver of other vehicles in adjacent lanes e Be sure the parking brake is fully re when changing lanes leased before driving Failure to do so can cause brake failure and lead to an accident The Lane Departure Warning LDW system helps alert the driver when the vehicle is traveling close to either the left or the right of a traveling Do not release the parking brake from lane outside the vehicle e Do not use the shift lever in place of the parking brake When parking be sure the parking brake is fully engaged e Do not leave children unattended in a vehicle They could release the parking LSD2177 brake and cause an accident 1 To engage firmly depress the foot brake 2 To release Move the shift lever to the P Park posi tion Firmly depress the parking brake pedal and it will release Before driving be sure the brake warning light goes out Starting and driving 5 19 LSD2091 The
281. eeds 65 Ibs 29 5 kg If the combined weight of the child and the child restraint is greater than 65 Ibs 29 5 kg use the vehicle s seat belt not the lower anchors to install the child restraint Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for installation 1 33 Follow these steps to install a forward facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belt in the rear seats or in the front passenger seat If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint headrest and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit 1 If you must install a child restraint in try enother seating position ora diferent the front seat it should be placed ina forward facing direction only Move the seat to the rearmost position Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear facing direction and there fore must not be used in the front seat Position the child restraint on the seat Al ways follow the child restraint manufactur er s instructions The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seatback If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint headrest to obtain the correct child restraint fit If the head restraint headrest is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint headrest when the child restraint is removed For additional information refer to Head restraints headrests in this section for head restraint headrest
282. eels spongy or the vehicle seems to take longer to stop see a NISSAN dealer immediately Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Brakes Check that the brakes do not pull the vehicle to one side when applied Continuously Variable Transmission CVT P Park position mechanism On a fairly steep hill check that the vehicle is held securely with the shift lever in the P Park position without applying any brakes Parking brake Check the parking brake opera tion regularly The vehicle should be securely held on a fairly steep hill with only the parking brake applied If the parking brake needs adjustment see a NISSAN dealer Seats Check seat position controls such as seat adjusters seatback recliner etc to ensure they operate smoothly and all latches lock securely in every position Check that the head restraints move up and down smoothly and the lock knobs hold securely in all latched positions Seat belts Check that all parts of the seat belt system for example buckles anchors adjusters and retractors operate properly and smoothly and are installed securely Check the belt web bing for cuts fraying wear or damage Maintenance and do it yourself 8 3 Steering wheel Check for changes in the steer ing system such as excessive freeplay hard steering or strange noises Warning lights and chimes Make sure all warning lights and chimes are operating properly Windshield wiper and washer Check that the wipers and
283. eering warning light will illuminate In a safe location stop the engine and push the igni tion switch to the OFF position The temperature of the power steering system will go down after a period of time and the power assist level will return to normal after starting the engine The power steering warning light will go off Avoid repeating such steering wheel operations that could cause the power steering system to over heat You may hear a noise from the front of the vehicle when the steering wheel is operated This is a normal operational noise and is not a malfunction If the power steering warning light illuminates while the engine is running it may indicate the power steering system is not functioning properly and may need servicing Have the power steering system checked by a NISSAN dealer When the power steering warning light illumi nates with the engine running the power assist for the steering will cease operation but you will still have control of the vehicle At this time greater steering efforts are required to operate the steering wheel especially in sharp turns and at low speeds Starting and driving 5 31 BRAKE SYSTEM The brake system has two separate hydraulic circuits If one circuit malfunctions you will still have braking at two wheels BRAKE PRECAUTIONS Vacuum assisted brakes The brake booster aids braking by using engine vacuum If the engine stops you can stop the vehicle by depressing the br
284. ehicle FLAT TOWING Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground is sometimes called flat towing This method is sometimes used when towing a vehicle behind a recreational vehicle such as a motor home A CAUTION Failure to follow these guidelines can result in severe transmission damage e Whenever flat towing your vehicle al ways tow forward never backward e DO NOT tow any continuously variable transmission vehicle with all four wheels on the ground flat towing Do ing so WILL DAMAGE internal transmis sion parts due to lack of transmission lubrication For emergency towing procedures refer to Towing recommended by NISSAN in the In case of emergency section of this manual Continuously Variable Transmission To tow a vehicle equipped with a continuously variable transmission an appropriate vehicle dolly MUST be placed under the towed vehicle s drive wheels Always follow the dolly manufac turer s recommendations when using their prod uct UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING DOT Department of Transportation Quality Grades All passenger car tires must conform to federal safety requirements in addition to these grades Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when t
285. ehicle is not running after some time under the follow ing conditions all doors are closed shift lever is in P Park 5 10 Starting and driving The battery saver feature will be cancelled if any of the following occur any door is opened shift lever is moved out of the P Park posi tion ignition switch changes position A CAUTION Do not leave the vehicle with the ignition switch in ACC or ON positions when the engine is not running for an extended pe riod This can discharge the battery OFF The ignition switch is in the OFF position when the engine is turned off using the ignition switch No lights will illuminate on the ignition switch EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF To shut off the engine in an emergency situation while driving perform the following procedure Rapidly push the push button ignition switch three consecutive times in less than 1 5 sec onds or Push and hold the push button ignition switch for more than 2 seconds SSD0860 NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY DISCHARGE If the battery of the NISSAN Intelligent Key is discharged or environmental conditions interfere with the Intelligent Key operation start the engine according to the following procedure 1 Place the shift lever in the P Park position 2 Firmly apply the foot brake 3 Touch the ignition switch with the Intelligent Key as illustrated A chime will sound After Step 3
286. eign matter or has been previously used should not be used Oil viscosity The engine oil viscosity or thickness changes with temperature Because of this it is important to select the engine oil viscosity based on the temperatures at which the vehicle will be oper ated before the next oil change Choosing an oil viscosity other than that recommended could cause serious engine damage Selecting the correct oil filter Your new NISSAN vehicle is equipped with a high quality Genuine NISSAN oil filter When replacing use a Genuine NISSAN oil filter or its equivalent for the reason described in Change intervals Change intervals The oil and oil filter change intervals for your engine are based on the use of the specified quality oils and filters Using engine oil and filters that are not of the specified quality or exceeding recommended oil and filter change intervals could reduce engine life Damage to the engine caused by improper maintenance or use of incor rect oil and filter quality and or viscosity is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited war ranty Your engine was filled with a high quality engine oil when it was built You do not have to change the oil before the first recommended change interval Oil and filter change intervals depend upon how you use your vehicle Operation under the following conditions may require more frequent oil and filter changes repeated short distance driving at cold out si
287. ely stopped The brake pedal should be depressed to move the shift lever from N Neutral or any drive position to P Park Apply the parking brake When parking on a hill apply the parking brake first then move the shift lever into the P Park position R Reverse A CAUTION To prevent transmission damage use the P Park or R Reverse position only when the vehicle is completely stopped Use the R Reverse position to back up Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped before selecting the R Reverse position The brake pedal must be depressed to move the shift lever from P Park N Neutral or any drive position to R Reverse N Neutral Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged The engine can be started in this position You may shift to N Neutral and restart a stalled engine while the vehicle is moving D Drive Use this position for all normal forward driving Ds Drive Sport if so equipped When the shift lever is shifted from the D Drive to Ds Drive Sport position the transmission enters the Ds Drive Sport mode Moving the shift lever to the Ds Drive Sport position allows you to enjoy sporty driving shift operation on a winding road and feel smooth acceleration or deceleration on a hilly road by moving in a lower gear automatically When canceling the DS mode return the shift lever to the D Drive posi tion The transmission returns to the normal driv ing mode oq
288. emoved Never pour fuel into the throttle body or attempt to start the engine with the air cleaner removed Doing so could result in serious injury IN CABIN MICROFILTER if so equipped The in cabin microfilter restricts the entry of air borne dust and pollen particles and reduces some objectionable outside odors The filter is located behind the glove box For additional in formation refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide for change intervals If replacement is required see a NISSAN dealer WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES CLEANING If your windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer or if a wiper blade chatters when running wax or other material may be on the blade or windshield Clean the outside of the windshield with a washer fluid or a mild detergent Your windshield is clean if beads do not form when rinsing with clear water Clean each blade by wiping it with a cloth soaked in a washer fluid or a mild detergent Then rinse the blades with clear water If your windshield is still not clear after cleaning the blades and using the wiper install new windshield wiper blades ACAUTION Worn windshield wiper blades can dam age the windshield and impair driver vision LDI2475 REPLACING Replace the wiper blades if they are worn 1 Lift the wiper arm away from the windshield 2 Pushthe release tab B then move the wiper blade down the wiper arm to remove 3 Remove
289. en this feature is active the audio volume changes as the driving speed changes ENTER SETTING button Press the ENTER SETTING button to show the Settings screen on the display Turn the TUNE FOLDER knob to navigate the options and then press the ENTER SETTING button to make a selection Fass C Adesiste bass To deste ek C Adjusts the speed sensitive volume function which increases the volume of the audio system as the speed of the vehicle increases Set to OFF to disable the feature The higher the setting the more the volume in Speed Sens Vol Speed Sensitive Volume AUX Vol creases in relation to vehicle speed Choose a setting from O to 3 to control the boost of incoming auxiliary device volume A setting of O provides no additional boost in volume A setting of 3 provides the greatest boost in volume Brightness and Contrast Adjust the brightness or contrast to adjust the appearance of the display screen Clock adjust Press the ENTER SETTING button to highlight the hours or minutes and then use the TUNE FOLDER knob to adjust the value Press the ENTER button again to set the value On Screen Clock Toggles ON or OFF the clock display on the upper right corner of the display screen RDS Display Toggles ON or OFF the RDS information displayed on the screen while the radio is playing Select the desired language for the system from the available options Bass treble balance and fade can also be adjusted by pre
290. eneral maintenance 0 8 2 GIOVE DOK s ue sme Ree eM as 2 43 Glove box lock ee es 2 43 Groceryhooks 22s oss ome 2 44 H Hands free phone system Bluetooth 4 85 4 99 4 110 Hazard warning flasher switch 6 2 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 31 Headlight control switch 2 33 Headlights ss agne n o eae 8 30 Head restraints less 1 7 Heated seats llle 2 37 Heated steering wheel 2 38 Heater Heater and air conditioner CONOIS x sua a wes om aa ved 4 25 4 33 Heater operation 4 27 4 34 HomeLink Universal Transceiver 2 51 2 53 2 53 2 54 Hood release lesse 3 29 HOM ieee de a traia a ae ee ed 2 36 l Ignition Switch Push Button Ignition Switch 5 8 Immobilizer system 2 28 3 4 5 11 Important vehicle information label 9 11 In cabin microfilter les 8 22 Increasing fuel economy ss 5 30 Indicator lights and audible reminders See warning indicator lights and audible reminders l l ll 2 10 2 14 Inside automatic anti glare mirror 3 36 Inside mirror lene 3 36 Instrument brightness control 2 35 Instrument panel 2 2 2 2000 0 6 2 2 Instrument panel dimmer switch 2 35 Intelligent Key system Key operating range 3 9 3 21 Key operation 005 3 10 Mechanical ke
291. ent distances to the object Inclement weather or ultrasonic Sources such as an automatic car wash a truck s compressed air brakes or a pneumatic drill may affect the function of the system this may include reduced performance or a false activation This function is designed as an aid to the driver in detecting large stationary objects to help avoid damaging the vehicle The system is not designed to prevent contact with small or moving objects Always move slowly The system will not detect small objects below the bum per and may not detect objects close to the bumper or on the ground Starting and driving 5 37 The system may not detect the follow ing objects Fluffy objects such as Snow Cloth Cotton Glass wool etc Thin objects such as rope wire and chain etc or Wedge shaped objects If your vehicle sustains damage to the bumper fascia leaving it misaligned or bent the sensing zone may be altered causing inaccurate mea surement of obstacles or false alarms A CAUTION Excessive noise such as audio system volume or an open vehicle window will interfere with the tone and it may not be heard e Keep the sonar sensors located on the bumper fascia free from snow ice and large accumulations of dirt Do not clean the sensors with sharp objects If the sensors are covered the accuracy of the sonar function will be diminished SYSTEM OPERATION The system informs with a visual and audible s
292. equipped This setting allows the customer to enable disable the alert for navigation in the ve hicle information display 1 Use the tion 2 Press the ENTER button to turn ON OFF the alert buttons to select Naviga Language The language of the vehicle information display can be changed to US English French Spanish Use the v andthe ENTER buttons to select and change the language of the vehicle information display The language of the center display navigation can be changed indepen dently of the vehicle information display For ve hicles not equipped with Navigation refer to How to use the APPS button for vehicles equipped with Navigation in the System in the Monitor climate audio phone and voice recog nition systems section of this manual Units The units that are shown in the vehicle informa tion display can be changed Mileage Tire pressures Temperature Use the and the ENTER buttons to select and change the units of the vehicle infor mation display The units of the navigation screen can be changed independently of the vehicle information display For vehicles equipped with Navigation refer to System in the Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition sys tems section of this manual Mileage The unit for the mileage that displays in the ve hicle information display can be changed to
293. ered to you with confidence It was produced using the latest techniques and strict quality control This manual was prepared to help you under stand the operation and maintenance of your vehicle so that you may enjoy many miles kilome ters of driving pleasure Please read through this manual before operating your vehicle A separate Warranty Information Booklet explains details about the warranties cov ering your vehicle The NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide explains details about maintaining and servicing your ve hicle Additionally a separate Customer Care Lemon Law Booklet U S only will explain how to resolve any concerns you may have with your vehicle and clarify your rights under your state s lemon law A NISSAN dealership knows your vehicle best When you require any service or have any ques tions they will be glad to assist you with the extensive resources available to them In addition to factory installed options your ve hicle may also be equipped with additional ac cessories installed by NISSAN or by a NISSAN dealer prior to delivery It is important that you familiarize yourself with all disclosures warnings cautions and instructions concerning proper use of such accessories prior to operating the vehicle and or accessory See a NISSAN dealer for de tails concerning the particular accessories with which your vehicle is equipped READ FIRST THEN DRIVE SAFELY Before driving your vehicle pleas
294. ering with the supplemental front air bag system may result in serious personal injury HEATED SEATS if so equipped p amp e LIC1543 The front seats are warmed by built in heaters 1 Start the engine 2 Push the LO or HI position of the switch as desired The indicator light in the switch will illuminate The heater is controlled by a thermostat automatically turning the heater on and off The indicator light will remain on as long as the switch is on 3 When the seat is warmed or before you leave the vehicle be sure to turn the switch off A WARNING Do not use or allow occupants to use the seat heater if you or the occupants cannot monitor elevated seat temperatures or have an inability to feel pain in body parts that contact the seat Use of the seat heater by such people could result in seri ous injury A CAUTION The battery could run down if the seat heater is operated while the engine is not running Do not use the seat heater for extended periods or when no one is using the seat e Do not put anything on the seat which insulates heat such as a blanket cush ion seat cover etc Otherwise the seat may become overheated Do not place anything hard or heavy on the seat or pierce it with a pin or similar object This may result in damage to the heater e Any liquid spilled on the heated seat should be removed immediately with a dry cloth e When cleaning th
295. es not harm the earth s ozone layer Special charging equipment and lubricant is re quired when servicing your NISSAN air condi tioner Using improper refrigerants or lubricants will cause severe damage to your air conditioner system For additional information refer to Air conditioner system refrigerant and oil recommen dations in the Technical and consumer informa tion section of this manual ANISSAN dealer is able to service your environ mentally friendly air conditioning system AWARNING The air conditioner system contains refrig erant under high pressure To avoid per sonal injury any air conditioner service should be done only by an experienced technician with proper equipment AUDIO SYSTEM RADIO With the ignition placed in the ACC or ON posi tion press the POWER button VOL vol ume knob to turn the radio on If you listen to the radio with the engine not running the ignition should be placed in the ACC position Radio reception is affected by station signal strength distance from radio transmitter build ings bridges mountains and other external influ ences Intermittent changes in reception quality normally are caused by these external influences Using a cellular phone in or near the vehicle may influence radio reception quality Radio reception Your NISSAN radio system is equipped with state of the art electronic circuits to enhance ra dio reception These circuits are
296. essly ap proved by the party responsible for compli ance could void the user s authority to op erate the equipment For Canada This device complies with Industry Canada licence exempt RSS standard s Opera tion is subject to the following two condi tions 1 this device may not cause inter ference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the de vice TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert When adding air to an under inflated tire the TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert provides visual and audible signals outside the vehicle to help you inflate the tires to the recommended COLD tire pressure Vehicle set up 1 Park the vehicle in a safe and level place 2 Apply the parking brake and place the shift lever to the P Park position 3 Place the ignition switch to the ON position Do not start the engine Operation 1 Add air to the tire 2 After a few seconds the hazard indicators will start flashing Starting and driving 5 5 3 When the designated pressure is reached the horn beeps once and the hazard indica tors stop flashing 4 Perform the above steps for each tire If the tire is over inflated more than ap proximately 4 psi 30 kPa the horn beeps and the hazard indicators flash three times To correct the pressure push the core of the valve stem on the tire briefly to release pressure When the pressure reaches the designated pres
297. essure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Informa tion label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible In case of emergency 6 3 e Whena sparetire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indicated the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting e Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors CHANGING A FLAT TIRE If you have a flat tire follow the instructions be low Stopping the vehicle 1 Safely move the vehicle off the road and away from traffic 2 Turn on the hazard warning flashers 3 Park ona level surface and apply the parking brake Move the shift lever to P Park 6 4 In case of emergency 4 Turn off the engine 5 Raise the hood to warn other traffic and to signal professional road assistance person nel that you need assistance 6 Have all passengers get out of the vehicle and stand in a safe place away from traffic and clear of the
298. essure warning light is lit and the Tire Pressure Low Add Air warning appears in the vehicle information display one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated If equipped the system also displays pressure of all tires except the spare tire on the display screen by sending a signal from a sensor that is installed in each wheel If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure the TPMS will activate and warn you of it by the low tire pressure warning light This system will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 mph 25 km h For additional information refer to Warning indicator lights and audible reminders in the Instruments and controls section and Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Starting and driving section A WARNING e Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufac turer for the possible influences before use If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Driving with under inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire failure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal in jury Check the tire pr
299. est pull it up Make sure the head restraint headrest is posi tioned so the lock knob is engaged in the notch before riding in that designated seating position SEAT BELTS LRS2306 p dU Sit upright and well back i pei SSS0136 Lower To lower push and hold the lock knob and push the head restraint headrest down Make sure the head restraint headrest is posi tioned so the lock knob is engaged in the notch before riding in that designated seating position PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE If you are wearing your seat belt properly ad justed and you are sitting upright and well back in your seat with both feet on the floor your chances of being injured or killed in a collision and or the severity of injury may be greatly reduced NISSAN strongly encourages you and all of your passengers to buckle up every time you drive even if your seating position includes a supple mental air bag Most U S states and Canadian provinces or territories specify that seat belts be worn at all times when a vehicle is being driven Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 11 SSS0016 WT c 4M Sit upright and weil back SSS0134 AA WARNING Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times
300. ested under controlled conditions on a specified gov ernment test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 1 1 2 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction AA A B and C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as mea sured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and con crete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance Technical and consumer information 9 17 A WARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics Temperature A B and C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and exces sive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of
301. etooth pro file the Phonebook command is used to manu ally add entries to the vehicle phonebook The phonebook stores up to 40 names for each phone connected to the system NOTE Each phone has its own separate phone book You cannot access Phone A s phone book if you are currently connected with Phone B Transfer Entry A Use the Transfer Entry command to store a new name in the system When prompted by the system say the name you would like to give the new entry For example say Mary If the name is too long or too short the system tells you then prompts you for a name again Also if the name sounds too much like a name already stored the system tells you then prompts you for a name again The system will ask you to transfer a phone number stored in the cellular phone s memory Enter a phone number by voice command For example say five five five one two one two For additional information refer to How to say numbers in this section To transfer a phone number stored in the cellular phone s memory Say Transfer entry The system acknowledges the command and asks you to initiate the transfer from the phone handset The new contact phone number will be transferred from the cellular phone via the Bluetooth communication link The transfer procedure varies according to each cellular phone For additional information refer to the cellular phone Owner s Manual The sy
302. everal times to skip backward several tracks Press the Pl CAT button while a CD or MP3 WMA CD is playing to advance one track Press the 99 CAT button several times to skip forward several tracks If the last track on a CD is skipped the first track on the disc is played If the last track in a folder of an MP3 WMA CD is skipped the first track of the next folder is played 4 60 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems TUNE SCROLL knob MP3 WMA CD only If MPS WMA CD with multiple folders is play ing turn the TUNE SCROLL knob to change folders Turn the knob to the left to skip back a folder Turn the knob to the right to skip ahead a folder RPT repeat button When the RPT button is pressed while a com pact disc is playing the play pattern can be changed as follows CD 1 Track Repeat OFF CD with MP3 or WMA 1 Folder Repeat 1 Track Repeat OFF 1 Track Repeat the current track will be re peated 1 Folder Repeat the current folder will be re peated OFF No repeat play pattern is applied The indi cator on the display will turn off The current play pattern of the CD is displayed on the screen unless no pattern is applied RDM random button When the RDM button is pressed while a com pact disc is playing the play pattern can be changed as follows CD 1 Disc Random OFF CD with MP3 or WMA 1 Disc Random 1 Folder Random OFF 1 Disc Random al
303. ey in the vehicle and always lock the vehicle when unattended Be aware of your surroundings and park in secure well lit areas whenever possible Many devices offering additional protection such as component locks identification markers and tracking systems are available at auto supply stores and specialty shops A NISSAN dealer may also offer such equipment Check with your insurance company to see if you may be eligible for discounts for various theft protection features How to arm the vehicle security System 1 Close all windows The system can be armed even if the windows are open 2 Remove the Intelligent Key from the vehicle 3 Close all doors hood and trunk liftgate Lock all doors The doors can be locked with the Intelligent Key door handle request switch if so equipped power door lock switch or mechanical key Instruments and controls 2 27 4 Confirm that the security indicator light comes on The security light stays on for about 30 seconds The vehicle security sys tem is now pre armed After about 30 sec onds the vehicle security system automati cally shifts into the armed phase The security light begins to flash once every 3 seconds If during the 30 second pre arm time period the driver s door is unlocked by the key or the key fob or the ignition switch is placed in the ACC or ON position the system will not arm Even when the driver and or passen gers are in the vehicle the syste
304. f so equipped The HomeLink Universal Transceiver provides a convenient way to consolidate the functions of up to three individual hand held transmitters into one built in device HomeLink Universal Transceiver Will operate most Radio Frequency devices such as garage doors gates home and of fice lighting entry door locks and security systems Is powered by your vehicle s battery No separate batteries are required If the vehi cle s battery is discharged or is discon nected HomeLink will retain all program ming When the HomeLink Universal Trans ceiver is programmed retain the original transmitter for future programming proce dures Example new vehicle purchases Upon sale of the vehicle the programmed HomeLink Universal Transceiver buttons should be erased for security purposes For additional information refer to Program ming HomeLink in this section AWARNING Do not use the HomeLink Universal Transceiver with any garage door opener that lacks safety stop and re verse features as required by federal safety standards These standards be came effective for opener models manufactured after April 1 1982 A ga rage door opener which cannot detect an object in the path of a closing garage door and then automatically stop and reverse does not meet current federal safety standards Using a garage door opener without these features in creases the risk of serious injury or death
305. ffect the emission control devices and sys tems of the vehicle and should not be used Damage caused by such fuel is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty If a methanol blend is used it should contain no more than 596 methanol methyl alcohol wood alcohol It should also contain a suitable amount of appropriate cosolvents and corro sion inhibitors If not properly formu lated with appropriate cosolvents and corrosion inhibitors such methanol blends may cause fuel system damage and or vehicle performance problems Atthis time sufficient data is not avail able to ensure that all methanol blends are suitable for use in NISSAN ve hicles If any driveability problems such as engine stall ing and difficult hot starting are experienced after using oxygenate blend fuels immediately change to a non oxygenate fuel or a fuel with a low blend of MTBE Take care not to spill gasoline during refu eling Gasoline containing oxygenates can cause paint damage E 15 fuel E 15 fuel is a mixture of approximately 15 fuel ethanol and 85 unleaded gasoline E 15 can only be used in vehicles designed to run on E 15 fuel Do not use E 15 in your vehicle U S gov ernment regulations require fuel ethanol dispens ing pumps to be identified with small square orange and black label with the common abbre viation or the appropriate percentage for that region E 85 fuel E 85 fuel is a mixture of approximately 85 f
306. file is unplayable in this audio sys tem only MP3 or WMA if so equipped CD Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 37 Compact disc with MP3 or WMA Terms MP3 MP3 is short for Moving Pictures Experts Group Audio Layer 3 MP3 is the most well known compressed digital audio file format This format allows for near CD quality sound but at a fraction of the size of normal audio files MP3 conversion of an audio track from CD ROM can reduce the file size by approximately a 10 1 ratio with virtually no perceptible loss in quality MP3 compression removes the redundant and irrelevant parts of a sound signal that the human ear doesn t hear WMA Windows Media Audio WMA is a compressed audio format created by Micro soft as an alternative to MP3 The WMA codec offers greater file compression than the MP3 codec enabling storage of more digital audio tracks in the same amount of space when compared to MP3s at the same level of quality Bit rate Bit rate denotes the number of bits per second used by a digital music file The size and quality of a compressed digital audio file is determined by the bit rate used when encoding the file Sampling frequency Sampling frequency is the rate at which the samples of a signal are converted from analog to digital A D conversion per second Multisession Multisession is one of the methods for writing data to media Writing data
307. for a short distance first especially in cold weather In cold weather keep the en gine running for a minimum of 2 3 minutes before shutting it off Starting and stopping the engine over a short period of time may make the vehicle more difficult to start 5 To stop the engine shift the shift lever to the P Park position and push the ignition switch to the OFF position NOTE Care should be taken to avoid situations that can lead to potential battery discharge and potential no start conditions such as 1 Installation or extended use of electronic accessories that consume battery power when the engine is not running Phone char gers GPS DVD players etc 2 Vehicle is not driven regularly and or only driven short distances In these cases the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health REMOTE START if so equipped Vehicles started with the remote start require the ignition switch to be placed in the ON position before the shift lever can be moved from the P Park position To place the ignition switch to the ON position follow these steps 1 Make sure that the Intelligent Key is on you 2 Apply the brake 3 Press the ignition switch once to the ON position For additional information refer to NISSAN In telligent Key in the Pre driving checks and adjustments section of this manual DRIVING THE VEHICLE CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION CVT A WARNING e Do not depress
308. formation refer to Cancel switch in this section 3 16 Pre driving checks and adjustments Using the panic alarm If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened you may activate the panic alarm to call attention by pressing and holding the 311 button on the Intelligent Key for longer than 0 5 seconds The panic alarm and headlights will stay on for a period of time The panic alarm stops when lt has run for a period of time or Any button is pressed on the Intelligent Key The request switch on the driver or passen ger door has been pushed and the Intelligent Key is in range of the door handle WPD0362 Answer back horn feature If desired the answer back horn feature can be deactivated using the Intelligent Key When it is deactivated and the LOCK button is pushed the hazard indicator lights flash twice When the UNLOCK buttonis pushed nei ther the hazard indicator lights nor the horn op erates NOTE If you change the answer back horn and light flash feature with the Intelligent Key the vehicle information display screen will show the current mode after the ignition switch has been cycled from the OFF to the ON position The vehicle information dis play screen can also be used to change the answer back horn mode For additional in formation refer to Answer back horn in the Instruments and controls section of this manual To deactivate Press and hold th
309. freezing apply de icer through the key hole If the lock becomes frozen heat the key before inserting it into the key hole or use the remote keyless entry function on the Intelligent Key ANTIFREEZE In the winter when it is anticipated that the tem perature will drop below 32 F 0 C check the antifreeze to assure proper winter protection For additional information refer to Engine cooling system in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual BATTERY If the battery is not fully charged during extremely cold weather conditions the battery fluid may freeze and damage the battery To maintain maxi mum efficiency the battery should be checked regularly For additional information refer to Bat tery in the Maintenance and do it yourself sec tion of this manual DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER If the vehicle is to be left outside without anti freeze drain the cooling system including the engine block Refill before operating the vehicle For additional information refer to Changing engine coolant in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual TIRE EQUIPMENT 1 SUMMER tires have a tread designed to provide superior performance on dry pave ment However the performance of these tires will be substantially reduced in snowy and icy conditions If you operate your ve hicle on snowy or icy roads NISSAN recom mends the use of MUD amp SNOW or ALL SEASON TIRES on all four wheels
310. function control ler Do not adjust the Brightness Tint Color Con trast and Black Level of the RearView Monitor while the vehicle is moving Make sure the park ing brake is firmly applied OPERATING TIPS When the shift lever is shifted to R Re verse the monitor screen automatically changes to the RearView Monitor mode However the radio can be heard Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 21 t may take some time until the RearView Monitor is displayed after the shift lever has been shifted to R Reverse Objects may be distorted momentarily until the RearView Monitor screen is displayed completely When the shift lever is returned to a position other than R Reverse it may take some time until the screen changes Objects on the screen may be distorted until they are completely displayed When the temperature is extremely high or low the screen may not clearly display ob jects This is not a malfunction When strong light directly enters the cam era objects may not be displayed clearly This is not a malfunction Vertical lines may be seen in objects on the screen This is due to strong reflected light from the bumper This is not a malfunction The screen may flicker under fluorescent light This is not a malfunction The colors of objects on the RearView Moni tor may differ somewhat from those of the actual object Objects on the monitor may not
311. g nition System Phone Notifications for Select Driver to have phone notifications shown in the vehicle information display Se lect Both to have phone notifications shownin both the vehicle information display and the center display screen Text Messaging Select to toggle the text message function ality on or off Show Incoming Text for Select Driver to have incoming text notifi cations shown in the vehicle information dis play Select Both to have text notifications shown in both the vehicle information display and the center display screen Select Off to turn off all text notifications Auto Reply Select to toggle the auto reply functionality on or off Auto Reply Message Select to indicate preferred message to be sent when Auto Reply function is activated Use Vehicle s Signature Select to toggle on or off the addition of the vehicle signature to outgoing messages Custom Text Messages Select this option to select a custom mes sage to edit There are 4 customer message slots available Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 117 NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM if so equipped The NISSAN Voice Recognition system allows hands free operation of the systems equipped on this vehicle such as the phone and navigation Systems To operate NISSAN Voice Recognition press the 4 button located on the steering wheel When prompted speak the command for the system
312. g light 1 59 2 14 Supplemental front impact air bag system 1 48 Supplemental restraint system Information and warning labels 1 59 Precautions on supplemental restraint SYSUGIM 5 ens bos aca B CIE Rt elo ge p te 1 41 Supplemental restraint system Supplemental air bag system 1 41 Switch Autolight switch sss 2 33 Automatic power window switch 2 46 Fog light switch i s x tacsa km 2 36 Hazard warning flasher switch 6 2 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 31 Headlight control switch 2 33 Instrument brightness control 2 35 Power door lock switch 3 5 3 6 Rear window and outside mirror defroster SWitCh sc soe km x EE a Rs 2 31 Turn signal switch sss 2 35 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off switch 2 39 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 29 T Tachometer s ei nione mando Ye Rd oe 2 5 Temperature gauge Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 5 Theft NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system engine start ls 2 28 3 4 5 11 Three way catalyst lll 5 2 Tilt Telescopic steering 3 35 Tire Flat tire iiem edm ex nee ges d 6 3 Spare tire cui E Rog 6 5 8 48 Tire and Loading Information label 9 12 Tire chalns ua xo dae CR 8 44 Tireplacard ee ee 9 12 Tire pressure leen 8 36 Tire rOtatlon 3a seno ck a 8 45 Typesoftires llle 8 43 Uniform tire quality g
313. g lightsWiteh siea rae aoe ead ad 2 36 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 31 Headlight control switch 2 33 Headlights s s si su fn ke 8 30 Interiorlight es 62a eb mns 2 49 Light BUDS sh ie eed mme 8 30 Low tire pressure warning light 2 12 Low windshield washer fluid warning lights zs siio com mo mem ks 2 26 Passenger air bag and status light 1 50 Personallights sse 2 50 Security indicator light 2 16 Spotlights See map light 2 50 Trunk light ue ee ae xr ES 2 50 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders less 2 10 2 14 Lights Mapilights 243 6 moii g ai Gea ess 2 50 Lock Child safety reardoorlock 3 7 Doorlock nee ea a oe a 3 4 Fuel filler door lock opener lever 3 32 Glove box lock 000 2 43 Power door locks 3 5 3 6 Trunk lid lock opener lever 3 30 Loose fuel cap warning 2 27 3 32 Low fuel warning light 2 13 2 25 Low tire pressure warning light 2 12 Low windshield washer fluid warning light 2 26 Luggage See vehicle loading information 9 13 M Maintenance General maintenance 8 2 Inside the vehicle 8 3 Maintenance precautions 8 5 Outside the vehicle 8 2 Seat belt maintenance 1 18 Under the hood and vehicle 8 4 Maintenance requirements 8 2 Malfuncti
314. gauge 4 Read the tire pressure on the gauge stem and compare to the specifica tion shown on the Tire and Loading Information label Add air to the tire as needed If too much air is added press the core of the valve stem briefly with the tip of the gauge stem to release pressure Recheck the pressure and add or release air as needed Install the valve stem cap Check the pressure of all other tires including the spare Maintenance and do it yourself 8 39 Size Cold Tire Inflation Pres sure Front Original Tire P215 60R16 220 kPa 32 PSI XUI RENE 5 55R17 230 kPa 33 PSI P235 45RTB sid 8 Rear Original Tire P215 60R16 220 kPa 32 PSI o S 7 230 kPa 33 PSI P235 45RTB sid 8 T135 70D16 420 kPa 60 PSI 8 40 Maintenance and do it yourself WDI0394 Example TIRE LABELING Federal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires This information iden tifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also pro vides the tire identification number TIN for safety standard certification The TIN can be used to identify the tire in case of a recall P215 65R15 95H 65 3 Example Tire size example P215 65R15 95H 1 P The P indicates the tire is de signed for passenger vehicles not all tires have this information 2 Three digit number 215 This num ber gives the width in milli
315. ge is not designed to indicate low oil level The low oil pressure warning is not designed to indicate a low oil level Use the dipstick to check the oil level For additional information refer to Engine oil in the Mainte nance and do it yourself section of this manual Key Registration Complete This appears when a new Intelligent Key is regis tered to the vehicle Tire Pressure Low Add Air warning This warning appears when the low tire pressure warning light in the meter illuminates and low tire pressure is detected The warning appears each time the ignition switch is placed in the ON position as long as the low tire pressure warning light remains illuminated If this warning appears stop the vehicle and adjust the tire pressures of all four tires to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Informa tion label For additional information refer to Low tire pressure warning light in this section and Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Starting and driving section of this manual TPMS Error See Owner s Manual This warning appears when there is an error with your TPMS If this warning comes on have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer Push to start This warning appears in the vehicle information display when the vehicle has been started using the remote start function To start the vehicle apply the brake and place the ignition switch in the ON position Loose Fuel Cap
316. ge the engine cooling system The life expectancy of the factory fill coolant is 105 000 miles 168 000 km or 7 years Mixing any other type of cool ant other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue includ ing Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant green or the use of non distilled water will reduce the life expectancy of the factory fill cool ant Refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide for more details Maintenance and do it yourself 8 9 LDI2119 CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL Check the coolant level in the reservoir when the engine is cold If the coolant level is below the MIN level B add coolant to the MAX level amp If the reservoir is empty check the coolant level in the radiator when the engine is cold If there is insufficient coolant in the radiator fill the radiator with coolant up to the filler opening and also add it to the reservoir up to the MAX level This vehicle contains Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue The life expectancy of the factory fill coolant is 105 000 miles 168 000 km or 7 years Mixing any other type of 8 10 Maintenance and do it yourself coolant or the use of non distilled water will re duce the life expectancy of the factory fill coolant For additional information refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide For additional information on the location of the engine coolant reservoir refer to Eng
317. ght When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the light warns of a low brake fluid level If the light comes on while the engine is running with the parking brake not applied stop the ve hicle and perform the following 1 Check the brake fluid level Add brake fluid as necessary For additional information re fer to Brake fluid in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual 2 If the brake fluid level is correct have the warning system checked by a NISSAN dealer A WARNING Your brake system may not be working properly if the warning light is on Driv ing could be dangerous If you judge it to be safe drive carefully to the nearest service station for repairs Otherwise have your vehicle towed e Pressing the brake pedal with the en gine stopped and or a low brake fluid level may increase your stopping dis tance and braking will require greater pedal effort as well as pedal travel e If the brake fluid level is below the MINIMUM or MIN mark on the brake fluid reservoir do not drive until the brake system has been checked at a NISSAN dealer Anti lock Braking System ABS warning indicator When the parking brake is released and the brake fluid level is sufficient if both the brake warning light and the ABS warning light illumi nates it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly Have the brake system checked and if necessary repaired by a NISSAN dealer pro
318. ght Use a tire pressure gauge to check the tire pressure The Tire Pressure Low Add Air warning appears in the vehicle information display when the low tire pressure warning light is illuminated and low tire pressure is detected The Tire Pressure Low Add Air warning turns off when the low tire pressure warning light turns off The Check Tire Pressure warning appears each time the ignition switch is placed in the ON position as long as the low tire pressure warning light remains illuminated 5 4 Starting and driving The Tire Pressure Low Add Air warning does not appear if the low tire pressure warning light illuminates to indicate a TPMS malfunction Tire pressure rises and falls depending on the heat caused by the vehicle s operation and the outside temperature Low outside temperature can lower the temperature of the air inside the tire which can cause a lower tire inflation pressure This may cause the low tire pressure warning light to illumi nate If the warning light illuminates check the tire pressure for all four tires The Tire and Loading Information label also referred to as the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label is located in the driver s door opening You can also check the tire pressure of all tires expect the spare on the vehicle infor mation display screen if so equipped The order of the tire pressure figures displayed on the screen corresponds with the act
319. harging system and cause personal 5 Connect the jumper cables in the sequence injury illustrated 1 If the booster battery is in another vehicle position the two vehicles to bring their bat ACAUTION teries near each other e Always connect positive to positive and negative to body ground for example strut mounting bolt engine 2 Apply the parking brake Move the shift lever lift bracket etc not to the battery to P Park Switch off all unnecessary elec trical systems lights heater air conditioner etc Do not allow the two vehicles to touch In case of emergency 6 9 e Make sure the jumper cables do not touch moving parts in the engine com partment and that the cable clamps do not contact any other metal 6 Start the engine of the booster vehicle and let it run for a few minutes 7 Keep the engine speed of the booster ve hicle at about 2 000 rpm and start the en gine of the vehicle being jump started A CAUTION Do not keep the starter motor engaged for more than 10 seconds If the engine does not start right away place the ignition switch in the OFF position and wait 3 to 4 seconds before trying again 8 After starting the engine carefully discon nect the negative cable and then the positive cable 6 10 In case of emergency PUSH STARTING A CAUTION Do not push start this vehicle The 3 way catalyst may be damaged Continuously Variable Transm
320. he following conditions Your vehicle is outside of the cellular ser vice area Your vehicle is in an area where it is difficult to receive cellular signal such as in a tunnel in an underground parking garage near a tall building or in a moun tainous area Your cellular phone is locked to prevent it from being dialed When the radio wave condition is not ideal or ambient sound is too loud it may be difficult to hear the other person s voice dur ing a call Immediately after the ignition switch is placed in the ON position it may be impos sible to receive a call for a short period of time Do not place the cellular phone in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in vehicle phone module to prevent tone quality degradation and wireless connection disruption While a cellular phone is connected through the Bluetooth wireless connection the battery power of the cellular phone may dis charge quicker than usual The Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System cannot charge cellular phones For additional information refer to Trouble shooting guide in this section You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth or www nissan ca bluetooth for troubleshoot ing help Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Stor ing the device in a different location may reduce or eliminate the noise Refer to the cellula
321. he warnings and instruc tions for proper use of the RearView Monitor could result in serious injury or death The RearView Monitor is a convenience but it is not a substitute for proper back ing Always turn and look out the win dows and check mirrors to be sure that it is safe to move before operating the vehicle Always back up slowly e The system is designed as an aid to the driver in showing large stationary ob jects directly behind the vehicle to help avoid damaging the vehicle The system cannot completely elimi nate blind spots and may not show ev ery object Underneath the bumper and the corner areas of the bumper cannot be viewed on the RearView Monitor because of its monitoring range limitation The system will not show small objects below the bumper and may not show objects close to the bumper or on the ground Objects viewed in the RearView Moni tor differ from actual distance because a wide angle lens is used Objects in a RearView Monitor will ap pear visually opposite than when viewed in the rear view and outside mirrors Make sure that the trunk is securely closed when backing up Do not put anything on the rearview camera The rearview camera is in stalled above the license plate When washing the vehicle with high pressure water be sure not to spray it around the camera Otherwise water may enter the camera unit causing wa ter condensation on the lens a mal function fire or a
322. hers popa A SPORT LSD2096 SPORT mode SPORT mode switch if so equipped When the SPORT mode switch is pushed with the shift lever in the D Drive position the SPORT light in the instrument panel illuminates Use the SPORT mode when you need improved engine braking To turn off the SPORT mode push the SPORT mode switch again The SPORT indicator light will turn off Each time the engine is started or when the shift lever is shifted to any position other than D Drive or Ds Drive Sport the Sport mode will auto matically be turned off Starting and driving 5 17 poae e O D LSD2090 Overdrive mode Overdrive O D mode OFF switch if so equipped When the O D OFF switch is pushed with the shift lever in the D Drive position the OFF light in the instrument panel illuminates For addi tional information refer to Overdrive off indicator light in the Instruments and controls section of this manual Use the Overdrive OFF when you need improved engine braking To turn off the Overdrive OFF push the O D OFF switch again The m indicator light will turn off 5 18 Starting and driving Each time the engine is started or when the shift lever is shifted to any position other than D Drive the Overdrive mode will automatically turned off Accelerator downshift in D Drive position For passing or hill climbing depress the accel erator pedal to the floor
323. hift lever is not in the P Park position sounds continuously The Door Open warning appears in the dis play and the inside warning chime sounds The ignition switch is in the ACC position continuously When opening the driver s door to get out of the vehicle Place the ignition switch in the OFF position The No Key Detected warning appears in the display the outside chime sounds 3 The ignition switch is in the ACC or ON Place the ignition switch in the OFF times and the inside warning chime sounds position position for approximately 3 seconds The Shift to Park warning appears in the The ignition switch is in the ACC position Move the shift lever to the P Park position display and the outside chime sounds and the shift lever is not in the P Park and place the ignition switch in the OFF continuously position position When closing the door with the inside lock The outside chime sounds for approximately knobtumed to LOCK soconds andali he doorsunlock The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle Carry the Intelligent Key with you When pushing the door handle request switch or the LOCK button on the Intelli gent Key to lock the door When closing the door after getting out of the vehicle The outside chime sounds for approximately 6 Seconds The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle Carry the Intelligent Key with you 3 18 Pre driving checks and adjustments Replace the battery with a new on
324. hone Inte gration technology This allows many compatible Smartphone applications to be displayed and easily controlled through the vehicle s touch Screen NOTE A compatible smartphone and registration is required to use mobile applications or to access connected features of certain ve hicle applications REGISTERING WITH NISSANCONNECT MOBILE APPS To use the Smartphone Integration feature it is necessary for the user to register In order to register visit the NissanConnect M website www nissanusa com connect or https canada nissanconnect com For Canada and sign up or create an account through the prompts on the NissanConnect Mobile App Once registered download the NissanConnect App from your compatible phone s application download source and then log into the application If you already have an account created through the App please log in CONNECT PHONE To use this feature a compatible smartphone must be connected via Bluetooth or USB to the vehicle For additional information on connecting your phone refer to Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with Navigation System in this section NOTE For vehicles with Navigation Apple iPhones must be plugged in via USB for NissanConnect with Mobile Apps to function NOTE For vehicles without Navigation Apple iPhones must be paired via Bluetooth for NissanConnect with Mobile Apps to function NOTE For Android phones NissanConnect
325. horn beep feature has been reactivated Deactivating the horn beep feature does not si lence the horn if the alarm is triggered WARNING SIGNALS To help prevent the vehicle from moving unex pectedly by erroneous operation of the Intelligent Key or to help prevent the vehicle from being stolen a chime or buzzer sounds from inside and outside the vehicle and a warning is displayed in the instrument panel When a chime or beep sounds or a warning is displayed be sure to check the vehicle and the Intelligent Key For additional information refer to the Trouble shooting guide that follows and Vehicle infor mation display in the Instruments and controls section of this manual TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE Verify the location of all Intelligent Keys that are programmed for the vehicle If another Intelligent Key is in range or inside the vehicle the vehicle system may respond differently than expected The Shift to Park warning appears in the When stopping the engine display and the inside warning chime sounds continuously When opening the driver s door to get out of the vehicle continuously The Door Open warning appears in the dis play and the inside warning chime sounds The No Key Detected warning appears in the display the outside chime sounds 3 times and the inside warning chime sounds for approximately 3 seconds When closing the door after getting out of the vehicle The Shift to Park w
326. hx X RpbkRX NODE NN LEER NES 1 19 Small children eere ees Larger children eon mee RR ehem oe Child restr ints scere eb RLRHUR eee Precautions on child restraints issues LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren System nonnene Rear facing child restraint installation using Ee EE Rear facing child restraint installation using ihe seat bels s sees bentemirpeefernpcoes Forward facing child restraint installation using LAIGH ss 3 eere cenir aneren iregi Forward facing child restraint installation using the seat belts 06 cc cece eee eee Booster seats c i RERO RE kie Supplemental Restraint System SRS Precautions on SRS ssssselessesue Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag and roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bag systems issues Seat belts with pretensioners front seats Supplemental air bag warning labels Supplemental air bag warning light SEATS ARS1152 A WARNING e Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries For the most effective protection when the vehic
327. ible 1 Parkthe vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake Keep used engine oil out of reach of children 2 Start the engine and let it idle until it reaches operating temperature then turn it off 8 12 Maintenance and do it yourself 9 Turn the engine off and wait more than A CAUTION 10 minutes Check the oil level with the Be careful not to burn yourself The engine dipstick Add engine oil if necessary oil may be hot 6 Clean and reinstall the drain plug and a new washer Securely tighten the drain plug with a wrench Do not use excessive force Drain plug tightening torque 25 Ft Ib 34 N m 7 Refill engine with recommended oil through the oil filler opening then install the oil filler cap securely For additional information refer to Recom mended fluids lubricants and capacities in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual for drain and refill capacity The drain and refill capacity depends on the oil temperature and drain time Use these specifications for reference only Always use is LDI2342 the dipstick to determine when the proper amount of oil is in the engine CHANGING ENGINE OIL FILTER 8 Start the engine Check for leakage around 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the drain plug and oil filter Correct as re the parking brake quired 2 Turn the engine off 3 Place a large drain pan under the oil filter
328. icle phone module to prevent tone quality degradation and wireless connection disruption While a cellular phone is connected through the Bluetooth wireless connection the battery power of the cellular phone may dis charge quicker than usual The Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System cannot charge cellular phones 4 100 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems For additional information refer to Trouble shooting guide in this section You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth or www nissan ca bluetooth for troubleshoot ing help Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Stor ing the device in a different location may reduce or eliminate the noise Refer to the cellular phone Owner s Manual regarding the telephone charges cellular phone antenna and body etc REGULATORY INFORMATION FCC Regulatory information CAUTION To maintain compliance with FCC s RF exposure guidelines use only the supplied antenna Unauthorized antenna modification or attachments could damage the transmitter and may violate FCC regula tions Operation is subject to the following two con ditions 1 This device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause unde sired operation of the device IC Regulatory information Operation is subject
329. ide the vehicle make sure you carry the Intelligent Key with you and then lock the doors Do not pull the door handle before pushing the door handle request switch The door will be unlocked but will not open Release the door handle once and pull it again to open the door 3 10 Pre driving checks and adjustments LPD2074 LPD2075 NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATION You can lock or unlock the doors without taking the key out of your pocket or bag When you carry the Intelligent Key with you you can lock or unlock all doors by pushing the door handle request switch within the range of opera tion Locking doors 1 Move the shift lever to the P Park position place the ignition switch in the LOCK posi tion and make sure you carry the Intelligent Key with you 2 Close all doors 3 Push any door handle request switch 1 while carrying the Intelligent Key with you 4 All doors and the trunk will lock 5 The hazard warning lights flash twice and the outside buzzer sounds twice WPD0369 NOTE Request switches for all doors and trunk can be deactivated when the I Key Door Lock setting is switched to OFF in the Vehicle Settings of the vehicle information display For additional information refer to Vehicle information display in the Instruments and controls section Doors lock with the door handle request switch while the ignition switch is not in the LO
330. ids solvents deter gents or ammonia based cleaners as they may damage the leather s natural finish e Never use fabric protectors unless rec ommended by the manufacturer e Do not use glass or plastic cleaner on meter or gauge lens covers It may dam age the lens cover AIR FRESHENERS Most air fresheners use a solvent that could affect the vehicle interior If you use an air freshener take the following precautions Hanging type air fresheners can cause per manent discoloration when they contact ve hicle interior surfaces Place the air fresh ener in a location that allows it to hang free and not contact an interior surface Liquid type air fresheners typically clip on the vents These products can cause imme diate damage and discoloration when spilled on interior surfaces Carefully read and follow the manufacturer s in structions before using the air fresheners FLOOR MATS AA WARNING To avoid potential pedal interference that may result in a collision or injury e NEVER place a floor mat on top of an other floor mat in the driver front position e Use only Genuine NISSAN floor mats specifically designed for use in your ve hicle model For additional information refer to your NISSAN dealer Properly position the mats in the floor well using the floor mat positioning aid For additional information refer to Floor mat positioning aid in this section The use of Genuine NISSAN floor
331. ieu aded Protect your vehicle from corrosion CLEANING EXTERIOR In order to maintain the appearance of your ve hicle it is important to take proper care of it To protect the paint surfaces please wash your vehicle as soon as you can after a rainfall to prevent possible damage from acid rain after driving on coastal roads when contaminants such as soot bird drop pings tree sap metal particles or bugs get on the paint surface when dust or mud builds up on the surface Whenever possible store or park your vehicle inside a garage or in a covered area When it is necessary to park outside park in a shady area or protect the vehicle with a body cover Be careful not to scratch the paint surface when putting on or removing the body cover WASHING Wash dirt off with a wet sponge and plenty of water Clean the vehicle thoroughly using a mild soap a special vehicle soap or general purpose dishwashing liquid mixed with clean lukewarm never hot water 7 2 Appearance and care A CAUTION e Do not use car washes that use acid in the detergent Some car washes espe cially brushless ones use some acid for cleaning The acid may react with some plastic vehicle components causing them to crack This could affect their appearance and also could cause them not to function properly Always check with your car wash to confirm that acid is not used e Do not wash the vehicle with
332. if so equipped Pull the outside mirror toward the door to fold it Heated mirrors if so equipped Some outside mirrors can be heated to defrost defog or de ice for improved visibility For addi tional information refer to Rear window and outside mirror if so equipped defroster switch in the Instruments and controls section of this manual 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Control panel buttons color screen with Navigation System if so equipped sisse 4 4 How to use the touch screen 0 0 eee 4 5 How to use the BACK button 4 7 How to use the APPS button 0 0 eee 4 7 319 BUR ca atacecaneersmeacecdamsenance tac 4 9 RearView Monitor if so equipped sss 4 10 How to read the displayed lines 4 11 Difference between predicted and actual distances uscierikenee ane nee d eee xia as 4 11 Adjusting the screen leise ee eee 4 13 Operating tips caede age palet herede tue 4 14 Rear and rear wide view monitor with moving object detection MOD if so equipped 4 15 How to switch the display esses 4 16 How to park with predicted course lines 4 18 How to adjust the screen e eee eee ee 4 21 Operating tPs es sick cad nerves en ROTEN ow 4 21 Moving Object Detection MOD if so equipped 6 6 cece cece eee 4 22 VONIS orbeodeisehbebeee bab
333. if so equipped P 2 38 Warning system switch if so equipped P 2 38 Referto the Navigation System Owner s manual if so equipped See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details METER AND GAUGES 5 LIC2254 oa WON gt Tachometer Warning indicator lights Vehicle Information Display Speedometer Fuel gauge Odometer Twin trip odometer Engine coolant temperature gauge Instruments and controls 2 3 SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER This vehicle is equipped with a speedometer and odometer The speedometer is located on the right side of the meter cluster The odometer is located within the vehicle information display 2 4 Instruments and controls LIC2255 TRIP RESET c Ye LIC2676 Speedometer The speedometer indicates vehicle speed Odometer Twin trip odometer The odometer 1 and the twin trip odometer 2 are displayed below the vehicle information dis play when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position The odometer records the total distance the ve hicle has been driven The twin trip odometer records the distance of individual trips Changing the display Pushing the TRIP RESET 3 switch on the left of the instrument panel to change the display as follows Trip LA _ Trip B _ Trip E Resetting the trip odometer Pushing the TRIP RESET switch 3 for more than 1 second resets the currently displayed trip
334. ignal of front obstacles when the shift lever is in the D Drive position and both front and rear obstacles when the shift lever is in the R Re verse position 5 38 Starting and driving Sonar Operation Table RR Sensor Display Sound Display T x t o Display Beep when detect x Lug eq osi OR o o EB e eo t Display on camera view No Display and Beep The system is deactivated at speeds above 6 MPH 10 km h It is reactivated at lower speeds The intermittent tone will stop after 3 seconds when an obstacle is detected by only the corner sensor and the distance does not change The tone will stop when the obstacle get away from the vehicle When the object is detected the indicator green appears and blinks and the tone sounds intermittently When the vehicle moves closer to the object the color of the indicator turns yellow and the rate of the blinking increase When the vehicle is very close to the object the indicator stops blinking and turns red and the tone sounds continuously LSD2136 When the corner of the vehicle moves closer to an object the corner sonar indicators A ap pears When the center of the vehicle moves close to an object the center sonar indicator appears LSD2137 The system indicators will appear when the vehicle moves closer to an object COLD WEATHER DRIVING FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK To prevent a door lock from
335. ild restraints that are equipped with webbing mounted attachments remove any additional slack from the anchor attach ments Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tightening the webbing of the anchor attachments 5 Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to remove any slack WRS0697 Forward facing step 6 6 After attaching the child restraint test it be fore you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the LATCH attachment path The child re straint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the LATCH at tachment holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the LATCH attachment as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 31 7 Check to make sure the child restraint is Rear bench seat properly secured prior to each use If the OUTBOARD SEATING POSITIONS child restraint is loose repeat steps 2 through 6 1 Remove the head restraint headrest and store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint headrest when the child restraint is removed
336. ine com partment check locations in this section If the cooling system frequently requires coolant have it checked by a NISSAN dealer CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT A NISSAN dealer can change the engine coolant The service procedure can be found in the NISSAN Service Manual Improper servicing can result in reduced heater performance and engine overheat ing A WARNING To avoid the danger of being scalded never change the coolant when the en gine is hot Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator Avoid direct skin contact with used coolant If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible Keep coolant out of the reach of chil dren and pets Engine coolant must be disposed of properly Check your local regulations ENGINE OIL LDI2120 OR25DE engine CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL 1 Parkthe vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake 2 Start the engine and let it idle until it reaches operating temperature 3 Turn off the engine Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan 4 Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean Re insert it all the way VQ35DE engine LDI2121 WDIO0214 5 Remove the dipstick again and check the oil level It should be between the H High and L Low marks B This is
337. ing a command within 5 seconds after the tone sounds Speak in a natural voice without pausing between words Giving voice commands To operate NISSAN Voice Recognition press and release the 4 button located on the steering wheel After the tone sounds speak a command The command given is picked up by the micro phone and voice feedback is given when the command is accepted f you need to hear the available commands for the current menu again say Help and the system will repeat them fa command is not recognized the system announces Command not recognized Please try again Make sure the command is said exactly as prompted by the system and repeat the command in a clear voice f you want to go back to the previous com mand you can say Go back or Correc tion any time the system is waiting for a response You can cancel a command when the sys tem is waiting for a response by saying Cancel or Quit The system announces Cancel and ends the Voice Recognition session You can also press and hold the button on the steering wheel for 5 seconds at any time to end the VR session Whenever the VR session is cancelled a double beep is played to indicate you have exited the system Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 101 f you want to adjust the volume of the voice feedback press the volume control switches or on the steering wheel while
338. ing the tires every 5 000 miles 8 000 km Refer to Flat tire in the In case of emer gency section of this manual for tire re placing procedures As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Wheel nut tightening torque 83 ft lb 113 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tight ened to specifications at all times It is recommended that wheel nuts be tightened to specification at each tire rotation interval A WARNING After rotating the tires check and adjust the tire pressure e Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc e Do not include the spare tire in the tire rotation e For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Infor mation Booklet Maintenance and do it yourself 8 45 WDI0259 Tire wear and damage 1 Wear indicator 2 Location mark A WARNING e Tires should be periodically in spected for wear cracking bulg ing or objects caught in the tread If excessive wear cracks bulgin or deep cuts are found the eo should be replaced 8 46 Maintenance and do it yourself The original tires have built in tread wear indicators When the wear indicators are visible the tire s should be replaced Tires degrade with age and use Have tire
339. install the child restraint not both at the same time f the combined weight of the child and child restraint is greater than 65 Ibs 29 5 kg use the vehicle s seat belt not the lower an chors to install the child restraint Besure to follow the child restraint manufac turer s instructions for installation All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated Canadian law requires the top tether strap on forward facing child re straints be secured to the designated an chor point on the vehicle LRS2165 LATCH system anchor locations LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren SYSTEM Your vehicle is equipped with special anchor points that are used with LATCH system compat ible child restraints This system may also be referred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIX compatible system With this system you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint unless the combined weight of the child and child restraint exceeds 65 Ibs 29 5 kg If the com bined weight of the child and child restraint is greater than 65 Ibs 29 5 kg use the vehicle s seat belt not the lower anchors to install the 1 22 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system child restraint Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for installation
340. ion Place the ignition switch in the ON position without starting the engine If the Malfunction Indicator Light MIL comes on steady for 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds the I M test condition is not ready If the MIL does not blink after 20 seconds the I M test condition is ready Contact a NISSAN dealer to set the ready condition or to prepare the vehicle for testing 9 20 Technical and consumer information EVENT DATA RECORDERS EDR This vehicle is equipped with an EDR The main purpose of an EDR is to record in certain colli sion or near collision like situations such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle data that will assist in understanding how a vehi cle s systems performed The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time typically 30 seconds or less The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as How various systems in your vehicle were operating Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled fastened How far if at all the driver was depressing the accelerator and or brake pedal and How fast the vehicle was traveling Sounds are not recorded These data can help provide a better understand ing of the circumstances in which collisions and injuries occur NOTE EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a nontrivial collision situation occurs no da
341. irror and rear view mirror and turn and look to check the surroundings to make sure it is safe to maneuver e The MOD system is not designed to detect surrounding stationary objects If the MOD system detects moving objects be hind the vehicle a yellow frame will be displayed on the camera image and a chime sounds LSD2112 MOD icon Turning the MOD system on or off The MOD system is turned on or off using the settings menu in the vehicle information display A blue MOD icon is displayed if the MOD is operative A gray MOD icon is displayed if the MOD is not operative 1 Press the button until Settings dis plays in the vehicle information display Use the to select Driver Assistance Then press the ENTER button 2 Select Parking Aids and press the ENTER button 3 To set the MOD system to on or off use the buttons to navigate in the menu and use the ENTER button to select or change an item To turn off the warning use the ENTER button to check box for Moving Object If the MOD system is turned off the MOD icon is not displayed MOD malfunction A WARNING e Do not use the MOD system when tow ing a trailer The system may not func tion properly e Excessive noise for example audio system volume or open vehicle window will interfere with the chime sound and it may not be heard e The MOD system performance will be limited according to environmen
342. is indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label if so equipped Do not load your ve hicle beyond this capacity Over loading your vehicle may result in reduced tire life unsafe operat ing conditions due to premature tire failure or unfavorable han dling characteristics and could also lead to a serious accident Loading beyond the specified ca pacity may also result in failure of other vehicle components e Before taking a long trip or whenever you heavily load your vehicle use a tire pressure gauge to ensure that the tire pressures are at the specified level Increase the cold tire inflation pressure as indicated in Check ing tire pressure in this section when using the tires specified by NISSAN above 100 MPH 162 km h where it is legal to do so on a race track for example Failure to increase the cold tire inflation pressure may result in tire failure loss of control and possible injury After such use readjust tire pressure e For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Infor mation Booklet Maintenance and do it yourself 8 37 TIRGIAND LOADING INFORMATION INFORMATION DE CHARGEMENT E3 The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg of XXXX Ibs Le poids total des occupants et du chargement ne doit FRONT SEATING CAPACITY TOTAL
343. isinfectant cleaners They could damage the electrical conductors radio antenna elements or rear window defroster elements ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELS if so equipped Wash the wheels regularly with a sponge damp ened in a mild soap solution especially during winter months in areas where road salt is used If not removed road salt can discolor the wheels A CAUTION Follow the directions below to avoid staining or discoloring the wheels e Do not use a cleaner that uses strong acid or alkali contents to clean the wheels Appearance and care 7 3 e Do not apply wheel cleaners to the wheels when they are hot The wheel temperature should be the same as am bient temperature e Rinse the wheel to completely remove the cleaner within 15 minutes after the cleaner is applied CHROME PARTS Clean all chrome parts regularly with a non abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish TIRE DRESSINGS NISSAN does not recommend the use of tire dressings Tire manufacturers apply a coating to the tires to help reduce discoloration of the rub ber If a tire dressing is applied to the tires it may react with the coating and form a compound This compound may come off the tire while driving and stain the vehicle paint If you choose to use a tire dressing take the following precautions Use a water based tire dressing The coat ing on the tire dissolves more easily than with an oil based tire dressing 7 4 Appearance and
344. isplay the radio information in the vehicle information dis play From the Main Menu Selection select Audio to display in the vehicle information display when the ignition is placed in the ON position Navigation if so equipped The navigation can be enabled disabled to dis play in the vehicle information display when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position From the Main Menu Selection select Naviga tion to display in the vehicle information display when turn by turn is used and the ignition is placed in the ON position Fuel Economy The fuel economy can be enabled disabled to display in the vehicle information display when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position From the Main Menu Selection select Fuel Economy to display in the vehicle information display when the ignition is placed in the ON position Tire Pressures if so equipped The tire pressures can be enabled disabled to display in the vehicle information display when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position From the Main Menu Selection select Tire Pressures to display in the vehicle information display when the ignition is placed in the ON position Body Color The color of the vehicle that displays in the ve hicle information display when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position can be changed Jal q Maintenance Oil and Filter Maintenance 3 5 e Tire Maintenance 3 d Other LIC277
345. ission CVT models cannot be push started or tow started Attempting to do so may cause transmission damage IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS If your vehicle is overheating indicated by an extremely high temperature gauge reading or if you feel a lack of engine power detect abnormal noise etc take the following steps A WARNING Do not continue to drive if your vehicle overheats Doing so could cause engine damage or a vehicle fire To avoid the danger of being scalded never remove the radiator cap while the engine is still hot When the radiator cap is removed pressurized hot water will spurt out possibly causing serious injury Do not open the hood if steam is com ing out 1 Move the vehicle safely off the road apply the parking brake and move the shift lever to P Park Do not stop the engine 2 Turn off the air conditioner Open all the windows move the heater or air conditioner temperature control to maximum hot and fan control to high speed 3 Get out of the vehicle Look and listen for steam or coolant escaping from the radiator before opening the hood If steam or cool ant is escaping turn off the engine Do not open the hood further until no steam or coolant can be seen 4 Open the engine hood A WARNING If steam or water is coming from the en gine stand clear to prevent getting burned 5 Visually check drive belts for damage or looseness Also check if the cooling fan is r
346. istory of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly After pretensioner activation load limiters allow the seat belt to release webbing if necessary to reduce forces against the chest 1 58 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system The supplemental air bag warning light A is used to indicate malfunctions in the pretensioner system For additional information refer to Supplemental air bag warning light in this sec tion If the operation of the supplemental air bag warning light indicates there is a malfunction have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the pretensioner system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual LRS2163 LRS0100 1 SRS air bag warning labels located on the sun visors SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LABELS Warning labels about the supplemental front impact air bag system are placed in the vehicle as shown in the illustration AWARNING Extreme Hazard Do not use a rearward facing child restraint on a seat protected by an air bag in front of it SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LIGHT The supplemental air bag warning light displaying 2 in the instrument panel moni tors the circuits for the air bag systems preten sioners and all related wiring When the ignition is placed in the ON or START position the supplemental air bag warning light ill
347. ivation status and other information are displayed on the screen FM AM SAT radio operation FM AM button Press the FM AM button to change the band as follows AM FM1 FM2 AM If another audio source is playing when the FM AM button is pressed the audio source play ing will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will begin playing SXM band select Pressing the SXM button will change the band as follows SXM1 SXM2 SXM3 SXM1 satellite if so equipped When the SXM button is pressed while the igni tion switch is in the ACC or ON position the radio will come on at the last station played The last station played will also come on when the VOL volume control knob is pressed to turn the radio on When the SXM button is pressed the satellite radio mode will be skipped unless an optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and a SiriusXMQ Satellite Radio service subscription is active Satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam If a compact disc is playing when the SXM button is pressed the compact disc will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will come on While the radio is in SXM mode the operation can be controlled through the touch screen Touch the Channels key to display a list of channels Touch a channel displayed on the list to change to that channel Touch the Categories key to display a list of
348. ive Volume SSV adjusts the vol ume of the audio system as the vehicle s driving speed changes It can be set as follows OFF LOW MID HIGH DISP display button Press the DISP display button while a CD is playing to change the text shown in the audio display as follows For CDs Running Time Album Title Artist Name Song Title For MP3 CDs Running Time Folder Title Album Title Artist Name Song Title If the text information is too long to fully be dis played on the screen press and hold the DISP button for longer than 1 5 seconds to scroll through the rest of the text Press the DISP display button while the radio is playing to toggle the audio display between sta tion number and RDS 4 44 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Clock operation To turn the clock display on or off press the MENU button repeatedly until Clock appears on the display Turn the TUNE FOLDER knob to toggle the setting ON or OFF Clock set 1 Press the MENU button repeatedly until Adjust Clock appears on the display 2 Press the MENU button 3 Change Hour will appear on the screen Turn the TUNE FOLDER knob to adjust the hours and then press MENU 4 Change Minute will appear on the screen Turn the TUNE FOLDER knob to adjust the minutes and then press MENU The display will return to the regular clock display after 10 seconds if no further a
349. k being played The track plays at an increased speed while reversing or fast forwarding When the but ton is released the audio file returns to normal play speed SEEK CAT or TRACK buttons x gt i Press the M4 SEEK button while an audio file on the USB device is playing to return to the beginning of the current track Press the M4 SEEK button several times to skip backward several tracks Press the 9 CAT or TRACK button while an audio file on the USB device is playing to ad vance one track Press the PM CAT or TRACK button several times to skip forward several tracks If the last track in a folder on the USB device is skipped the first track of the next folder is played RDM random button When the RDM button is pressed while an audio file on the USB device is playing the play pattern can be changed as follows All Random 1 Folder Random OFF All Random all tracks on the USB device will be played randomly 1 Folder Random all tracks in the current folder will be played randomly OFF No random play pattern is applied The indicator on the display will turn off Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 69 The current play pattern of the USB device is displayed on the screen unless no pattern is applied RPT repeat button When the RPT button is pressed while an audio file on the USB device is playing the play pattern can be changed as follows 1 F
350. ked if so equipped using the mechanical key to prevent unauthorized access For additional information on keys refer to Keys in the Pre driving checks and adjust ments section of this manual WRS0167 Center armrest Pull the armrest down until it rests on the seat cushion HEAD RESTRAINTS HEADRESTS A WARNING Head restraints headrests supplement the other vehicle safety systems They may provide additional protection against in jury in certain rear end collisions Adjust able head restraints headrests must be adjusted properly as specified in this sec tion Check the adjustment after someone else uses the seat Do not attach anything to the head restraint headrest stalks or remove the head restraint headrest Do not use the seat if the head restraint headrest has been removed If the head restraint headrest was removed reinstall and properly adjust the head restraint headrest before an occupant uses the seating position Failure to fol low these instructions can reduce the ef fectiveness of the head restraints headrests This may increase the risk of serious injury or death in a collision LRS2468 The illustration shows the seating positions equipped with head restraints headrests A Indicates the seating position is equipped with a head restraint E Indicates the seating position is equipped with a headrest Indicates the seating position is not equipped with a head restraint
351. l lows 1 Remove the mechanical key from the Intelli gent Key 2 Insert a small screwdriver into the slit of the corner and twist it to separate the upper part from the lower part Use a cloth to protect the casing 3 Replace the battery with a new one Recommended battery CR2032 or equiva lent Do not touch the internal circuit and elec tric terminals as doing so could cause a malfunction Hold the battery by the edges Holding the battery across the contact points will seriously deplete the storage capacity Make sure that the side faces the bot tom of the case et ee 4 Close the lid securely as illustrated with and D WDIO568 5 Operate the buttons to check the operation See a NISSAN dealer if you need assistance for replacement FCC Notice For USA This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the fol lowing two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference re ceived including interference that may cause undesired operation Note Changes or modifications not ex pressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s au thority to operate the equipment For Canada This device complies with Industry Canada licence exempt RSS standard s Opera tion is subject to the following two condi tions 1 this device may not cause
352. l for this model year and prior please contact your nearest NISSAN dealer For the phone number and loca tion of a NISSAN dealer in your area call the NISSAN Information Center at 1 800 387 0122 and a bilingual NISSAN representative will assist you Technical and consumer information 9 21 MEMO 9 22 Technical and consumer information 10 Index A ABS Anti lock Braking System 5 32 Air bag See supplemental restraint system ee ssr ee ee 1 41 Air bag system Front See supplemental front impact air bag system sees 1 48 Air bag warning light 1 59 2 14 Air bag warning light supplemental 1 59 2 14 Air cleaner housing filler 8 21 Air conditioner Air conditioner operation 4 28 Air conditioner service 4 35 Air conditioner specification label 9 12 Air conditioner system refrigerant and oil recommendations aaa 9 7 Air conditioner system refrigerant recommendations sss 9 7 Heater and air conditioner CORTOS a deu ese Xem de NC Eu 4 25 4 33 Servicing air conditioner 4 35 Airflow chants 2s s Rn 4 29 Alarm system See vehicle security system 2 27 Anchor point locations 1 24 Antenna iini hax oe ns Eum RS E E xe d 4 82 Anti lock brake warning light 2 10 2 11 Anti lock Braking System ABS 5 32 APPS xceko sco kx BARR E X EXE n 4 83 Amnrests i scs eR rae ERE
353. l tracks on the disc will be played randomly 1 Folder Random all tracks in the current folder will be played randomly OFF No random play pattern is applied The indicator on the display will turn off The current play pattern of the CD is displayed on the screen unless no pattern is applied 4A CD EJECT button Whenthe amp CD eject button is pressed with a compact disc loaded the compact disc will eject and the last source will be played When the amp CD eject button is pressed twice with a compact disc loaded the compact disc will be ejected further for easier CD removal If the disc is not removed within 20 seconds the disc will reload Additional features For additional information about the iPod player available with this system refer to iPod player operation without Navigation System in this sec tion For additional information about the USB inter face available with this system refer to USB Universal Serial Bus Connection Port models without Navigation System in this section For additional information about the Bluetooth audio interface available with this system refer to Bluetooth streaming audio without Navigation System in this section Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 61 1 2 4 ENTER AUDIO knob 2 BACK button APPS button gt gt TRACK button button TUNE SCROLL POWER 134 SXM 124 FMAM na
354. le is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat properly For additional information refer to Precautions on seat belt usage in this section After adjustment gently rock in the seat to make sure it is securely locked Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri ous accidents 1 2 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system e Do not adjust the driver s seat while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation The seat may move suddenly and could cause loss of con trol of the vehicle The seatback should not be reclined any more than needed for comfort Seat belts are most effective when the pas senger sits well back and straight up in the seat If the seatback is reclined the risk of sliding under the lap belt and being injured is increased A CAUTION When adjusting the seat positions be sure not to contact any moving parts to avoid possible injuries and or damage FRONT MANUAL SEAT ADJUSTMENT if so equipped Your vehicle seats can be adjusted manually For additional information about adjusting the seats refer to the steps outlined in this section LRS2160 LRS2161 WRS0740 Forward and backward Pull the center of the bar up and hold it while you s
355. lide the seat forward or backward to the desired position Release the bar to lock the seat in position Reclining To recline the seatback pull the lever up and lean back To bring the seatback forward pull the lever up and lean your body forward Release the lever to lock the seatback in position The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit For additional information refer to Pre cautions on seat belt usage in this section Also the seatback can be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is stopped and the shift lever is in the P Park position Seat lifter driver s seat Pull up or push down the adjusting lever to adjust the seat height until the desired position is achieved Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 3 WRSO0751 FRONT POWER SEAT ADJUSTMENT if so equipped Operating tips A WARNING Before driving the vehicle return the seat back to an upright seating position after manually releasing it Also make sure the seat is locked in place Failure to do so may cause the seat to move in a collision or sudden stop This may result in damage to the seat or personal injury The power seat motor has an auto reset overload protection circuit If the motor stops during operation wait 30 seconds then reactivate the switch Do not operate th
356. light timer illuminates for a period of time when a door is unlocked and the room light Switch is in the DOOR position The interior light can be turned off without waiting by performing one of the following operations Placing the ignition switch in the ON posi tion Locking the doors with the remote controller Switching the room light switch to the OFF position LPD2077 Opening the trunk lid To open the trunk lid unlock all doors and per form the following 1 Push the trunk opener request switch for more than 1 second while carrying the Intel ligent Key with you 2 The trunk will unlatch A chime will sound 4 times 3 Raise the trunk lid to open the trunk Lockout protection To prevent the Intelligent Key from being acci dentally locked in the trunk lockout protection is equipped with the Intelligent Key When all doors are locked and the trunk lid is closed with the Intelligent Key inside the trunk the outside buzzer will sound and the trunk will open HOW TO USE THE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION The remote keyless entry function can operate all door locks using the remote keyless function of the Intelligent Key The remote keyless function can operate at a distance of 33 ft 10 m away from the vehicle The operating distance de pends upon the conditions around the vehicle The remote keyless entry function will not func tion under the following conditions
357. ling a top tether strap consult your NISSAN dealer for details A WARNING Child restraint anchorages are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints Under no circumstances are they to be used to at tach adult seat belts or other items or equipment to the vehicle Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages The child restraint will not be properly installed using the damaged anchorage and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision FORWARD FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS AA WARNING The three point seat belt with Automatic Locking Retractor ALR must be used when installing a child restraint Failure to use the ALR mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured The restraint could tip over or be loose and cause injury to a child in a sudden stop or collision Also it can change the operation of the front passenger air bag For addi tional information refer to Front passen ger air bag and status light in this section Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system P WRS0699 Forward facing front passenger seat step 1 For additional information refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety and Child restraints sections of this manual before install ing a child restraint Do not use the lower anchors if the combined weight of the child and the child restraint exc
358. ll move to ensure it is safe to change lanes If the driver activates the turn signal then the Blind Spot indicator light flashes and a chime wil sound twice NOTE If the driver activates the turn signal before a vehicle enters the detection zone the Blind Spot indicator light will flash but no chime will sound when the other vehicle is detected Overtaking other vehicles The Blind Spot indicator light illuminates if you overtake a vehicle and that vehicle stays in the detection zone for approximately 3 seconds The camera unit may not detect slower moving vehicles if they are passed quickly Starting and driving 5 23 LSD2117 LSD2101 If the driver activates the turn signal while another vehicle is in the detection zone then the Blind Spot indicator light flashes and a chime will sound twice 5 24 Starting and driving LDW SYSTEM OPERATION The LDW system operates above approximately 45 MPH 70 km h When the vehicle approaches either the left or the right of the traveling lane the LDW system will chime a sound and the LDW light on the instrument panel will blink to alert the driver The LDW system is not designed to operate under the following conditions LSD2102 Lane departure warning light When you operate the lane change signal and change traveling lanes in the direction of the signal The LDW system will become operable again approximately 2 seconds af ter the
359. lly require the assistance of others alone in your vehicle Pets should also not be left alone They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause 11 10 9 8 7 6 severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals LHA2244 e Do not use the recirculation mode for 1 SW front defroster button 4 Temperature control dial passenger s long periods as it may cause the interior 2 Temperature control dial driver s side side DUAL passenger s side tempera fonus ue BSUS Cite OMS CABRIO S AUTO automatic climate control but ture control button t B Se Fresh airintak button Start the engine and operate the controls to a activate the air conditioner 3 Display screen 6 S gt Air recirculation button 4 32 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems NOTE Odors from inside and outside the vehicle can build up in the air conditioner unit Odor can enter the passenger compartment through the vents When parking set the heater and air condi tioner controls to turn off air recirculation to allow fresh air into the passenger compart ment This should help reduce odors inside the vehicle AUTOMATIC OPERATION Cooling and or dehumidified heating AUTO This mode may be used all year round as the system automatically works to keep a constant
360. loor mat positioning aid 7 6 Fluid Brake fluid o olor rr 8 15 Capacities and recommended fuellubricants llle 9 2 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT fd is acr acea bU ERR a 8 14 Engine coolant less 8 9 Engine oll lt lt na T ee reae vu 8 11 Power steering fluid 8 15 Windshield washer fluid 8 16 F M V S S certification label 9 11 Fog light switch 000 2 36 Front air bag system See supplemental restraint system 1 48 Front and rear sonar system 5 37 Front power seat adjustment 1 4 FrontseatS i s sees mea wee gd pep 1 2 Fuel Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants leen 9 2 Fuel economy sess 5 30 Fuel filler doorandcap 3 32 Fuel filler door lock opener lever 3 32 Fuel Gauge ss sco eR ER Rn 2 6 Fueloctanerating ssl 9 5 Fuel recommendation 9 4 Loose fuel cap warning 2 27 8 32 Fuelgaude s hook RR Rn 2 6 FUSES xs mao toe ose Ee o kd 8 24 Fusibleslinks oc uxo RR Y x EE 8 26 G Garage door opener HomeLink Universal Transceiver 2 51 2 53 2 53 2 54 dS Cap y xu trate Bund Cee den 3 32 Gauge Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 5 Fuelgauge lene 2 6 Odometer uuu ade ere S 2 4 Speedometer 4 2 4 Tachometer 0 000000 2 5 Trip odometer 2 2 eee eee 2 4 G
361. lost or stolen NISSAN recommends erasing the ID code of that Intelligent Key from the vehicle This may prevent the unauthorized use of the Intelligent Key to operate the vehicle For information regarding the erasing procedure contact a NISSAN dealer AC SPA1951 Mechanical key The Intelligent Key contains the mechanical key To remove the mechanical key release the lock knob on the back of the Intelligent Key To install the mechanical key firmly insert it into the Intelligent Key until the lock knob returns to the lock position Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock the doors glove box and rear seatback lock For additional information refer to Doors in this section Storage in the Instruments and con trols section and Seats in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual A CAUTION Always carry the mechanical key installed in the Intelligent Key slot Valet hand off When you have to leave a key with a valet give them the Intelligent Key itself and keep the me chanical key with you to protect your belongings To prevent the glove box and the trunk if the rear seat back release is equipped with a lock from being opened during valet hand off follow the procedures below 1 Push the trunk cancel switch if so equipped to the OFF position 2 Remove the mechanical key from the Intelli gent Key 3 Lock the glove box and the
362. m 7 When preparation is complete and you are ready to begin press the 4 button 8 The VA mode will be explained Follow the instructions provided by the system 9 When training is finished the system will tell you an adequate number of phrases have been recorded 10 The system will announce that voice adap tation has been completed and the system is ready The VA mode will stop if e The 4 button is pressed for more than 5 seconds in VA mode The vehicle begins moving during VA mode The ignition switch is placed in the OFF or LOCK position 4 96 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Training phrases During the VA mode the system instructs the trainer to say the following phrases The system will prompt you for each phrase phonebook transfer entry dial three oh four two nine delete call back number incoming transfer entry eight pause nine three two pause seven delete all entries call seven two four zero nine phonebook delete entry next entry dial star two one seven oh yes no select missed dial eight five six nine two Bluetooth on outgoing call three one nine oh two nine seven pause pause three oh eight cancel call back number call star two zero nine five delete phone dial eight three zero five one record name four three pause two nine pause zero delete redial number phonebook list names call eight oh five four one correction connect
363. m will activate with all the doors hood and trunk lid locked with the ignition switch placed in the LOCK position When placing the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position the system will be re leased Vehicle security system activation The vehicle security system will give the following alarm The headlights blink and the horn sounds intermittently 2 28 Instruments and controls The alarm automatically turns off after a pe riod of time However the alarm reactivates if the vehicle is tampered with again The alarm can be shut off by unlocking the driver s door or trunk lid with the key or by pressing the button on the Intelligent Key The alarm is activated by opening the door or trunk lid without using the key or Intelligent Key even if the door is unlocked by releasing the door inside lock switch How to stop an activated alarm The alarm stops only by unlocking the driver s door or the trunk lid with the key pressing the i9 button on the Intelligent Key or press ing the request switch if so equipped on the driver s or passenger s door with the Intelligent Key in range of the door handle NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the engine to start without the use of a registered key If the engine fails to start using a registered key for example when interference is caused by another registered key an automated toll road devic
364. mage e Drive carefully while the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire is installed Avoid sharp turns and abrupt braking while driving e Periodically check spare tire inflation pressure Always keep the pressure of the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire at 60 psi 420 kPa 4 2 bar e With the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire installed do not drive the vehicle at speeds faster than 50 MPH 80 km h 8 48 Maintenance and do it yourself When driving on roads covered with snow or ice the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire should be used on the rear wheels and the original tire used on the front wheels drive wheels Use tire chains only on the front original tires Tire tread of the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire will wear at a faster rate than the standard tire Replace the spare tire as soon as the tread wear indicators appear Do not use the spare tire on other vehicles Do not use more than one spare tire at the same time Do not tow a trailer when the TEMPO RARY USE ONLY spare tire is installed A CAUTION Do not use tire chains on a TEMPO RARY USE ONLY spare tire Tire chains will not fit properly and may cause dam age to the vehicle Because the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire is smaller than the original tire ground clearance is reduced To avoid damage to the vehicle do not drive over obstacles Also do not drive the vehicle through an automatic car wash since it may get caught 9 Technical and consumer inf
365. manual mode can be selected When the CVT fluid temperature is high the shift range may upshift in lower rpm than usual This is not a malfunction LSD2087 Shift lock release If the battery charge is low or discharged the shift lever may not be moved from the P Park position even with the brake pedal depressed and the shift lever button pushed It will be necessary to jump start or have your battery charged For additional information refer to Jump starting in the In case of emergency section of this manual Contact your NISSAN dealer or a professional towing service To move the shift lever complete the following procedure 1 Push the ignition switch to the LOCK posi tion 2 Apply the parking brake 3 Using a protective cloth on the tip of a3 mm screwdriver remove the shift lock release cover If available a plastic trim tool can also be used 4 Insert the small screwdriver in the shift lock release slot and push down 5 Move the shift lever to the N Neutral posi tion while holding down the shift lock re lease If the shift lever cannot be moved out of P Park have a NISSAN dealer check the transmission as Soon as possible A WARNING If the shift lever cannot be moved from the P Park position while the engine is run ning and the brake pedal is depressed the stop lights may not work Malfunctioning stop lights could cause an accident injur ing yourself and ot
366. mark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries Improperly plugging in the iPod may cause a checkmark to be displayed on and off flickering Always make sure that the iPod is connected properly An iPod nano 1st Generation may remain in fast forward or rewind mode if it is con nected during a seek operation In this case please manually reset the iPod An iPod nano 2nd Generation will con tinue to fast forward or rewind if it is discon nected during a seek operation An incorrect song title may appear when the Play Mode is changed while using an iPod nano 2nd Generation Audiobooks may not play in the same order as they appear on an iPod Large video files cause slow responses in an iPod The vehicle center display may mo mentarily black out but will soon recover If an iPod automatically selects large video files while in the shuffle mode the vehicle center display may momentarily black out but will soon recover Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 41 Bluetooth streaming audio Some Bluetooth audio devices may not be recognized by the in vehicle audio system It is necessary to set up the wireless con nection between a compatible Bluetooth audio device and the in vehicle Bluetooth module before using the Bluetooth audio Operating procedure of the Bluetooth au dio will vary depending on the devices Make sure how to operate your a
367. mation about the automatic anti glare feature refer to Automatic anti glare rearview mirror in the Pre driving checks and adjust ments section Merne N LIC1487 Press the N button for about 1 second when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position to toggle the compass display 1 on or off The display will indicate the direction of the vehicle s heading N North E East S South W West If the display reads C calibrate the compass by driving the vehicle in three complete circles at less than 5 MPH 8 km h You can also calibrate the compass by driving your vehicle on your everyday route The com pass will be calibrated once it has tracked three complete circles COMPASS DISPLAY Press the A button when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position The direction will be displayed Zone variation change procedure The difference between magnetic north and geo graphical north is known as variance In some areas this difference can sometimes be great enough to cause false compass readings Follow these instructions to set the variance for your particular location if this happens 1 Establish your location on the zone map Refer to the illustration Record your zone number 2 Place the ignition switch in the ON position 3 Press the 4 button in for 5 seconds until the current zone entry number is displayed 4 Press the button repeatedl
368. mber try each solution in turn starting What Can Say with number one until the problem is resolved e General Help e e List Commands Quit Exit The system responds Command Not 1 Ensure that the command format is valid Use the List Commands or What Can Say command under the Help menu Recognized or the system fails to rec 2 Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level ognize the command correctly 3 Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive for example with the windows open or the defroster on NOTE If it is too noisy to use the phone it is likely that voice commands will not be recognized 4 If optional words of the command have been omitted then the command should be tried with these in place 4 122 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems MEMO Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 123 5 Starting and driving Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Exhaust gas carbon monoxide 0555 5 2 Three way catalyst 2 liess en 5 2 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 5 3 Avoiding collision and rollover sisse 5 6 Off road reCOVEy sederii eka nt a 5 6 Rapid air pressure loss lt eicon llis eese 5 7 Drinking alcohol drugs and driving 5 7 Push Button Ignition Switch 00 5 8 Operating
369. memory options refer to 1 to 6 station memory operations in this section NOTE Smart Favorites will start functioning only after the audio unit is turned on for a few minutes Tune Start is supported for music chan nels only Q sxmi rs 9e XXXX on Wi XXxx amp XXXX Repay IN XXXX Ces JC T I Jen LHA3087 Replay Screen The Replay Screen gives the user the ability to replay skip pause or rewind the currently aired track When the Replay key is pressed the Replay Screen is prompted 4 66 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems REPLAY SKIP PAUSE To replay a track from the beginning press the 44 seek button The user can continue to press the M4 seek button to replay previ ous songs but can only go back as far as the system permits The system will warn the user when they cannot skip any further back by displaying At the End in the bottom left corner of the screen To skip a track press the P track button Live will appear in the bot tom left corner of the screen indicating the difference from play time to live audio To pause a track press the Il pause button REWIND To rewind fast forward a FAST track hold the or P FORWARD seek track button CD MP3 display mode CD MP3 display mode Random Repeat Browse Compact disc CD player operation If the radio is already operating it automaticall
370. mended ones e VQ35DE Always replace spark plugs with recommended or equivalent ones A WARNING Be sure the engine and ignition switch are off and that the parking brake is engaged securely A CAUTION Be sure to use the correct socket to re move the spark plugs An incorrect socket can damage the spark plugs If replacement is required see your NISSAN dealer for assistance AIR CLEANER LDI2117 QR25DE NOTE The air cleaner filter should not be cleaned and reused Replace the air cleaner filter according to the maintenance log shown in the Warranty Informa tion and Maintenance Booklet Maintenance and do it yourself 8 21 LDI2118 VQ35DE To remove the air cleaner filter Unlatch the clips and move the air cleaner cover upward Remove the air cleaner filter Wipe the inside of the air cleaner filter hous ing and the cover with a damp cloth NOTE Afier installing a new air cleaner make sure the air cleaner cover is seated in the housing and latch the clips 8 22 Maintenance and do it yourself AWARNING Operating the engine with the air cleaner removed can cause you or oth ers to be burned The air cleaner not only cleans the air it stops the flame if the engine backfires If it isn t there and the engine backfires you could be burned Do not drive with the air cleaner removed and be careful when working on the engine with the air cleaner r
371. meters of the tire from sidewall edge to side wall edge 3 Two digit number 65 This number known as the aspect ratio gives the tire s ratio of height to width 4 5 15 t WDI0395 R The R stands for radial Two digit number 15 This number is the wheel or rim diameter in inches Two or three digit number 95 This number is the tire s load index It is a measurement of how much weight each tire can support You may not find this information on all tires be cause it is not required by law 7 H Tire speed rating You should not drive the vehicle faster than the tire speed rating Maintenance and do it yourself 8 41 XX XX t t 2 3 DOT XX XX XXX XXXX XXX t 4 Example 2 TIN Tire Identification Number for a new tire example DOT XX XX XXX XXXX 1 DOT Abbreviation for the Depart ment Of Transportation The symbol can be placed above below or to the left or right of the Tire Identification Number 2 Two digit code identification mark Manufacturer s 3 Two digit code Tire size 8 42 Maintenance and do it yourself 4 XXX XXXX t t 5 6 WDI0396 Three digit code Tire type code Optional Three digit code Date of Manufac ture Four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For ex ample the numbers 3103 means the 31st week of 2003 If these numbers are missing then look on the other sidewall of the
372. miles MPG Inch km h I 100km cm km h km l cm Use the and the ENTER buttons to select and change the unit Tire Pressures if so equipped The unit for tire pressure that displays in the vehicle information display can be changed to 9 psi e kPa bar e Kgf cm Use the and the ENTER buttons to select and change the unit Temperature The temperature that displays in the vehicle infor mation display can be changed from e F Fahrenheit e C Celsius Use the ENTER button to toggle choices Welcome Effects The welcome screen display can be turned ON OFF to display when the ignition switch is placed in the ACC or ON position To enable disable the welcome screen 1 Press the button 2 Use the buttons to select Settings and press ENTER 3 Select Welcome Effects using the buttons and press ENTER to turn this func tion ON or OFF Factory Reset The settings in the vehicle information display can be reset back to the factory default To reset the vehicle information display 1 Press the button 2 Usethe v buttons to select Settings and press the ENTER button 3 Select Factory Reset using the v but tons and press the ENTER button 4 Select YES to return all settings back to default by pressing the ENTER button Instruments and controls 2 23 r4 eke Low Low Oil Pres
373. mirror defroster SWITCH a ase E TE RR wg Rn 2 31 Recorders Eventidata eors ni gu kg aad 9 20 Refrigerant recommendation 9 7 Registering your vehicle in another country 9 10 Remote Start sn 3 27 5 12 Reporting safety defects US only 9 19 S Safety Child safety reardoorlock 3 7 Child seat belts 1 20 1 27 1 33 1 38 Reporting safety defects US only 9 19 Seat adjustment Front manual seat adjustment 1 2 Front power seat adjustment 1 4 Rear seat adjustment ss 1 5 Seatbackpockets sss 2 41 Seat belt Child safety 2 ue et ReER 1 18 Infants and small children 1 19 Injured Person i ss 1 14 Larger children ee eee 1 19 Precautions on seat belt usage 1 11 Pregnant women sess 1 14 Seat belt extenders 1 17 Seat belt maintenance 1 18 Seatbelts so sy aka bue 1 11 Shoulder belt height adjustment 1 17 Three point type with retractor 1 14 Seat belt extenders 1 17 Seat belt warning light 1 14 2 14 Seats Adjustment 1 ead m ea Bae ws 1 2 Atitests o cuu de RACES 1 7 Front Seats 2 mox ERE dee 1 2 Heatedseats o ca at ad ora Eaa 2 37 Manual front seat adjustment 1 2 Rearseat lee ees 1 5 Security indicator light 2 16 Security system NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system engine start
374. mptly Avoid high speed driving and abrupt braking For additional information refer to Anti ock Braking System ABS warning light in this section Charge warning light If this light comes on while the engine is running it may indicate the charging system is not func tioning properly Turn the engine off and check the generator belt If the belt is loose broken missing or if the light remains on see a NISSAN dealer immediately Instruments and controls 2 11 A CAUTION Do not ground electrical accessories di rectly to the battery terminal Doing so will bypass the variable control system and the vehicle battery may not charge completely For additional information refer to Variable voltage control sys tem in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual Do not continue driving if the generator belt is loose broken or missing I Low tire pressure warning light Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS that monitors the tire pressure of all tires except the spare The low tire pressure warning light warns of low tire pressure or indicates that the TPMS is not functioning properly After the ignition switch is placed in the ON position this light illuminates for about 1 second and turns off Low tire pressure warning If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure the warning light will illuminate 2 12 Instruments and controls
375. ms 4 13 For vehicles with Navigation System 1 When the car is in P park press the ares button Touch the SETTINGS key Touch the SYSTEM key Select CAMERA SETTINGS Use the TUNE SCROLL knob and the ENTER AUDIO button to switch between DAY NIGHT and AUTO mode and to adjust the BRIGHTNESS CONTRAST and COLOR settings of the Rear View Monitor Do not adjust the display settings of the RearView Monitor while the vehicle is mov ing OPERATING TIPS a A WO ND ACAUTION Do not use alcohol benzine or thinner to clean the camera This will cause discoloration To clean the camera wipe with a cloth dampened with a di luted mild cleaning agent and then wipe with a dry cloth e Do not damage the camera as the moni tor screen may be adversely affected When the shift lever is shifted to R Re verse the monitor screen automatically changes to the RearView Monitor mode However the radio can be heard It may take some time until the RearView Monitor is displayed after the shift lever has been shifted to R Reverse Objects may be distorted momentarily until the RearView Monitor screen is displayed completely When the shift lever is returned to a position other than R Reverse it may take some time until the screen changes Objects on the screen may be distorted until they are completely displayed When the temperature is extremely high or low the screen may not clearly display o
376. n 4 2 1 or later iPhone 3GS firmware version 5 1 or later minimum iOS 5 0 required for smartphone integration iPhone 4 firmware version 5 1 or later minimum iOS 5 0 required for smartphone integration iPhone 4S firmware version 5 1 or later minimum iOS 5 0 required for smartphone integration iPhone amp 5 firmware version 5 1 or later minimum iOS 5 0 required for smartphone integration Make sure that your iPod firmware is updated to the version indicated above Audio main operation Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position Press the MEDIA button repeatedly to switch to the iPod mode If the system has been turned off while the iPod was playing pressing the ENTER SETTING or MENU button will start the iPod iPod MENU button if so equipped Press the iPod MENU button while the iPod is connected to show the iPod operation menu on the audio display Scroll through the menu list using the TUNE FOLDER control dial Press ENTER SETTING button to select a menu item Items in the iPod menu appear on the display in the following order Now playing Playlists Artists Albums Songs Podcasts Genres 4 74 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Composers Audiobooks Shuffle songs For additional information about each item refer to the iPod Owner s Manual SEEK CAT and TRACK buttons When the M4 SEEK CAT
377. n electric shock Do not strike the camera It is a preci sion instrument Otherwise it may mal function or cause damage resulting in a fire or an electric shock A CAUTION There is a plastic cover over the camera Do not scratch the cover when cleaning dirt or snow from the cover Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 15 When the shift lever is moved into the R 2 Reverse position 1 while another screen is displayed RearView Monitor operates and the rear wide view is displayed When touching the View key on the screen and using the multi function controller by pressing the ENTER button 3 the view on the screen will change to the rearview screen When the View key is touched again the rear wide view is dis played The rear wide view screen and or rear view screen switches to another screen A when the shift lever is moved out of the R Re verse position 2 LHA2748 HOW TO SWITCH THE DISPLAY 0 Shift lever is moved into the R Reverse osition Original screen before the RearView Monitor j is operated Shift lever is moved out of the R Reverse position B Rear wide view screen 3 Touch the View key on the screen Rear view screen 4 16 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems LHA1196 Rear view Guiding lines which indicate the vehicle width and distances to obj
378. n or near the face and neck and the lap belt can be posi tioned properly across the lower hips or upper thighs use the seat belt without the booster seat A WARNING Never let a child stand or kneel on any seat and do not allow a child in the cargo area The child could be seriously injured or killed in a sudden stop or collision CHILD RESTRAINTS ARS1098 WRS0256 PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RESTRAINTS AWARNING Failure to follow the warnings and in structions for proper use and installa tion of child restraints could result in serious injury or death of a child or other passengers in a sudden stop or collision The child restraint must be used and installed properly Always follow all of the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for installation and use 1 20 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Infants and children should never be held on anyone s lap Even the stron gest adult cannot resist the forces of a collision Do not put a seat belt around both a child and another passenger NISSAN recommends that all child restraints be installed in the rear seat Studies show that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat If you must install a forward facing child restraint in the front seat refer to Forward facing child restraint in stallation using the seat belts in this section Even with the NISSAN Advanced
379. n the vehicle stops at a traffic signal Even when the daytime running lights are active Canada only the xenon headlights do not turn on This way the life of the xenon head lights is not reduced If the xenon headlight bulb is close to burning out the brightness will drasti cally decrease the light will start blink ing or the color of the light will become reddish If one or more of the above signs appear contact a NISSAN dealer Instruments and controls z09 DOL Type A if so equipped WIC1435 z09 DOL WIC1436 Type B if so equipped 500 PIONU WIC1510 Type C if so equipped HEADLIGHT CONTROL SWITCH Lighting When turning the switch to the DE posi tion the front parking tail license plate and instrument panel lights come on When turning the switch to the 2 posi tion the headlights come on and all the other lights remain on ACAUTION Use the headlights with the engine run ning to avoid discharging the vehicle battery LIC2351 Autolight system if so equipped The autolight system allows the headlights to turn on and off automatically The autolight system can Turn on the headlights front parking tail license plate and instrument panel lights au tomatically when it is dark Turn off all the lights when it is light Keep all the lights on for a period of time after you place the igni
380. n to enable disable this function Answer Back Horn When the answer back horn is on the horn will chirp and the hazard indicators will flash once when locking the vehicle with the Intelligent Key Remote Start if so equipped The remote start function can be turned on or off If the setting is OFF the vehicle cannot be started using the Intelligent Key From the Vehicle Set tings menu select Remote Start Use the EN TER button to enable disable Battery Saver The battery saver automatically turns off the igni tion after a period of time when the ignition switch is left in the ACC or ON position Main Menu Selection The items that display can be enabled disabled when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position To change the items that display 2 20 Instruments and controls Use the v button to select and the ENTER button to change a menu item Trip Computer Audio Navigation if so equipped e e Fuel Economy e Tire Pressures if so equipped Trip Computer The trip computer can be enabled disabled to display in the vehicle information display when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position From the Main Menu Selection select Trip Computer to display in the vehicle information display when the ignition is placed in the ON position Audio The audio can be enabled disabled to display in the vehicle information display when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position to d
381. nal information refer to Vehicle information display in the In struments and controls section of the manual LPD0395 LPD2081 Cancel switch if so equipped When the switch located inside the glove box is in the OFF position the power to the trunk lid wil be cancelled The trunk lid cannot be opened when using the trunk lid release switch the trunk open request switch if so equipped is pushed when the Intelligent Key is in range of the vehicle or the HOLD button on the Intelligent Key is pressed INTERIOR TRUNK LID RELEASE A WARNING Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously injured Keep the car locked with the rear seatback and trunk lid securely latched when not in use and prevent children s access to car keys The interior trunk lid release mechanism provides a means of escape for children and adults in the event they become locked inside the trunk Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 31 To open the trunk from the inside pull the illumi nated release handle until the lock releases and push up on the trunk lid The release handle is made of a material that glows in the dark after a brief exposure to ambient light The handle is located inside the trunk compart ment on the interior of the trunk lid 3 32 Pre driving checks and adjustments FUE
382. names assigned to each phone and then prompt you for the phone you wish to select Only one phone can be active at a time Delete Phone Use the Delete Phone command to delete a phone that is connected to the vehicle The sys tem will list the names assigned to each phone and then prompt you for the phone you wish to delete Deleting a phone from the vehicle will also delete the phonebook for that phone Replace Phone D Use the Replace Phone command to replace an existing phone pairing with a new phone The system will keep all voice tags assigned to your phonebook Bluetooth OFF Use the Bluetooth OFF command to prevent a wireless connection to your phone Phonebook Download OFF F Use the Phonebook Download OFF command to turn off the automatic downloading of the hand set phonebook to the available if supported by the cellular phone When the command is rec ognized Sync Contacts OFF will appear on the audio display To turn the feature back on say Phonebook Download When the command is recognized Sync Contacts ON will appear on the audio display Display Settings Use the Display Settings command to control where incoming call notifications are displayed in the vehicle Say Driver Only to have call notifi cations shown on the vehicle information display only Say Both to have call notifications shown on both the vehicle information display a
383. nauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system sus pension system or front end structure This could affect proper operation of the front air bag system Tampering with the front air bag system may result in serious personal injury Tampering includes changes to the steering wheel and the instrument panel assembly by placing material over the steering wheel pad and above the instrument panel or by installing additional trim material around the air bag system Removing or modifying the front pas senger seat may affect the function of the air bag and result in serious per sonal injury e Modifying or tampering with the front passenger seat may result in serious personal injury For example do not change the front seats by placing mate rial on the seat cushion or by installing additional trim material such as seat covers on the seat that are not specifi cally designed to assure proper air bag operation Additionally do not stow any objects under the front passenger seat or the seat cushion and seatback Such objects may interfere with the proper operation of the Occupant Classifica tion Sensor weight sensor No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the seat belt system This may affect the front air bag system Tampering with the seat belt system may result in seri ous personal injury Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 55 e Work on and around th
384. nd re peats opening or tilting up the moonroof keep pushing the tilt down switch within 5 seconds after it happens the moonroof will fully close gradually Make sure nothing is caught in the moonroof AWARNING e In an accident you could be thrown from the vehicle through an open moonroof Always use seat belts and child restraints Do not allow anyone to stand up or extend any portion of their body out of the moonroof opening while the vehicle is in motion or while the moonroof is closing A CAUTION e Remove water drops snow ice or sand from the moonroof before opening Do not place heavy objects on the moonroof or surrounding area Sunshade Open and close the sunshade by sliding it for ward or backward If the moonroof does not close Have a NISSAN dealer check and repair the moonroof INTERIOR LIGHT 3 LIC2302 D The interior light can be turned ON regard less of door position The light will go off after a period of time unless the ignition switch is placed in the ON position when any door is opened 2 The interior lights can be set to operate when the doors are opened To turn off the interior lights when a door open push the Switch the interior lights will not illuminate regardless of door position The lights will go off when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position or the driver s door is closed and locked The lights will also go off after a period of time
385. nd the center audio display To turn the feature back on say Phonebook Download When the command is recognized Sync Contacts ON will appear on the audio display Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 95 VOICE ADAPTATION VA MODE Voice Adaptation allows up to two out of dialect users to train the system to improve recognition accuracy By repeating a number of commands the users can create a voice model of their own voice that is stored in the system The system is capable of storing a different voice adaptation model for each connected phone Training procedure The procedure for training a voice is as follows 1 Position the vehicle in a reasonably quiet outdoor location 2 Sit in the driver s seat with the engine run ning the parking brake on and the transmis sion in P Park 3 Press and hold the lt than 5 seconds 4 The system announces Press the PHONE SEND f button for the hands free phone system to enter the voice adaptation mode or press the PHONE END 45 button to select a different lan guage button for more 5 Press the 4 For additional information on selecting a dif ferent language refer to Choosing a lan guage in this section button 6 Voice memory A or memory B is selected automatically If both memory locations are already in use the system will prompt you to overwrite one Follow the instructions pro vided by the syste
386. nds Free Phone System the call information is displayed on either the vehicle information display or both the vehicle information display and the control panel display Press the 4 button to accept the call Press the 4 button to reject the call DURING A CALL While a call is active press the amp amp button to access additional options Speak one of the fol lowing commands Send Speak this command followed by the digits to enter digits during the phone call e Mute On or Mute Off Speak the com mand to mute or unmute the system e Transfer Call Speak this command to transfer the call to the handset To transfer the call back from the handset to the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System press the 4 button and confirm when prompted 4 106 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems If supported by the phone the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System allows for call waiting functionality If a call is received while another call is already active a message will be displayed on the screen Press the 4 button to hold the active call and switch to the second call Press the button to reject the second call While the second call is active pressing the 44 button will allow the same commands that are available during any call as well as two additional commands Switch Call Speak this command to hold the second call and switch back to the origi nal c
387. near the side air bag on the side of the seatback of the front seat or near the side roof rails Do not allow anyone sitting in the front seats or rear outboard seats to extend their hand out of the window or SSS0162 SSS0159 lean against the door Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the previous illustrations 1 46 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system A WARNING e When sitting in the rear seat do not hold onto the seatback of the front seat If the side air bag inflates you may be seriously injured Be especially careful with children who should always be properly restrained Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations e Do not use seat covers on the front seatbacks They may interfere with side air bag inflation WRS0032 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 47 LII2184 1 48 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System front seats 1 2 Top tether strap anchor Roof mounted curtain side impact and roll over supplemental air bag inflators 3 Rear seat belts Roof mounted curtain side impact and roll over supplemental air bag Front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bag Head restraints headrests 7 Front seat belts Side impact weight sensor driver s side shown passenger s side similar
388. ner s Manual How to say numbers NISSAN Voice Recognition requires a certain way to speak numbers in voice commands Refer to the following examples General rule Either zero or oh can be used for A Phone numbers Speak phone numbers according to the following example For 1 800 662 6200 say dial number and then speak the phone number in any of the following formats one eight oh oh six six two six two oh oh one eight hundred six six two six two oh oh oneeightzero zero six six two six two oh oh For the best voice recognition phone dialing re sults say phone numbers as single digits Also full numbers can only be spoken for 800 For example you cannot say 555 6000 as five five five six thousand Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 119 BLUETOOTH HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM VOICE COMMANDS To access the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System voice commands 1 Press the C4 button 2 Say Call and then a name in the vehicle phonebook to call that entry Otherwise say Phone to access various phone com mands If the Bluetooth has been set to Off the system announces Bluetooth is off Would you like to turn Bluetooth on If no phone is connected to the system and the vehicle is stationary the system announces There is no phone connected Would you like to connect a phone now Say Yes to connect a phone All further Bluetooth Han
389. ng a single HomeLink button If your vehicle is stolen cece eee ee INSTRUMENT PANEL T Bs HS By 2 892 10 11 2 2221 2019 18 171615 1413 12 LIC2829 2 2 Instrument brightness control Trip com puter reset switch P 2 35 P 2 4 Vents P 4 24 Headlight fog light if so equipped turn signal switch P 2 31 Instruments and controls Driver supplemental air bag horn P 1 41 P 2 36 Meters and gauges P 2 3 Paddle shift controls if so equipped P 5 15 d 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 Windshield wiper washer switch P 2 29 Hazard warning flasher switch P 6 2 Front passenger air bag status light P 1 48 Audio system controls Navigation system P 4 35 Front passenger supplemental air bag P 1 41 Glove box P 2 43 Power outlet P 2 40 Heater and air conditioner manual or automatic P 4 25 P 4 32 Shift lever P 5 13 USB port Aux jack P 4 68 P 4 46 Push button ignition switch P 5 8 Cruise control main set switch Bluetooth Hands free Phone System P 5 27 P 4 78 Tilt telescopic steering wheel controls P 3 34 Steering wheel switch for audio control Vehicle information display controls P 4 81 P 2 18 Fuel filler door release Hood release P 3 32 P 3 29 22 Vehicle Dynamic Control OFF switch P 2 39 Trunk opener release switch P 3 30 Heated steering wheel switch
390. ng calls from the vehicle If the call was to an entry in the phonebook the name will be displayed Otherwise the phone number of the outgoing call will be dis played Say Dial to call the number or Send Text to send a text message to that number Say Next Entry or Previous Entry to move through the list of outgoing calls Redial Speak this command to call the last number dialed Call Back Speak this command to call the number of the last incoming call to the vehicle Messaging Speak this command to access text messaging functions For additional information refer to Text messaging in this section Show Applications Speak this command to display list of smart phone apps available NOTE Compatible smartphone and registration necessary to access applications For additional information refer to NissanConnect Mobile Apps in this section Select Phone Speak this command to select a phone to use from a list of those phones connected to the vehicle MAKING A CALL To make a call from a phone connected to the vehicle s Bluetooth amp Hands Free Phone Sys tem 1 Press the f wheel button on the steering 2 The system will prompt you for a command Say Call 3 Select one of the available voice commands to continue A Name Speak the name of a phone book entry to place a call to that entry The system will respond with the name it inter preted from y
391. noise will be heard whether or not the brake pedal is depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the wear indicator sound is heard Under some driving or climate conditions occa sional brake squeak squeal or other noise may be heard Occasional brake noise during light to moderate stops is normal and does not affect the function or performance of the brake system 8 24 Maintenance and do it yourself Proper brake inspection intervals should be followed For additional information regard ing brake inspections refer to the appropriate maintenance schedule information in the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide FUSES e j i LDI0455 Two types of fuses are used Type is used in the fuse boxes in the engine compartment Type is used in the passenger compartment fuse box Type fuses are provided as spare fuses They are stored in the passenger compartment fuse box Type fuses can be installed in the engine compartment and passenger compartment fuse boxes LDI0457 LDI2133 If a type fuse is used to replace a type B fuse the type fuse will not be level with the fuse pocket as shown in the illustration This will not affect the performance of the fuse Make sure the fuse is installed in the fuse box securely Type fuses cannot be installed in the under
392. nside Spoiler Front map light Rear personal light Trunk light Vanity mirror light if so equipped Glove box light Console light Always check with the Parts Department at a NISSAN dealer for the latest parts information See a NISSAN dealer for assistance Maintenance and do it yourself 8 33 LDI2100 8 34 Maintenance and do it yourself PODI ow Front map light Headlamp assembly Park Turn signal light Fog light if so equipped Day time running light Canada only Step light Door mirror turn signal light if so equipped Personal light High mount stoplight Trunk light Spoiler mount stop light Rear combination light License plate light WDI0306 Replacement procedures All other lights are either type A B C or D When replacing a bulb first remove the lens light and or cover st Indicates bulb removal t Indicates bulb installation Step light Use a cloth 1 to protect the housing LDI0341 A o WDI0670 Personal light Use a cloth and suitable tool 1 to protect the housing Rear combination light Bulb replacement requires the removal of the rear combination light assembly If replacement is re quired see your NISSAN dealer Maintenance and do it yourself 8 35 e SON Trunk light LDI2135 8 36 Maintenance and do it yourself WHEELS AND TIRES If you have a flat tire refer Flat tire
393. nt system 1 43 at belts and supplemental restraint system 1 44 Safety Seats se ARS1045 ARS 1046 WRS0431 AWARNING Children may be severely injured or killed when the front air bags side air bags or curtain air bags inflate if they are not properly restrained Pre teens and children should be properly re strained in the rear seat if possible Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An in flating front air bag could seriously in jure or kill your child For additional information refer to Child restraints in this section AWARNING Front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bags and roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bags The side air bags and curtain air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a frontal impact rear impact rollover or lower severity side collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 45 A WARNING The seat belts the side air bags and curtain air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat with both feet on the floor The side air bag and curtain air bag inflate with great force Do not allow anyone to place their hand leg or face
394. ntally locked inside the vehicle AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS Alldoors lock automatically when the vehicle speed reaches 15 MPH 24 km h All doors unlock automatically when the ig nition is placed in the OFF position The automatic unlock function can be de activated or activated To deactivate or acti vate the automatic door unlock system perform the following procedure 1 Close all doors 2 Place the ignition switch in the ON position 3 Within 20 seconds of performing Step 2 push and hold the power door lock switch to the id position UNLOCK for more than 5 seconds 4 When activated the hazard indicator will flash twice When deactivated the hazard indicator will flash once 5 The ignition switch must be placed in the OFF and ON position again between each setting change When the automatic door unlock system is deac tivated the doors do not unlock when the ignition Switch is placed in the OFF position To unlock the door manually use the inside lock knob or the power door lock switch driver s or front passen ger s side NOTE The automatic door unlock function can be changed using the Vehicle Settings in the vehicle information display The Auto Door Unlock choices are e Off IGN OFF Shift into P amp ee CD CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK Child safety locks help prevent the rear doors from being opened accidentally especially when small children are in the
395. ny doors Pushing the ignition switch The interior light illuminates for a period of time when a door is unlocked and the room light Switch is in the DOOR position The light can be turned off without waiting by performing one of the following operations Placing the ignition switch in the ON posi tion Locking the doors with the Intelligent Key Switching the room light switch to the OFF position Switching the Auto Room Lamp to the OFF position in Vehicle Settings of the vehicle information display For additional informa tion refer to Vehicle information display in the Instruments and controls section Opening windows if so equipped The Intelligent Key allows you to simultaneously open windows equipped with automatic opera tion To open the windows press the A but ton on the Intelligent Key longer than 3 seconds after all doors are unlocked The door windows will open while pressing the button on the Intelligent Key The door windows cannot be closed by using the Intelligent Key Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 15 WPD0364 WPD0361 Releasing the trunk lid Press the button for longer than 0 5 sec onds to open the trunk lid The trunk release button will not operate when the ignition switch is in the ON position or when the trunk cancel switch if so equipped is in the OFF position For additional in
396. o OFF until the shift lever is moved to the P Park position When the ignition switch cannot be pushed to ward the OFF position proceed as follows 1 Move the shift lever into the P Park posi tion 2 Push the ignition switch The ignition switch position will change to the ON position 3 Push the ignition switch again to the OFF position The shift lever can be moved from the P Park position if the ignition switch is in the ON position and the brake pedal is depressed If the battery of the vehicle is discharged the push button ignition switch cannot be moved from the LOCK position Some indicators and warnings for operation are displayed on the vehicle information display For additional information refer to Vehicle informa tion display in the Instruments and controls section of this manual LSD2089 OPERATING RANGE The Intelligent Key functions can only be used when the Intelligent Key is within the specified operating range When the Intelligent Key battery is almost dis charged or strong radio waves are present near the operating location the Intelligent Key sys tem s operating range becomes narrower and may not function properly If the Intelligent Key is within the operating range itis possible for anyone even someone who does not carry the Intelligent Key to push the ignition switch to start the engine The operating range of the engine start function is inside of the
397. o call For additional information refer to How to say numbers and Making a call by entering a phone number in this section Special Number C For dialing more than 10 digits or any special characters say Special Number When the system acknowledges the command the system will prompt you to speak the number Redial D Use the Redial command to call the last number that was dialed The system acknowledges the command re peats the number and begins dialing If a redial number does not exist the system announces There is no number to redial and ends the VR session Call Back Use the Call Back command to dial the number of the last incoming call within the vehicle The system acknowledges the command re peats the number and begins dialing If a call back number does not exist the system announces There is no number to call back and ends the VR session During a call During a call there are several command options available Press the 4 button on the steering wheel to mute the receiving voice and enter com mands Help The system announces the avail able commands Go back Correction The system an nounces Go back ends the VR session and returns to the call Cancel Quit The system announces Cancel ends the VR session and returns to the call Send Enter Call Dial Use the Send command to enter numbers or
398. o normal play speed A v SEEK and TRACK buttons When the SEEK 4 button is pressed while the compact disc is playing the next track follow ing the present one starts to play from the begin ning Press the SEEK 4 button several times to skip several tracks Each time the button is pressed the CD advances one additional track The track number appears in the display window Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 45 When the last track on the compact disc is skipped the first track is played When the TRACK Y button is pressed the track being played returns to the beginning Press the TRACK Y button several times to skip back several tracks Each time the button is pressed the CD moves back one track RPT repeat RDM random button Press the RPT RDM button while a compact disc is playing to change the play pattern as follows CD TRACK REPEAT DISC RANDOM DISC REPEAT MP3 WMA CD FOLDER REPEAT TRACK REPEAT DISC RANDOM FOLDER RANDOM DISC RE PEAT TRACK REPEAT The track that is currently play ing will be repeated DISC RANDOM The order of the tracks on the disc will be mixed during play DISC REPEAT The disc currently playing will be repeated FOLDER REPEAT The tracks in the current folder will be repeated FOLDER RANDOM The order of the tracks in the folder will be mixed during play SCAN CDs button Press the SCAN but
399. o potential battery discharge and potential no start conditions such as 1 Installation or extended use of electronic accessories that consume battery power when the engine is not running Phone char gers GPS DVD players etc 2 Vehicle is not driven regularly and or only driven short distances In these cases the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health A WARNING e Do not expose the battery to flames an electrical spark or a cigarette Hydrogen gas generated by the battery is explo sive Explosive gases can cause blind ness or injury Do not allow battery fluid to contact your skin eyes fabrics or painted surfaces Sulfuric acid can cause blindness or injury After touch ing a battery or battery cap do not touch or rub your eyes Thoroughly wash your hands If the acid contacts your eyes skin or clothing immediately flush with water for at least 15 minutes and seek medical attention Do not operate the vehicle if the fluid in the battery is low Low battery fluid can cause a higher load on the battery which can generate heat reduce battery life and in some cases lead to an explosion When working on or near a battery al ways wear suitable eye protection and remove all jewelry Battery posts terminals and related ac cessories contain lead and lead com pounds Wash hands after handling Maintenance and do it yourself 8 17 e Keep battery out of the reach of children Do no
400. off The rear window defroster automatically turns off after approximately 15 minutes A CAUTION When cleaning the inner side of the rear window be careful not to scratch or dam age the rear window defroster Xe e LIC2325 Type B if so equipped NOTE The top and bottom few rows of wires on the rear window are not part of the rear window defroster system These wires make up the antenna for the audio system HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH XENON HEADLIGHTS if so equipped A WARNING NHIGH VOLTAGE When xenon headlights are on they produce a high voltage To prevent an electric shock never attempt to modify or disassemble Always have your xe non headlights replaced at a NISSAN dealer Xenon headlights provide considerably more light than conventional head lights If they are not correctly aimed they might temporarily blind an oncom ing driver or the driver ahead of you and cause a serious accident If headlights are not aimed correctly immediately take your vehicle to a NISSAN dealer and have the headlights adjusted correctly When the xenon headlight is initially turned on its brightness or color varies slightly However the color and brightness will soon stabilize Instruments and controls 2 31 2 32 The life of xenon headlights will be shortened by frequent on off opera tion It is generally desirable not to turn off the headlights for short intervals for example whe
401. older Repeat 1 Track Repeat OFF 1 Track Repeat the current track will be re peated 1 Folder Repeat the current folder will be re peated OFF No repeat play pattern is applied The indi cator on the display will turn off The current play pattern of the USB device is displayed on the screen unless no pattern is applied TUNE SCROLL knob If there are multiple folders with audio files on the USB device turn the TUNE SCROLL knob to change folders Turn the knob to the left to skip back a folder Turn the knob to the right to skip ahead a folder If there is only one folder of audio files on the USB device turning the TUNE SCROLL knob in either direction will re turn to the first track on the USB device TUNE FOLDER knob If there are multiple folders with audio files on the USB device turn the TUNE FOLDER knob to change folders Turn the knob to the left to skip back a folder Turn the knob to the right to skip ahead a folder If there is only one folder of audio fles on the USB device turning the TUNE FOLDER knob in either direction will re turn to the first track on the USB device 4 70 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems LHA3077 USB Universal Serial Bus CONNECTION PORT models with Navigation System if so equipped Connecting a device to the USB input jack AWARNING Do not connect disconnect or operate the USB device while driving Doing so can be
402. ome devices require the user to accept connections to other Bluetooth devices If your phone does not connect automatic ally to the system consult the phone s Owner s Manual for details on device op eration You can connect up to 5 different Bluetooth cellular phones to the in vehicle phone module However you can talk on only one cellular phone at a time Before using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System refer to the following notes Set up the wireless connection between a compatible cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module before using the hands free phone system Some Bluetooth enabled cellular phones may not be recognized or work properly Please visit www nissanusa com bluetooth or www nissan ca bluetooth for a recom mended phone list and connecting instruc tions You will not be able to use a hands free phone under the following conditions Your vehicle is outside of the cellular ser vice area Your vehicle is in an area where it is difficult to receive a cellular signal such as in a tunnel in an underground parking garage near a tall building or in a moun tainous area Your cellular phone is locked to prevent it from being dialed When the radio wave condition is not ideal or ambient sound is too loud it may be difficult to hear the other person s voice dur ing a call Do not place the cellular phone in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in veh
403. on Depress the brake pedal and push the igni tion switch to start the engine To start the engine immediately push and release the ignition switch while depressing the brake pedal with the ignition switch in any position f the engine is very hard to start in ex tremely cold weather or when restarting depress the accelerator pedal a little ap proximately 1 3 to the floor and while holding crank the engine Release the accelerator pedal when the engine starts If the engine is very hard to start because it is flooded depress the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and hold it Push the ignition switch to the ON posi tion to start cranking the engine After 5 or 6 seconds stop cranking by pushing the ignition switch to LOCK After cranking the engine release the accelerator pedal Crank the engine with your foot off the 5 12 Starting and driving accelerator pedal by depressing the brake pedal and pushing the push button ignition switch to start the engine If the engine starts but fails to run repeat the above procedure A CAUTION Do not operate the starter for more than 15 seconds at a time If the engine does not start push the ignition switch to the OFF position and wait 10 seconds before cranking again otherwise the starter could be damaged 4 Warm up Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 sec onds after starting Do not race the engine while warming it up Drive at moderate speed
404. on VOL volume control knob 15 DISP display button 16 MEDIA button 17 FMAM button Audio main operation power button VOL volume con trol knob Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position and press the power button while the system is off to call up the mode radio CD AUX Bluetooth audio USB or iPod that was playing immediately before the system was turned off To turn the system off press the power button 4 52 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Turn the VOL volume control knob to adjust the volume This vehicle may be equipped with Speed Sen sitive Volume When this feature is active the audio volume changes as the driving speed changes ENTER SETTING button Press the ENTER SETTING button to show the Settings screen on the display Turn the TUNE FOLDER knob to navigate the options and then press the ENTER SETTING button to make a selection Speed Sens Vol Speed Sensitive Volume Adjusts the speed sensitive volume function which increases the volume of the audio system as the speed of the vehicle increases Set to OFF to disable the feature The higher the setting the more the volume in creases in relation to vehicle speed AUX Vol Choose a setting from O to 3 to control the boost of incoming auxiliary device volume A setting of O provides no additional boost in volume A setting of 3 provides the greatest boost in volume Brightnes
405. on indicator light 2 15 Manual front seat adjustment 1 2 MapllightS ie 445 ER xs 2 50 Map pocket ct tc hoe Gti we peres 2 41 Meters and gauges 05 2 3 Instrument brightness control 2 35 Mirror Automatic anti glare inside mirror 3 36 Inside miror leen 3 36 Outside mirror control 3 38 Outside mirrors llle 3 38 Va ity MINTON sss eo eee Ren L8 3 36 Mirrors iios geek kom sm rom dm yd om a 3 36 Mobileapps lens 4 83 MOOMOOE DM 2 47 N NissanConnect 2 00005 4 83 NISSAN Intelligent Key 3 20 NISSAN vehicle immobilizer System usos a xx REO RS 2 28 8 4 5 11 NISSAN voice recognition system 4 118 o Octane rating See fuel octane rating 9 5 Odometer zs sata eor Lao o dece 2 4 Oil Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants llle 9 2 Changing engine oil ss 8 12 Changing engine oil filter 8 13 Checking engine oil level 8 11 Engirig oil se see dhe debo m s 8 11 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 6 Engine oil viscosity ls 9 6 One shot call 4 88 4 101 4 102 4 112 Outside mirror control s pea eoni ss 3 38 Outside mirrors llle 3 38 Overheat If your vehicle overheats 6 10 Owner s manual orderform 9 21 Owner s manual service manual order information zm ox mor aoe ommo RR Rs 9 21 P Parking
406. on transmitter the signals will tend to fade and or drift Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 35 Static and flutter During signal interference from buildings large hills or due to antenna position usually in conjunction with increased distance from the station transmitter static or flutter can be heard This can be reduced by adjusting the treble control to reduce treble response Multipath reception Because of the reflective characteristics of FM signals direct and reflected signals reach the receiver at the same time The signals may cancel each other resulting in mo mentary flutter or loss of sound AM RADIO RECEPTION AM signals because of their low frequency can bend around objects and skip along the ground In addition the signals can be bounced off the ionosphere and bent back to earth Because of these characteristics AM signals are also sub ject to interference as they travel from transmitter to receiver Fading Occurs while the vehicle is passing through freeway underpasses or in areas with many tall buildings It can also occur for several seconds during ionospheric turbulence even in areas where no obstacles exist Static Caused by thunderstorms electrical power lines electric signs and even traffic lights SATELLITE RADIO RECEPTION if so equipped When the satellite radio is used for the first time or the battery has been replaced the satellite radio may not work pr
407. operly This is not a mal function Wait more than 10 minutes with satellite radio ON and the vehicle outside of any metal or large building for satellite radio to receive all of the necessary data No satellite radio reception is available and NO SAT is displayed when the SAT band option is selected unless optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and a SiriusXM Satellite Radio service subscription is active Satellite ra dio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam Satellite radio performance may be affected if cargo carried on the roof blocks the satellite radio signal If possible do not put cargo over the satellite antenna A build up of ice on the satellite radio antenna can affect satellite radio performance Remove the ice to restore satellite radio reception 4 36 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems COMPACT dE A LHAO0099 AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS Compact disc CD player A CAUTION e Do not force a compact disc into the CD insert slot This could damage the CD and or CD player e Trying to load a CD with the CD door closed could damage the CD and or CD player Only one CD can be loaded into the CD player at a time Only use high quality 4 7 in 12 cm round discs that have the COMPACT disc DIGITAL AUDIO logo on the disc or packaging During cold weather or rainy days the player may malfunction due to the h
408. or sudden stop This can also result in the passen ger air bag inflating in a crash instead of being OFF For additional information refer to Child restraints in this section for proper use and in stallation If the front passenger seat is not occupied the passenger air bag is designed not to inflate in a crash However heavy objects placed on the seat could result in air bag inflation because of the object s weight detected by the Occupant Classification Sensor Other conditions could also result in air bag inflation such as if a child is standing on the seat or if two children are on the seat contrary to the instructions in this manual Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants are seated and restrained properly Using the passenger air bag status light you can monitor when the front passenger air bag is au tomatically turned OFF with the seat occupied The light will not illuminate when the front pas senger seat is unoccupied If an adult occupant is in the seat but the passen ger air bag status light is illuminated indicating that the air bag is OFF it could be that the person is a small adult or is not sitting on the seat properly or not using the seat belt properly If a child restraint must be used in the front seat the passenger air bag status light may or may not be illuminated depending on the size of the child and the type of child restraint being used If the air bag status light is not illuminate
409. or hill climbing or engine braking on downhill grades 5 16 Starting and driving M1 1st Use this position when climbing steep hills slowly or driving slowly through deep snow sand or mud or for maximum engine braking on steep downhill grades Remember not to drive at high speeds for extended periods of time in lower than 7 range This reduces fuel economy When shifting up Move the shift lever to the up side Shifts to higher range When shifting down Move the shift lever to the down side Shifts to lower range Moving the shift lever rapidly to the same side twice will shift the ranges in succession When canceling the manual shift mode Return the shift lever to the D Drive position to return the transmission to the normal driving mode Inthe manual shift mode the transmis sion may not shift to the selected gear This helps maintain driving perfor mance and reduces the chance of ve hicle damage or loss of control Inthe manual shift mode the transmis sion may shift up automatically to a higher range than selected if the en gine speed is too high When the ve hicle speed decreases the transmis sion automatically shifts down and shifts to 1st gear before the vehicle comes to a stop CVT operation is limited to automatic drive mode when CVT fluid temperature is ex tremely low even if manual shift mode is selected This is not a malfunction When CVT fluid warms up
410. or sudden stop 1 16 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WRS0139 Unfastening the seat belts To unfasten the seat belt press the button on the buckle 1 The seat belt automatically retracts Checking seat belt operation Seat belt retractors are designed to lock seat belt movement by two separate methods When the seat belt is pulled quickly from the retractor When the vehicle slows down rapidly To increase your confidence in the seat belts check the operation as follows Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forward quickly The retractor should lock and re strict further belt movement If the retractor does not lock during this check or if you have any questions about seat belt opera tion see a NISSAN dealer Om LRS0242 Shoulder belt height adjustment front seats The shoulder belt anchor height should be ad justed to the position best for you For additional information refer to Precautions on seat belt usage in this section To adjust pull out the adjustment button 1 and move the shoulder belt anchor to the desired position 2 so the belt passes over the center of the shoulder The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder Release the adjustment button to lock the shoulder belt anchor into posi tion Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system A WARNING e After adjustment
411. or when ever the parking brake shoes and or drum rotors are replaced in order to assure the best brake performance This procedure is described in the vehicle service manual and can be performed by a NISSAN dealer ANTI LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM ABS A WARNING The Anti lock Braking System ABS is a sophisticated device but it cannot pre vent accidents resulting from careless or dangerous driving techniques It can help maintain vehicle control during braking on slippery surfaces Remem ber that stopping distances on slippery surfaces will be longer than on normal surfaces even with ABS Stopping dis tances may also be longer on rough gravel or snow covered roads or if you are using tire chains Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you Ultimately the driver is respon sible for safety Tire type and condition may also affect braking effectiveness When replacing tires install the specified size of tires on all four wheels When installing a spare tire make sure that it is the proper size and type as specified on the Tire and Loading Information label Refer to Tire and Loading Information label in the Technical and consumer informa tion section of this manual For additional information refer to Wheels and tires in the Mainte nance and do it yourself section of this manual The Anti lock Braking System ABS controls the brakes so the wheels do not lock during
412. ore speaking your command One Shot Call To use the system faster you may speak the second level commands with the main menu command on the main menu For example press the 4 button and after the tone say Call Redial LHA2273 CONTROL BUTTONS The control buttons for the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System are located on the steering wheel amp PHONE SEND Press the 4 button to initiate a VR session or answer an incoming call You can also use the f button to interrupt the system feedback and give a command at once For addi tional information refer to Voice com mands and During a call in this section me PHONE END While the Voice Recognition system is active press and hold the 4h but ton for 5 seconds to quit the Voice Recognition system at any time 4 ENTER button tuning switch While using the Voice Recognition system tilt the tuning switch up or down to manually control the phone system Press the ENTER button to select an option on the display screen GETTING STARTED The following procedures will help you get started using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with NISSAN Voice Recognition For ad ditional information refer to List of voice com mands in this section Choosing a language You can interact with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System using English Spanish or French To change the language perform the following 1
413. ormation Recommended fluids lubricants and capacities 9 2 Recommended fuel 2 2 cessisse 9 4 Engine oil and oil filter recommendations 9 6 Air conditioner system refrigerant and oil recommendations essen nn 9 7 SPSCHICATOMS ise ooo ace ovn esce dam hehehe 9 8 T rA 9 8 Wheels and tires 2 rr rene en 9 9 Dimensions and weights ssessesssse 9 9 When traveling or registering your vehicle in another couhlty etos c xvni rece sphere e 9 10 Vehicle identification sseee eene 9 10 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 10 Vehicle identification number chassis number 00 0c cece eee eee eee 9 10 Engine serial number sses sosise leen 9 11 F M V S S C M V S S certification label 9 11 Emission control information label 9 12 Tire and loading information label 9 12 Air conditioner specification label 9 12 Installing front license plate cc eee ee 9 13 Vehicle loading information 0 c cess ae 9 13 TEMS aei pioner gate sh ake eA agit tend ep ne aie 9 13 Vehicle load capacity 00 0 ce eee eee 9 14 Loading tips carton exer ree erba wia 9 16 Measurement of weights 0 e cesses 9 16 Towing a traller ecd rre tret Ree 9 17 Elat toWIng ios id dotted eher er REDDE 9 17 Uniform tire quality grading isses 9 17 Emission control system warr
414. ormation refer to Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Starting and driving section and Tire pressure in the Start ing and driving section AA WARNING e Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufac turer for the possible influences before use e If the light does not illuminate with the ignition switch in the ON position have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible e If the light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Driving with under inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and in crease the likelihood of tire failure Se rious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire placard located in the driver s door opening to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If the light still comes on while driving after adjusting the tire pressure a tire may be flat If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible e When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indicated the TPMS will not function and the low
415. ormation label is affixed to the driver side center pillar Tire pressures should be checked regularly because Most tires naturally lose air over time Tires can lose air suddenly when driven over potholes or other objects or if the vehicle strikes a curb while parking The tire pressures should be checked when the tires are cold The tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds The TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert pro vides visual and audible signals outside the vehicle for inflating the tires to the recommended COLD tire pressure For additional information refer to TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert in the Starting and driving section of this manual If the tires are used at speeds above 100 MPH 162 km h where it is legal to do so on a race track for example the cold tire inflation pressure must be in creased For additional information refer to Checking tire pressure in this section Set the tire pressure to the normal cold tire inflation pressure when the vehicle speed or load is reduced Incorrect tire pressure including un der inflation may adversely affect tire life and vehicle handling A WARNING e Improperly inflated tires can fail suddenly and cause an accident e The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR is located on the F M V S S C M V S S certifica tion label The vehicle weight ca pacity
416. ory Information c 0 e eee 4 100 Using the system cece om dee ladies 4 101 Control buttons 0 cece eee eee 4 102 Connecting procedure 2 20008 4 103 Voice commands risens tenes ed eee dened 4 104 Making Call eter e urriei 4 105 Receiving a call ee setae cadens reme 4 106 Du ring a call 5 cte see metere merce a 4 106 Ending Call eci eii iensen au rudera es 4 106 Bluetooth settings 0 600 cence eee 4 116 Text messaging eh tase we Aas ea 4 107 Phone Settings iem bI Rs 4 117 Bluetooth settings necne reme 4 108 NISSAN Voice Recognition System Manual control 4 109 if so equipped 0 eee cece eee eee 4 118 Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with Using the system esses 4 118 Navigation System if so equipped 4 110 System features osse ise eee ERE REED 4 119 Regulatory Information seca ee 4 111 Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Moice commands esee hmmm mmn 4 112 voice commands ccceccccececcccecee 4 120 Connecting Procedure 20 10 16 sss eee ee eee 4 112 Navigation System voice commands 4 121 Vehicle phonebook csse 4 119 Audio system voice commands su 4 121 Making a Call eee eee nn atte Information voice commands 0055 4 121 Receiving aball 2 saws Mae aati res 4 113 My Apps Voice Commands sese 4 121 D ringia call 22 beso breues
417. oth 2 Say Messaging Select On or Off to turn the vehicle s 3 Say Read Text NOTE Bluetooth system on or off Text messages are only displayed if the Add Phone or Device vehicle speed is less than 5 mph 8 km h To connect a phone to the system refer to Connecting procedure in this section 4 108 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Delete Phone or Device Select to delete a phone from the displayed list The system will ask to confirm before deleting the phone Replace Phone Select to replace a phone from the displayed list When a selection is made the system will ask to confirm before proceeding The recorded phonebook for the phone being deleted will be saved as long as the new phone s phonebook is the same as the old phone s phonebook Select Phone or Device Select to connect to a previously connected phone from the displayed list Phonebook Download Select to turn on or off the automatic down load of a connected phone s phonebook Show Incoming Calls Select Driver Only to have incoming call information displayed only in the vehicle in formation display Select Both to have in coming call information displayed in both the vehicle information display and the center display screen Text Message Select to turn on or off the vehicle s text messaging feature New Text Sound Select to adjust the volume of the sound that plays when a new text is received by a phone conn
418. other position keeping the indicator light in view at all times If you have any questions or are having difficulty programming your HomeLink buttons refer to the HomeLink web site at www homelink com or call 1 800 355 3515 Instruments and controls 2 53 CLEARING THE PROGRAMMED INFORMATION The following procedure clears the programmed information from both buttons Individual buttons cannot be cleared However individual buttons can be reprogrammed For additional informa tion refer to Reprogramming a single HomeLink button in this section To clear all programming 1 Press and hold the two outer HomeLink buttons until the indicator light begins to flash in approximately 10 seconds Do not hold for longer than 20 seconds 2 Release both buttons HomeLink is now in the programming mode and can be programmed at any time beginning with Programming HomeLink Step 1 REPROGRAMMING A SINGLE HOMELINK amp BUTTON To reprogram a HomeLink Universal Trans ceiver button complete the following 1 Press and hold the desired HomeLink but ton DO NOT release the button 2 54 Instruments and controls 2 The indicator light will begin to flash after 20 seconds Without releasing the HomeLink button proceed with Pro gramming HomeLink Step 1 For questions or comments contact HomeLink at www homelink com or 1 800 355 3515 except Mexico The HomeLink Universal Transcei
419. ough the selected outlet Use the off position for normal heater or air con ditioner operation Air conditioner button Start the engine turn the fan control dial to the desired position and press the E button to turn on the air conditioner To turn off the air conditioner press the U button again The air conditioner cooling function oper ates only when the engine is running Rear window and outside mirror if so equipped defroster button For additional information refer to Rear window and outside mirror if so equipped defroster Switch in the Instruments and controls section of this manual HEATER OPERATION Heating This mode is used to direct heated air to the foot outlets Some air also flows from the defrost outlets and the side vent outlets 1 Press the CS button to the OFF position for normal heating 2 Press the v 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion air flow control button 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position between the middle and the hot position Ventilation This mode directs outside air to the side and center vents 1 Press the V2 button to the OFF position 2 Press the j air flow control button 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position Defrosting or defogging This mode directs the air to the defrost outlets to defrost defog the windows 1
420. ound the camera unit CRUISE CONTROL if so equipped LSD2088 PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CONTROL CANCEL switch ACCEL RES switch COAST SET switch ON OFF switch If the cruise control system malfunctions it cancels automatically The SET indicator light in the instrument panel then blinks to warn the driver e 5 WO ND e f the SET indicator light blinks turn the cruise control switch off and have the sys tem checked by a NISSAN dealer The SET indicator light may blink when the cruise control switch is turned ON while pushing the ACCEL RES COAST SET or CANCEL switch To properly set the cruise control system use the following proce dures A WARNING Do not use the cruise control when driving under the following conditions e When it is not possible to keep the vehicle at a set speed e In heavy traffic or in traffic that varies in speed e On winding or hilly roads On slippery roads rain snow ice etc e In very windy areas Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle control and result in an accident CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS The cruise control allows driving at a speed be tween 25 89 MPH 40 144 km h without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal To turn on the cruise control push the ON OFF switch on The CRUISE indicator light in the instrument panel will illuminate To set cruising speed accelerate the vehicle to the desired speed push the C
421. our command and will prompt you to confirm that the name is correct Say Yes to initiate the call or No to hear an other name from the phonebook Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 105 Phone Number Speak this command to place a call by inputting numbers For 7 to 10 digit phone number speak the numbers Say Correction at any time in the process to correct a misspoken or misinterpreted number For phone numbers with more dig its or special characters say Special Num ber then speak the digits Up to 24 digits can be entered Available special characters are start pound plus and pause When finished say Dial to initiate the call Say Correction at any time in the process to correct a misspoken or misinterpreted number or character Redial Speak this command to dial the number of the last outgoing call The system will display Re dialing lt name number gt The name of the phonebook entry will be displayed if it available otherwise the num ber being re dialed will be displayed Call Back Speak this command to dial the number of the last incoming call The system will display Calling back lt name number gt The name of the phone book entry will be displayed if it available otherwise the number being called back will be displayed RECEIVING A CALL When a call is received by the phone connected to the vehicle s Bluetooth Ha
422. our vehicle checked at a NISSAN dealer However now and then you may notice light spark knock for a short time while accelerating or driving up hills This is not a cause for concern because you get the greatest fuel benefit when there is light spark knock for a short time under heavy engine load Technical and consumer information 9 5 API certification mark API service symbol LTI2051 ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RECOMMENDATIONS Selecting the correct oil It is essential to choose the correct grade quality and viscosity engine oil to ensure satisfactory engine life and performance For additional infor mation refer to Recommended fluids lubricants and capacities in this section NISSAN recom mends the use of an energy conserving oil in order to improve fuel economy Select only engine oils that meet the American Petroleum Institute API certification or Interna tional Lubricant Standardization and Approval 9 6 Technical and consumer information Committee ILSAC certification and SAE vis cosity standard These oils have the API certifica tion mark on the front of the container Oils which do not have the specified quality label should not be used as they could cause engine damage Oil additives NISSAN does not recommend the use of oil additives The use of an oil additive is not neces sary when the proper oil type is used and main tenance intervals are followed Oil which may contain for
423. ower anchor location LATCH lower anchor point locations The LATCH anchors are located at the rear of the seat cushion near the seatback A label is at tached to the seatback to help you locate the LATCH anchors Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRS0661 LATCH webbing mounted attachment Installing child restraint LATCH lower anchor attachments LATCH compatible child restraints include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be connected to two anchors located at certain seating positions in your vehicle With this sys tem you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint Check your child re straint for a label stating that it is compatible with LATCH This information may also be in the in structions provided by the child restraint manu facturer 1 23 LRS0662 LATCH rigid mounted attachment When installing a child restraint carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual and those supplied with the child restraint WRS0797 Top tether anchor point locations The child restraint top tether strap must be used when installing the child restraint with the LATCH lower anchor attachments or seat belts For ad ditional information refer to Installing top tether strap in this section 1 24 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AWARNING Child restraint anchorages are designed to
424. perfor mance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law 9 18 Technical and consumer information A WARNING The temperature grade for this tire is es tablished for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed under inflation or excessive loading ei ther separately or in combination can cause heat build up and possible tire failure EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARRANTY Your NISSAN vehicle is covered by the following emission warranties For USA 1 Emission Defects Warranty 2 Emissions Performance Warranty Details of this warranty may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty Information Booklet which comes with your NISSAN vehicle If you did not receive a Warranty Information Booklet or it is lost you may obtain a replace ment by writing to Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 685003 Franklin TN 37068 5003 For Canada Emission Control System Warranty Details of this warranty may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty Information Booklet which comes with your NISSAN vehicle If you did not receive a Warranty Information Booklet or it is lost you may obtain a replace ment by writing to Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario LAW 4Z5
425. phone dial seven four oh one eight previous entry delete dial nine seven two six six call seven six three oh one goback callfive six two eight zero dial six six four three seven MANUAL CONTROL While using the Voice Recognition system it is possible to select menu options by using the steering wheel controls instead of speaking voice commands The manual control mode does not allow dialing a phone number by digits The user may select an entry from the Phonebook or Re cent Calls lists To re activate Voice Recognition exit the manual control mode by pressing and holding the PHONE END button At that time pressing the PHONE SEND 6 button will start the Hands Free Phone System Operating tips To enter manual control mode start the Voice Recognition system and tilt the tuning switch up or down The system will speak Showing Manual Options when manual controls are initially activated To browse the menu options tilt the tuning switch up or down The system will always speak the current menu option De pending on the audio display it will also show the current menu option To select the current menu option press the PHONE SEND 6 button To go back to the previous menu press the PHONE END button If the current menu is the Main Menu pressing the PHONE END M button will exit the Phone system To exit the manual control mode press and
426. play shows 3 ft 1 m to the but the actual 3 ft 1 m distance on the hill is the place B Note that any object on the hill is viewed in the monitor further than it appears LHA3101 Backing up on a steep downhill When backing up the vehicle down a hill the distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown farther than the actual distance For example the display shows 1 0 m 3 ft to the place but the actual 1 0 m 3 ft distance on 4 20 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems the hill is the place B Note that any object on the hill is closer than it appears on the monitor LHA2946 LHA3100 Backing up near a projecting object The vehicle may seem to nearly clear the object in the display However the vehicle may hit the object if it projects over the actual backing up course Backing up behind a projecting object The position is shown farther than the position in the display However the position is actually at the same distance as the position amp The vehicle may hit the object when backing up to the position if the object projects over the actual backing up course HOW TO ADJUST THE SCREEN To adjust the Display ON OFF Brightness Tint Color Contrast and Black Level of the RearView Monitor press the ENTER SETTING button with the RearView Monitor on select the item key and adjust the level using the multi
427. position 2 Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and move the shift lever into a driving gear 3 Release the foot brake then gradually start the vehicle in motion 4 Stop the vehicle completely before shifting the shift lever to the P Park position The CVT is designed so the foot brake pedal MUST be depressed before shifting from P Park to any drive position while the ignition switch is in the ON position The shift lever cannot be moved out of P Park and into any of the other gear posi tions if the ignition switch is pushed to the LOCK position 5 14 Starting and driving SOSOSOSO LSD2085 To move the shift lever Press the button A while depressing the m brake pedal D Press the button to shift C Shift without pressing button Shifting After starting the engine fully depress the brake pedal and move the shift lever from P Park to any of the desired shift positions A WARNING Apply the parking brake if the shift lever is in any position while the engine is not running Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in serious personal injury or property damage P Park A CAUTION To prevent transmission damage use the P Park or R Reverse position only when the vehicle is completely stopped Use the P Park shift lever position when the vehicle is parked or when starting the engine Make sure the vehicle is complet
428. pressed with a compact disc loaded the compact disc will eject and the last source will be played If the disc is not removed within 10 seconds the disc will reload Additional features For additional information about the iPod player available with this system refer to iPod player operation with Navigation System in this section For additional information about the USB Uni versal Serial Bus connection port available with this system refer to USB Universal Serial Bus connection port models with Navigation Sys tem in this section For additional information about the Bluetooth audio interface available with this system refer to Bluetooth streaming audio with Navigation System in this section 4 68 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems LHA3077 USB Universal Serial Bus CONNECTION PORT models without Navigation System if so equipped Connecting a device to the USB input jack AWARNING Do not connect disconnect or operate the USB device while driving Doing so can be a distraction If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an acci dent or serious injury A CAUTION e Do not force the USB device into the USB port Inserting the USB device tilted or up side down into the port may damage the port Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB port Do not grab the USB port cover if so equipped
429. pressure Losing control of the vehicle may cause a collision and result in personal injury The vehicle generally moves or pulls in the direction of the flat tire e Do not rapidly apply the brakes Do not rapidly release the accelerator pedal e Do not rapidly turn the steering wheel 1 Remain calm and do not overreact 2 Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel with both hands and try to hold a straight course 3 When appropriate slowly release the accel erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle 4 Gradually steer the vehicle to a safe location off the road and away from traffic if possible 5 Lightly apply the brake pedal to gradually stop the vehicle 6 Turn on the hazard warning flashers and contact a roadside emergency service to change the tire For additional information refer to Changing a flat tire in the In case of emergency section of this manual DRINKING ALCOHOL DRUGS AND DRIVING A WARNING Never drive under the influence of alcohol or drugs Alcohol in the bloodstream re duces coordination delays reaction time and impairs judgement Driving after drinking alcohol increases the likelihood of being involved in an accident injuring yourself and others Additionally if you are injured in an accident alcohol can increase the severity of the injury Starting and driving 5 7 NISSAN is committed to safe driving However you must choose not to drive under the influence of
430. proper ventilation for exhaust gases to escape Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by a jack If it is neces sary to work under the vehicle support it with safety stands Keep smoking materials flame and sparks away from the fuel tank and battery On gasoline engine models the fuel filter or fuel lines should be serviced by a NISSAN dealer because the fuel lines are under high pressure even when the engine is off Maintenance and do it yourself 8 5 CAUTION e Do not work under the hood while the engine is hot Turn the engine off and wait until it cools down Avoid contact with used engine oil and coolant Improperly disposed engine oil engine coolant and or other vehicle fluids can damage the environment Al ways conform to local regulations for disposal of vehicle fluid e Never leave the engine or the CVT re lated component harness connector disconnected while the ignition switch is in the ON position e Never connect or disconnect the battery or any transistorized component while the ignition switch is in the ON position This Maintenance and do it yourself section gives instructions regarding only those items which are relatively easy for an owner to perform 8 6 Maintenance and do it yourself A Genuine NISSAN service manual is also avail able For additional information refer to Owner s Manual Service Manual order information in the Technical and consumer information
431. proximately 10 seconds 3 Repeat Steps 1 and 2 4 Restart the engine while holding the device which may have caused the interference separate from the registered key If the no start condition re occurs NISSAN rec ommends placing the registered key on a sepa rate key ring to avoid interference from other devices BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE Make sure the area around the vehicle is clear Check fluid levels such as engine oil cool ant brake fluid and windshield washer fluid as frequently as possible or at least when ever you refuel Check that all windows and lights are clean Visually inspect tires for their appearance and condition Also check tires for proper inflation Lock all doors Position seat and adjust headrests head re straints Adjust inside and outside mirrors Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers to do likewise Check the operation of warning lights when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position For additional information refer to Warning indicator lights and audible re minders in the Instruments and controls section of this manual Starting and driving 5 11 STARTING THE ENGINE 1 Apply the parking brake 2 Move the shift lever to P Park or N Neu tral P Park is recommended The starter is designed not to operate if the shift lever is in any of the driving positions 3 Push the ignition switch to the ON positi
432. quired When performing any checks or maintenance work closely observe the Maintenance precau tions in this section EXPLANATION OF GENERAL MAINTENANCE ITEMS Additional information on the following items with is found in this section Outside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be performed from time to time unless otherwise specified Doors and engine hood Check that the doors and engine hood operate properly Also ensure that all latches lock securely Lubricate hinges latches latch pins rollers and links as necessary Make sure that the secondary latch keeps the hood from opening when the primary latch is released When driving in areas using road salt or other corrosive materials check lubrication frequently Lights Clean the headlights on a regular basis Make sure that the headlights stop lights tail lights turn signal lights and other lights are all operating properly and installed securely Also check headlight aim Road wheel nuts lug nuts When checking the tires make sure no wheel nuts are missing and check for any loose wheel nuts Tighten if necessary Tire rotation Tires should be rotated every 5 000 miles 8 000 km Tires Check the pressure with a gauge often and always prior to long distance trips If neces sary adjust the pressure in all tires including the spare to the pressure specified Check carefully for damage cuts or excessive wear Tire Pressu
433. r button on the steering Touch the red phone icon on the screen DURING A CALL While a call is active the following options are available on the screen Handset Select this option to switch control of the phone call over to the handset Mute Mic Select this option to mute the microphone Select again to unmute the microphone Red phone zh icon Select to end the phone call ENDING A CALL To end a phone call select the red phone 49h icon on the screen or press the button on the steering wheel Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 113 TEXT MESSAGING A WARNING Laws in some jurisdictions may restrict the use of Text to Speech Check lo cal regulations before using this feature Laws in some jurisdictions may restrict the use of some of the applications and features such as social networking and texting Check local regulations for any requirements Use the text messaging feature after stopping your vehicle in a safe location If you have to use the feature while driving exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation e If you are unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while using the text messaging feature pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle NOTE Many phones may require special permis sion to enable text messaging Check the phone s screen
434. r bag and status light AWARNING The front passenger air bag is designed to automatically turn OFF under some condi tions Read this section carefully to learn how it operates Proper use of the seat seat belt and child restraints is necessary for most effective protection Failure to follow all instructions in this manual con cerning the use of seats seat belts and child restraints can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident Status light The front passenger seat is equipped with an Occupant Classification Sensor weight sensor that turns the front passenger air bag on or off depending on the weight applied to the front passenger seat The status of the front passen ger air bag ON or OFF is indicated by a front passenger air bag status light 4 which is located on the instrument panel After the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the front passenger air bag status light on the instrument panel illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off or remains illumi nated depending on the front passenger seat occupied status The light operates as follows Unoccupied front passengers seat The amp lightis OFF and the front passen ger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash Front passenger s seat occupied by a small adult child or child restraint as outlined in the Safety section of the owner s manual The amp light illuminates to indicate that the front passenger air b
435. r operation esses 3 30 Interior trunk lid release 0 00 cece eee 3 31 Fuel filler door e rere rer Re end 3 32 Opener operation esee 3 32 Fuel fillet Gaps term e oan gales ave asl 3 32 Tilt telescopic steering 0600 e eee eee ee 3 34 Tilt opetatiori ios saat caw ee RU erana dandis 3 35 Telescopic operation ne 3 35 Sn VISOS irit odd ebbe bbb debt ipee 3 35 Vanity milfOIS 2 sezc cue be bI Gd nireti oes 3 36 MIMO c REPE 3 36 Rearview mirror if so equipped sss 3 36 Automatic anti glare rearview mirror if so equipped cesrsssre topasi riiai etenei 3 36 Outside MINOS es iwi esee rara aE TELE HER 3 38 KEYS Eier LPD2076 Type A if so equipped 1 Intelligent Key 2 sets 2 Mechanical key 3 Key number plate 1 plate NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY Your vehicle can only be driven with the Intelligent Keys which are registered to your vehicle s Intel ligent Key system components and NISSAN Ve hicle Immobilizer System components As many as four Intelligent Keys can be registered and used with one vehicle The new keys must be registered by a NISSAN dealer prior to use with the Intelligent Key system and NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System of your vehicle Since the 3 2 Pre driving checks and adjustments LPD2260 Type B if so equipped registration process requires erasing all memory in the Intelligent Key components when register ing new keys
436. r phone owner s manual regarding the telephone charges cellular phone antenna and body etc The signal strength display on the monitor will not coincide with the signal strength display of some cellular phones REGULATORY INFORMATION FCC Regulatory information CAUTION To maintain compliance with FCC s RF exposure guidelines use only the supplied antenna Unauthorized antenna modification or attachments could damage the transmitter and may violate FCC regula tions Operation is subject to the following two con ditions 1 This device may not cause interference and Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 111 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause unde sired operation of the device IC Regulatory information Operation is subject to the following two con ditions 1 this device may not cause interfer ence and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device This Class B digital apparatus meets all re quirements of the Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Regulations BLUETOOTH is a trademark owned by Bluetooth Bluetooth SIG Inc and licensed to Bosch VOICE COMMANDS You can use voice commands to operate various Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System features using the NISSAN Voice Recognition system For additional information refer to
437. rading 9 17 Wheels andtires 0 8 36 Wheel tiesize ee 9 9 Tire pressure Low tire pressure warning light 2 12 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 5 3 Towing Flattowing i s i ok xke 9 17 Tow truck towing sess 6 11 Trailer towing lees 9 17 Towing a trailer a aaae 9 17 Transceiver HomeLink Universal Transceiver 2 51 2 53 2 53 2 54 Transmission Continuously Variable Transmission CVT fiildir o iion es sae nct ec tah nid 8 14 Driving with Continuously Variable Transmission CVT Ln 5 13 Transmission shift lever lock release 5 17 Travel See registering your vehicle in another COUNTY e 2 uon et ade dum ante ded 9 10 Trip odometer se se o n n 2 4 Troubleshooting guide NISSAN voice recognition system gnc S bh bobbed be oed 4 122 Trunk access through the rear seat 1 5 Trunk lid lock opener lever 3 30 TURK lighlE eau un them ba Gb eres 2 50 Turn signal switch sls 2 35 U Uniform tire quality grading 9 17 USB interface 4 68 4 70 Audio file operation 4 69 4 71 V Vanity Mirrors cco eae Re eee ee a a 3 36 Variable voltage control system 8 20 Vehicle dimensions and weights 9 9 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off switch 2 39 Vehicle dynamic control VDC system 5 34 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system 5 34 Vehicle identific
438. range s2 lt circiceneracs aera einen 5 9 Push button ignition switch positions 5 9 Emergency engine shut off 0 008 5 10 NISSAN Intelligent Key battery discharge 5 10 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System 5 11 Before starting the engine 0c cee eee 5 11 Starting the engine eres kes ehe hex c x oai iii 5 12 Remote start if so equipped ssssuue 5 12 Driving the vehicle cerier one See ren 5 13 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT 5 13 Parking brake e oerte re ett eere a 5 19 Blind Spot Warning BSW System Lane Departure Warning LDW System if so equipped 5 19 BSW system operation lseslessesue 5 20 BSW driving situations 00 5 22 LDW system operation 0 00 c eee eee ves 5 24 BSW LDW temporary disabled status 5 26 BSW LDW automatic deactivation 5 26 BSW LDW malfunction sseslsesesse 5 26 Camera unit maintenance sssssss 5 26 Cruise control if so equipped eee eee ee 5 27 Precautions on cruise control 0 005 5 27 Cruise control operations 005 5 27 Breakcin schedule i epa tede Run 5 28 Fuel efficient driving tips 0c eee e eee eee 5 29 Increasing fuel economy 5 30 Parking parking on hills lisse eese 5 30 Power Steering ssi erre reb har nre Rex es 5 81 Brake sys
439. ration does not operate prop erly after performing the above procedure see a NISSAN dealer for assistance No initialization is required for all the other win dow switches MOONROOF if so equipped LIC2313 POWER MOONROOF The moonroof will only operate when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position The power moonroof is operational for a period of time even if the ignition switch is placed in the ACC or OFF position If the driver s door or the front passen ger s door is opened during this period of time the power to the moonroof is canceled Sliding the moonroof To fully open or close the moonroof push the switch to the open 2 or close 1 position and release it it need not be held The roof will automatically open or close all the way To stop the roof push the switch once more while it is opening or closing Tilting the moonroof To tilt up first close the moonroof then push the Switch to the tilt up position 1 and release it it need not be held To tilt down the moonroof push the switch to the tilt down position 2 Resetting the moonroof switch If the moonroof does not operate properly per form the following procedure to initialize the moonroof operation system 1 If the moonroof is open close it fully by repeatedly pushing the moonroof switch to the close position 1 to tilt the moonroof up 2 Push and hold the switch to the close posi tion 1
440. ration without Navigation System if so equipped a a 0 cece eee eee eee iPod player operation with Navigation System if so equipped naien eee Bluetooth streaming audio without Navigation System Type A if so equipped Bluetooth streaming audio without Navigation System Type B if so equipped Bluetooth streaming audio with Navigation System coscetxbensest P EEERPXGd Eg Pd Pe Ms CD care and cleaning ssseeeesesuse Steering wheel switch for audio control Antonia eere tapeserfeRbsttedteked wea e dis NissanConnect M Mobile Apps if so equipped Registering with NissanConnect Mobile ADDS ussecroe dave bode adiu ited sh etate Connect Phone s serrer erta iria REPE VUR 4 83 Application Download sse 4 84 Car phone or CB radiOssie iniia ankan 4 84 Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System without Navigation System Type A if so equipped 4 85 Regulatory Information cece eee 4 86 Using the system ss crsmesrrsr eri Ren 4 87 Conirolb ttons ssec eror pr e PPPRER 4 89 Getting Started 2 ccrto eere pe pERER 4 89 List of voice commands sssssesesssse 4 91 Voice Adaptation VA mode ssseessue 4 96 Manual controls 2e tnoiicbbcebl M RAP UE NDS 4 97 Troubleshooting guide 0c cece ee eee 4 98 Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System without Navigation System Type B if so equipped 4 99 Regulat
441. re Monitoring System TPMS transmitter components Replace the TPMS transmitter grommet seal valve core and cap when the tires are replaced due to wear or age Wheel alignment and balance If the vehicle should pull to either side while driving on a straight and level road or if you detect uneven or abnormal tire wear there may be a need for wheel alignment If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normal highway speeds wheel balancing may be needed For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet Windshield Clean the windshield on a regular basis Check the windshield at least every six months for cracks or other damage Have a dam aged windshield repaired by a qualified repair facility Windshield wiper blades Check for cracks or wear if they do not wipe properly Inside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked on a regular basis such as when per forming periodic maintenance cleaning the ve hicle etc Additional information on the following items with an is found in this section Accelerator pedal Check the pedal for smooth operation and make sure the pedal does not bind or require uneven effort Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Brake pedal Check the pedal for smooth opera tion If the brake pedal suddenly goes down fur ther than normal the pedal f
442. re are two options to recover a stuck vehicle pulling and rocking For additional information regarding these options please refer to the fol lowing sections Pulling a stuck vehicle A WARNING To avoid vehicle damage serious personal injury or death when recovering a stuck vehicle Contact a professional towing service to recover the vehicle if you have any questions regarding the recovery procedure e Do not use the vehicle tie downs to tow or free a stuck vehicle e Only use devices specifically designed for vehicle recovery and follow the manufacturer s instructions Always pull the recovery device straight out from the front of the vehicle Never pull at an angle e Route recovery devices so they do not touch any part of the vehicle except the attachment point If your vehicle is stuck in sand snow mud etc use a tow strap or other device designed specifi cally for vehicle recovery Always follow the manufacturer s instructions for the recovery de vice NOTE Do not use the tie down hooks for towing or vehicle recovery Rocking a stuck vehicle A WARNING Stand clear of a stuck vehicle Do not spin your tires at high speed This could cause them to explode and result in serious injury Parts of your vehicle could also overheat and be damaged If your vehicle is stuck in sand snow mud etc use the following procedure T Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system M
443. re pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS e Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors A CAUTION Do not place metalized film or any metal parts antenna etc on the windows This may cause poor reception of the signals from the tire pressure sensors and the TPMS will not function properly Some devices and transmitters may temporarily interfere with the operation of the TPMS and cause the low tire pressure warning light to illu minate Some examples are Facilities or electric devices using similar radio frequencies are near the vehicle f a transmitter set to similar frequencies is being used in or near the vehicle If a computer or similar equipment or a DC AC converter is being used in or near the vehicle FCC Notice For USA This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the fol lowing two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference re ceived including interference that may cause undesired operation NOTE Changes or modification not expr
444. rear facing direction and therefore must not be used in the front seat Position the child restraint on the seat Always follow the restraint manufacturer s instructions WRSO0761 LRS2395 Rear facing step 3 Rear facing step 2 2 Route the seat belt tongue through the child 3 Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s in structions for belt routing 1 28 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system extended At this time the seat belt retractor is in the ALR mode child restraint mode It reverts to the ELR mode when the seat belt is fully retracted LRS2396 Rear facing step 4 4 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on the shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt WRS0762 Rear facing step 5 5 Remove any additional slack from the seat belt press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt LRS2397 Rear facing step 6 6 After attaching the child restraint test it be fore you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the seat belt path The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to
445. rear seats if the rear seat back release is equipped with a lock with the mechanical key 4 Hand the Intelligent Key to the valet and keep the mechanical key with you Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 3 For additional information refer to Storage in the Instruments and controls section and Seats in the Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM KEYS You can only drive your vehicle using the master keys which are registered to the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System components in your vehicle The master key can be used for all the locks Never leave these keys in the vehicle Additional or replacement keys If you still have a key the key number is not necessary when you need extra NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys A NISSAN dealer can duplicate your existing key This is because the registration process will erase the memory of all key codes previously registered into the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System A CAUTION Do not allow the immobilizer system key which contains an electrical transponder to come into contact with water or salt water This could affect system function 3 4 Pre driving checks and adjustments DOORS When the doors are locked using one of the following methods the doors cannot be opened using the inside or outside door handles The doors must be unlocked to open the doors A WARNING e Always have the doors
446. refer to Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system in the Starting and driving section of this manual The Vehicle Dynamic Control light also comes on when you push the push button ignition switch to the ON position The light will turn off after about 2 seconds if the system is operational If the light stays on or comes on along with the indi cator light while you are driving have the Vehicle Dynamic Control system checked by a NISSAN dealer While the Vehicle Dynamic Control system is operating you might feel slight vibration or hear the system working when starting the vehicle or accelerating but this is normal AUDIBLE REMINDERS Brake pad wear warning The disc brake pads have audible wear warnings When a disc brake pad requires replacement it makes a high pitched scraping sound when the vehicle is in motion whether or not the brake pedal is depressed Have the brakes checked as Soon as possible if the warning sound is heard Light reminder chime With the ignition switch placed in the OFF posi tion a chime sounds when the driver s door is opened if the headlights or parking lights are on Turn the headlight control switch off before leav ing the vehicle NISSAN Intelligent Key door buzzer The Intelligent Key door buzzer sounds if the Intelligent Key is left inside the vehicle when locking the doors When the buzzer sounds be sure to check both the vehicle and the Intelligent Key For additional information
447. removed and the seat belt is fully retracted the ALR mode child re straint mode is canceled LRS2627 Rear bench seat Top tether strap 2 Anchor point Installing top tether strap The child restraint top tether strap must be used when installing the child restraint with seat belts First secure the child restraint with the seat belt Rear bench seat OUTBOARD SEATING POSITIONS 1 Remove the head restraint headrest and store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint headrest when the child restraint is removed For additional informa tion refer to Head restraints headrests in this section for head restraint headrest ad justment removal and installation informa tion 2 Position the top tether strap 1 over the seatback 3 Secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point 2 on the ledge behind the child re straint 4 Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to remove any slack CENTER SEATING POSITION 1 Remove the head restraint headrest and store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint headrest when the child restraint is removed For additional informa tion refer to Head restraints headrests in this section for head restraint headrest ad justment removal and installation informa tion 2 Position the top tether strap 1 over the seatback 3 Secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point
448. rious injury A CAUTION e Do not force the USB device into the USB port Inserting the USB device tilted or up side down into the port may damage the port Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB port Do not grab the USB port cover if so equipped when pulling the USB device out of the port This could damage the port and the cover Do not leave the USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unintentionally Pulling the cable may damage the port The vehicle is not equipped with a USB device USB devices should be purchased separately as necessary This system cannot be used to format USB de vices To format a USB device use a personal computer In some jurisdictions the USB device for the front seats plays only sound without images for regu latory reasons even when the vehicle is parked This system supports various USB connection port devices USB hard drives and iPod play ers Some USB devices may not be supported by this system e Partitioned USB devices may not play cor rectly Some characters used in other languages Chinese Japanese etc may not appear properly in the display Using English lan guage characters with a USB device is rec ommended General notes for USB if so equipped use Refer to your device manufacturer s owner information regarding the proper use and care of the device Notes for iPod if so equipped use iPod is a trade
449. rn on the automatic anti glare feature again press the button for inside mirrors without compass e the button for inside mirrors with compass The indicator light will turn on LPD0470 Type C With compass if so equipped For additional information on HomeLink Univer sal Transceiver operation if so equipped refer to the HomeLink Universal Transceiver in the Instruments and controls section of this manual For additional information on the compass dis play if so equipped refer to Compass display in the Instruments and controls section of this manual Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 37 LPD2083 OUTSIDE MIRRORS A WARNING Do not adjust the mirrors while driving You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident Objects viewed in the outside mirror on the passenger side are closer than they appear Be careful when moving to the right Using only this mirror could cause an accident Use the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder to properly judge distances to other objects 3 38 Pre driving checks and adjustments The outside mirror remote control only operates when the ignition switch is placed in the ACC or ON position Move the small switch 1 to select the right or left mirror Adjust each mirror to the desired position using the large switch 2 LPD2084 Manual folding outside mirrors
450. ront seat mounted side impact supple mental air bag Roof mounted curtain side impact and roll over supplemental air bag Seat belt with pretensioner Supplemental front impact air bag system The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System can help cushion the impact force to the head and chest of the driver and front passenger in certain frontal collisions Front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the chest area of the driver and front passenger in certain side impact collisions The side air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted Roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the head of occupants in front and rear outboard seating positions in certain side impact colli sions The curtain air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted In a rollover the curtain air bags are designed to inflate and remain inflated for a short time The SRS is designed to supplement the crash protection provided by the driver and front pas senger seat belts and is not a substitute for them Seat belts should always be correctly worn and the occupant seated a suitable distance away from the steering wheel instrument panel and door finishers For additional information refer to Seat belts in this section for instructions and precautions on se
451. ructions and precautions below must be fol lowed AWARNING If done incorrectly jump starting can lead to a battery explosion resulting in severe injury or death It could also damage your vehicle e Explosive hydrogen gas is always pres ent in the vicinity of the battery Keep all sparks and flames away from the battery Do not allow battery fluid to come into contact with eyes skin clothing or painted surfaces Battery fluid is a cor rosive sulfuric acid solution which can cause severe burns If the fluid should come into contact with anything imme diately flush the contacted area with water e Keep battery out of the reach of children The booster battery must be rated at 12 volts Use of an improperly rated battery can damage your vehicle e Whenever working on or near a battery always wear suitable eye protectors for example goggles or industrial safety spectacles and remove rings metal bands or any other jewelry Do not lean over the battery when jump starting e Do not attempt to jump start a frozen battery It could explode and cause se rious injury Your vehicle has an automatic engine cooling fan It could come on at any time Keep hands and other objects away from it LCE2223 A WARNING 3 n the ignition switch to the LOCK posi Always follow the instructions below Fail l ure to do so could result in damage to the 4 Ensure the vent caps are level and tight c
452. s For additional information refer to BSW driving situations in this section Turning on or off the BSW system The BSW system is turned on or off using the settings menu in the vehicle information display SYSTEM ON The BSW indicator in the vehicle information display will appear SYSTEM OFF The BSW indicator in the vehicle information display will disappear Perform the following steps to enable or disable the BSW system 1 Press the button until Settings dis plays in the vehicle information display Use the to select Driver Assistance Then press the ENTER button Starting and driving 5 21 2 Select Driving Aids and press the ENTER button 3 To set the BSW system to on or off use the v buttons to navigate in the menu and use the ENTER button to select or change an item Select Blind Spot and press the ENTER button To turn on the warning use the ENTER button to check box for Warning BSW A WARNING e The camera unit may not be able to detect when certain objects are present such as Pedestrians bicycles animals Some types of small vehicles such as motorcycles and very short length vehicles Oncoming vehicles A vehicle approaching rapidly from behind For additional information refer to BSW driving situations in this section 5 22 Starting and driving A vehicle which your vehicle over takes rapidly For additional informa
453. s including the spare over 6 years old checked by a qualified technician because some tire damage may not be ob vious Replace the tires as neces sary to prevent tire failure and possible personal injury Improper service of the spare tire may result in serious personal in jury If it is necessary to repair the spare tire contact a NISSAN dealer For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Infor mation Booklet Replacing wheels and tires When replacing a tire use the same size tread design speed rating and load carrying capacity as originally equipped Recommended types and sizes are shown in Wheels and tires in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual AWARNING The use of tires other than those recom mended or the mixed use of tires of different brands construction bias bias belted or radial or tread patterns can adversely affect the ride braking handling VDC system ground clear ance body to tire clearance tire chain clearance speedometer calibration headlight aim and bumper height Some of these effects may lead to acci dents and could result in serious per sonal injury e If your vehicle was originally equipped with 4 tires that were the same size and you are only replacing 2 of the 4 tires install the new tires on the rear axle Placing new
454. s the system will announce Hands free phone system not ready and will not react to voice commands Operating tips To get the best performance out of the NISSAN Voice Recognition system observe the following Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible Close the windows to eliminate surrounding noises traffic noises vibration sounds etc which may prevent the system from recognizing voice commands correctly Wait until the tone sounds before speaking a command Otherwise the command will not be received properly Start speaking a command within 5 seconds after the tone sounds Speak in a natural voice without pausing between words Giving voice commands To operate NISSAN Voice Recognition press and release the i button located on the steering wheel After the tone sounds speak a command The command given is picked up by the micro phone and voice feedback is given when the command is accepted If you need to hear the available commands for the current menu again say Help and the system will repeat them If a command is not recognized the system announces Command not recognized Please try again Make sure the command is said exactly as prompted by the system and repeat the command in a clear voice If you want to go back to the previous com mand you can say Go back or Correc tion any time the system is waiting for a response You can cancel a command when th
455. s and Contrast Adjust the brightness or contrast to adjust the appearance of the display screen Bass treble balance and fade can also be adjusted by pressing the ENTER SETTING button and turning the TUNE FOLDER knob to select the item to adjust When the desired item is shown on the display turn the tuning to adjust and then press the ENTER SETTING button until the display returns to the main audio screen If the button is not pressed for approximately 10 seconds the radio or CD display will automatically reappear Clock adjust Press the ENTER SETTING button to highlight the hours or minutes and then use the TUNE FOLDER knob to adjust the value Press the ENTER button again to set the value Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 53 APPS button Press the APPS button to launch the Smartphone Integration Mode Refer to NissanConnect Mobile Apps in this section for additional informa tion about using this feature For additional information on connecting your phone refer to the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone system without Navigation section FM AM radio operation FM AM button Press the FM AM button to change the band as follows AM FM1 FM2 AM If another audio source is playing when the FM AM button is pressed the audio source play ing will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will begin playing The FM stereo indicator STEREO is shown on the screen
456. s connection between your cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module With Bluetooth wireless technology you can 4 110 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems make or receive a hands free telephone call with your cellular phone in the vehicle Once your cellular phone is connected to the in vehicle phone module no other phone con necting procedure is required Your phone is automatically reconnected with the in vehicle phone module when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position with the connected cellular phone turned on and carried in the vehicle You can register up to 5 different Bluetooth cellular phones to the in vehicle phone module However you can talk on only one cellular phone at a time NISSAN Voice Recognition system supports the phone commands so dialing a phone number using your voice is possible For additional de tails refer to NISSAN Voice Recognition Sys tem in this section Before using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System refer to the following notes Set up the wireless connection between a cellular phone and the in vehicle phone mod ule before using the hands free phone system Some Bluetooth enabled cellular phones may not be recognized by the in vehicle phone module Please visit www nissanusa com bluetooth or www nissan ca bluetooth for a recom mended phone list and connecting You will not be able to use a hands free phone under t
457. s mode is used to heat and dehumidify the air 1 Press the VS button to the OFF position 2 Press the v air flow control button 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Push the A C button 5 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position 4 28 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Dehumidified defogging This mode is used to defog the windows and dehumidify the air 1 Press the GY 2 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion air flow control button e Whenthe Y or are selected the air conditioner automatically turns on if the outside temperature is more than 36 F 2 C This dehumidifies the air which helps defog the windshield The VS mode au tomatically turns off allowing outside air to be drawn into the passenger compartment to further improve the defogging perfor mance The air conditioner is always on in wy mode 3 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position Operating tips Keep the windows and moonroof closed while the air conditioner is in operation After parking in the sun drive for 2 or 3 min utes with the windows open to vent hot air from the passenger compartment Then close the windows This allows the air con ditioner to cool the interior more quickly The air conditioning system should be operated for approximately 10 minutes at least once a month This helps pre vent damage
458. s not acti vated be sure to have the pretensioner system checked and if necessary re placed by your NISSAN dealer e No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the pretensioner system This is to pre vent damage to or accidental activation of the pretensioners Tampering with the pretensioner system may result in serious personal injury e Work around and on the pretensioner system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of electrical equip ment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the pretensioner system If you need to dispose of a pretensioner or scrap the vehicle contact a NISSAN dealer Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury The pretensioner system may activate with the supplemental air bag system in certain types of collisions Working with the seat belt retractor the pretensioners help tighten the seat belt when the vehicle becomes involved in certain types of collisions helping to restrain front seat occu pants The pretensioners are part of the seat belt retrac tor assembly These seat belts are used the same way as conventional seat belts When a pretensioner activates smoke is re leased and a loud noise may be heard This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a h
459. same number and wattage as shown in the chart Fog may temporarily form inside the lens of the exterior lights in the rain or in a car wash A temperature difference between the inside and the outside of the lens causes the fog This is not a malfunction If large drops of water collect inside the lens contact a NISSAN dealer FOG LIGHTS if so equipped Replacing the fog light bulb LDI2144 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable 2 Remove the fasteners carefully pull back the front fender protector 3 Rotate the bulb B counterclockwise and pull out to remove Reverse steps to install PARK TURN SIGNAL LIGHTS Replacing the park turn signal bulb Maintenance and do it yourself 8 31 LDI2137 8 32 Maintenance and do it yourself 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable 2 Remove the fasteners carefully pull back the front fender protector 3 Rotate the bulb B counterclockwise and pull out to remove Reverse steps to install EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS Headlight assembly Low Halogen Low Xenon D2S High H9 Side marker WS5W Door mirror turn signal light if so equipped Park turn signal light 7444A Front fog light if so equipped H11 Day time running lights Canada only PS19W Step light f 194 C HTEI Rear combination light Tail Stop 3156AK Turn 3157A Rear sidemarker Backup reversing 921 License plate light High mounted stop light I
460. se the night position 1 to reduce glare from the headlights of vehicles behind you at night Use the day position 2 when driving in daylight hours A WARNING Use the night position only when neces sary because it reduces rear view clarity AUTOMATIC ANTI GLARE REARVIEW MIRROR if so equipped The inside mirror is designed so that it automati cally dims during night time conditions and ac cording to the intensity of the headlights of the vehicle following you The automatic anti glare feature is activated when the ignition switch is in the ON position The indicator light will illuminate when the auto matic anti glare feature is operating NOTE Do not hang any objects over the sensors D or apply glass cleaner to the sensors Doing so will reduce the sensitivity of the sensors resulting in improper operation C B Qd WPD0446 Type A if so equipped Type A if so equipped Type B if so equipped and Type C if so equipped The indicator light 2 will illuminate when the automatic anti glare feature is operating To turn off the automatic anti glare feature press the button for inside mirrors without compass and without HomeLink Universal Transceiver the O button for inside mirrors without compass LPD0469 Type B Without compass if so equipped e the compass The indicator light will turn off button for inside mirrors with To tu
461. seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat belt properly Do not allow children to play with the seat belts Most seating positions are equipped with Automatic Locking Re tractor ALR mode seat belts If the seat belt becomes wrapped around a child s neck with the ALR mode activated the child can be seriously injured or killed if the seat belt retracts and becomes tight This can occur even if the vehicle is parked Unbuckle the seat belt to release the child If the seat belt cannot be unbuckled or is already unbuckled release the child by cutting the seat belt with a suitable tool such as a knife or scissors to release the seat belt WRS0751 Front seat shown Fastening the seat belts 1 Adjust the seat For additional information refer to Seats in this section LRS0594 2 Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor and insert the tongue into the buckle 2 until you hear and feel the latch engage The retractor is designed to lock dur ing a sudden stop or on impact A slow pulling motion permits the seat belt to move and allows you some freedom of movement in the seat e If the seat belt cannot be pulled from its fully retracted position firmly pull the belt and release it Then smoothly pull the belt out of the re tractor Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 15 LRS0595
462. seating sur face and buckles before placing a child in the child restraint This vehicle is equipped with a universal child restraint anchor system referred to as the LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren sys tem Some child restraints include rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be con nected to these anchors For additional informa tion refer to LATCH Lower Anchors and Teth ers for CHildren system in this section If you do not have a LATCH compatible child restraint the vehicle seat belts can be used Several manufacturers offer child restraints for infants and children of various sizes When se lecting any child restraint keep the following points in mind Choose only a restraint with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 Checkthe child restraint in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system 1 21 f the child restraint is compatible with your vehicle place your child in the child restraint and check the various adjustments to be sure the child restraint is compatible with your child Choose a child restraint that is designed for your child s height and weight Always follow all recommended procedures Ifthe combined weight of the child and child restraint is less than 65 lbs 29 5 kg you may use either the LATCH anchors or the seat belt to
463. select menu options by using the steering wheel controls instead of speaking voice commands To activate manual control mode press the PHONE SEND us button on the steering wheel to access the phone menu and then press either up or down on the tuning switch C The manual control mode does not allow dialing a phone number by digits The user may select an entry from the Phonebook or Recent Calls lists To reactivate Voice Recognition exit the manual control mode by pressing and holding the PHONE END 4 z h button At that time press ing the PHONE SEND us button will start the Hands Free Phone System Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 109 BLUETOOTH HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM if so equipped AWARNING e Use a phone after stopping your vehicle in a safe location If you have to use a phone while driving exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation If you are unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle A CAUTION To avoid discharging the vehicle battery use a phone after starting the engine 8 Bluetooth microphone location LHA3081 Your NISSAN is equipped with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System If you have a com patible Bluetooth enabled cellular phone you can set up the wireles
464. sengers and cargo for the ve hicle This is the maximum combined weight of occupants and cargo that can be loaded into the vehicle If the vehicle is used to tow a trailer the trailer tongue weight must be in cluded as part of the cargo load This information is located on the Tire and Loading Information label Cargo capacity permissible weight of cargo the subtracted weight of occupants from the load limit 9 14 Technical and consumer information VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY Do not exceed the load limit of your ve hicle shown as The combined weight of occupants and cargo on the Tire and Loading Information label Do not exceed the number of occupants shown as Seating Capacity on the Tire and Load ing Information label To get the combined weight of occu pants and cargo add the weight of all occupants then add the total luggage weight Examples are shown in the follow ing illustration Steps for determining correct load limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX lbs or XXX Occupants Luggage C TUI Remaining available kg on your vehicle s placard 1 400 Ib R II cargo and luggage 2 Determine the combined weight of 640 kg load capacity the driver and passengers that will be 150 Ib x 2 300 Ib 30 Ib x 2 60 Ib 1 040 Ib riding in your vehicle 70kg 135 kg 14kg 27 kg 472 kg 3 Subtract the combined weight of the
465. ses ie ore enis 8 9 Checking engine coolant level 8 10 Changing engine coolant 0 8 10 ENGiNe Oil s ous iineikexee ew eter es Meee dis 8 11 Checking engine oil level 000 8 11 Changing engine oil lselessees esee 8 12 Changing engine oil filter 0 0 8 13 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT fluid 8 14 Power steering fluid 2 ec reet 8 15 Brake fl ld x iine ettet a glee denne 8 15 Brake fluid esie de uere pex kms 8 16 Windshield washer fluid elles 8 16 Windshield washer fluid reservoir 8 16 Bati recevis ruri np ER bx E Roa Aor Dine rape s 8 17 JUMP Starting i2 rissies goede mi teresa aa nt 8 19 Variable voltage control system 0 0 008 8 19 Driveibell Seance erbe e pP TUE deed 8 20 Spark plugs crece es tebRETIF RD n EN PENES 8 21 Replacing spark plugs sse 8 21 Air cleaner 2o ehe aui re Le E e 8 21 In cabin microfilter if so equipped 8 22 Windshield wiper blades 0 0 cee eee 8 22 Cleaning ze etre FRE RD EFE UR 8 22 Replacing v rgamPEeces ver rin le ERE RS 8 23 o c T 8 24 FUSES lt 0 dcr a ex tpe rtm x Reese ete EEN e 8 24 Engine compartment csse ene 8 25 Passenger compartment 0 e eee 8 26 Battery replacement lle 8 28 NISSAN Intelligent Key 0 00 8 29 Bn cT TM 8 30 Headlights sicr cased de
466. shifting too fast the drive wheels will lose even more traction Allow more stopping distance under these conditions Braking should be started sooner than on dry pavement Allow greater following distances on slippery roads Watch for slippery spots glare ice These may appear on an otherwise clear road in shaded areas If a patch of ice is seen ahead brake before reach ing it Try not to brake while on the ice and avoid any sudden steering maneuvers Do not use the cruise control on slip pery roads Snow can trap dangerous exhaust gases under your vehicle Keep snow clear of the exhaust pipe and from around your vehicle ENGINE BLOCK HEATER if so equipped Engine block heaters are used to assist with cold temperature starting The engine block heater should be used when the outside temperature is 20 F 7 C or lower AA WARNING Do not use your engine block heater with an ungrounded electrical system or a 2 pronged adapter You can be seri ously injured by an electrical shock if you use an ungrounded connection e Disconnect and properly store the en gine block heater cord before starting the engine Damage to the cord could result in an electrical shock and can cause serious injury e Use a heavy duty 3 wire 3 pronged ex tension cord rated for at least 10 A Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault Interrupt GFI protected grounded 110 VAC outlet Failure to use the proper extension cor
467. six two sixty two hundred and NOT One eight oh oh six six two sixty two hundred Numbers can be spoken in small groups The system will prompt you to continue en tering digits if desired Example 1 800 662 6200 One eight zero zero The system repeats the numbers and prompts you to enter more Six six two The system repeats the numbers and prompts you to enter more Six two zero zero en Say pound for Say star for avail able when using the Special Number com mand and the Send command during a call For additional information refer to List of voice commands and Special number in this section Example 1 555 1212 123 One five five five one two one two star one two three 4 88 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Say plus for available only when using the Special Number command Say pause for a 2 second pause available only when storing a phonebook number NOTE For best results say phone numbers as single digits The voice command Help is available at any time Please use the Help command to get information on how to use the system Voice Prompt Interrupt In most cases you can interrupt the voice feed back to speak the next command by pressing the amp 4 button on the steering wheel After interrupting the system wait for a beep bef
468. ss display if so equipped ssssue 2 6 Compass display ci civeds busco eet eph e Ron 2 7 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders 2 10 Checking bulbs iiti RE RR DEDR E rete 2 10 Warming light reme eerte ttes 2 10 Indicator lights seus emet EpE TURIS SER 2 14 Audible reminders eee 2 17 Vehicle Information Display 0 00 cece 2 17 How to use the vehicle information display 2 18 St rtup display i isetes i gta eve Piles okay 2 18 Resetting the trip computer 0 008 2 18 Settings uses roter ur tales aet Ne sean S EE 2 18 Vehicle information display warnings and WCC ALORS ae 2 24 SeCurity SYStEMSievycaacesiese wy Mawr Bes 2 27 Vehicle security system 0 0 cece eee 2 27 NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system 2 28 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 29 Swilehi operation s sebesecruoe Pea eee spera ame 2 30 Rear window and outside mirror if so equipped defroster switch nemora prr tI pir eh bob ed 2 81 Headlight and turn signal switch issus 2 81 Xenon headlights if so equipped 2 31 Headlight control switch 0c eee eee 2 33 Daytime running light system Canada only 2 35 Instrument brightness control 005 2 35 Turn Signal Switch icem een 2 85 Fog light switch if so equipped 2 36 Holfizs s seruis torini penaa i MR USerIGE PT RE LAE 2 36 Heat
469. ss the SCAN button to stop at each broad casting station for 5 seconds SCAN will appear on the screen while the radio is scan tuning Pressing the button again during this 5 second period will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that station If the SCAN button is not pressed within 5 seconds SCAN tuning moves to the next station 1 to 6 Station memory operations Six stations can be set for the AM band Twelve stations can be set for the FM band 6 for FM1 6 for FM2 1 Choose the radio band AM FM1 or FM2 using the FM AM select button 2 Tune to the desired station using the M4 SEEK button orthe P TRACK button Press and hold any of the desired station memory buttons 1 6 until the preset number is updated on the display and the sound is briefly muted 3 The channel indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Programming is now complete 4 Other buttons can be set in the same man ner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be canceled In that case reset the desired stations Compact disc CD player operation If the radio is already operating it automatically turns off and the compact disc begins to play MEDIA button With a CD loaded press the MEDIA button until the CD mode is displayed on the screen CD MP3 display mode While listening to an MP3 WMA CD certain text may be displayed on the screen if the CD has been en
470. ssenger s window To open the window push the switch to the first detent and continue to hold it down until the desired window position is reached To close the window pull the switch to the first detent and continue to hold it up until the desired window position is reached Instruments and controls 2 45 S LIC2663 Itt E LIC0410 Rear power window switch The rear power window switches open or close only the corresponding windows To open the window push the switch and hold it down 1 To close the window pull the switch up 2 Locking passengers windows When the window lock switch is depressed only the driver s side window can be opened or closed Push it again to cancel the window lock function 2 46 Instruments and controls Automatic operation To fully open a window equipped with automatic operation press the window switch down to the second detent and release it it need not be held The window automatically opens all the way To stop the window lift the switch up while the window is opening To fully close a window equipped with automatic operation pull the switch up to the second detent and release it it need not be held To stop the window press the switch down while the window is closing Auto reverse function If the control unit detects something caught in the window as it is closing the window will be imme diately lowered The auto reverse function can be activated
471. ssing the ENTER SETTING button and turning the TUNE FOLDER knob to select the item to adjust When the desired item is shown on the display turn the tuning to adjust and then press the ENTER SETTING button until the display returns to the main audio screen If the button is not pressed for approximately 10 seconds the radio or CD display will automatically reappear 4 48 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems iPod amp MENU button This button can only be used for iPod opera tions Refer to iPod player operation without Navigation System later in this section for details about the function of this button FM AM radio operation FM AM button Press the FM AM button to change the band as follows AM FM1 FM2 AM If another audio source is playing when the FM AM button is pressed the audio source play ing will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will begin playing The FM stereo indicator STEREO is shown on the screen during FM stereo reception When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio auto matically changes from stereo to monaural re ception TUNE FOLDER knob tuning Turn the TUNE FOLDER knob to the left or right for manual tuning gt gt SEEK TRACK tuning x Press the M4 SEEK button or PM TRACK button to tune from low to high or high to low frequencies and to stop at the next broadcasting station SCAN tuning Pre
472. ssis number The vehicle identification number is located as shown WTIO0096 LTI2034 QR25DE VO35DE ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER The number is stamped on the engine as shown A WTIO0172 F M V S S C M V S S CERTIFICATION LABEL The Federal Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard F M V S S C M V S S certification la bel is affixed as shown This label contains valu able vehicle information such as GVWR GAWR month and year of manufacture VIN etc Review it carefully Technical and consumer information 9 11 pat 3 be LTI2004 A LTIO224 aa Up o TUS WTI0178 EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION LABEL The emission control information label is at tached to the underside of the hood as shown 9 12 Technical and consumer information TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION LABEL The cold tire pressure is shown on the Tire and Loading Information label The label is located as shown AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION LABEL The air conditioner specification label is affixed to the underside of the hood as shown INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE LTI2013 To mount the front license plate attach the li cense plate bracket 1 to the plastic finisher at the location marks small dimples using the two 6 mm screws provided VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION A WARNING e It is extremely dangerous to ride in
473. stem repeats the number and prompts you for the next command When you have finished entering numbers or transferring an entry choose Store The system confirms the name location and number Delete Entry Use the Delete Entry command to erase one entry from the phonebook After the system rec ognizes the command speak the name to delete or say List Names to choose an entry List Names Use the List Names command to hear all the names in the phonebook The system recites the phonebook entries but does not include the actual phone numbers When the playback of the list is complete the system goes back to the main menu You can stop the playback of the list at any time by pressing the button on the steering wheel The system ends the VR session Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 93 Phonebook phones with automatic phonebook download function NOTE The Transfer Entry command is not avail able when the vehicle is moving Main Menu Phonebook Say a Name List Names A Record Name For phones that support automatic download of the phonebook PBAP Bluetooth profile the Phonebook command is used to manage en tries in the vehicle phonebook You can say the name of an entry at this menu to initiate dialing of that entry The phonebook stores up to 1 000 names for each phone connected to the system When a phone is connected to the system the phon
474. stems that are activated using the settings menu in the vehicle information display LIC2225 When the warning systems switch is turned off the indicator 1 on the switch is off The indicator will also be off if all of the warning systems are deactivated using the settings menu The BSW system will turn on the Blind Spot indicator lights located inside the vehicle next to the outside mirrors if a vehicle is located in the detection zone If the turn signal is activated in the direction of the detected vehicle a chime sounds twice and the BSW indicator light will flash For additional information refer to Blind Spot Warn ing BSW System Lane Departure Warning LDW System in the Starting and driving sec tion The LDW system will sound a warning chime and the LDW indicator light orange in the vehicle information display blinks to alert the driver if the vehicle is traveling close to either the left or the right of a traveling lane when detected by the camera unit For additional information refer to Blind Spot Warning BSW System Lane De parture Warning LDW System in the Starting and driving section VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC OFF SWITCH ec OFF LIC2315 The vehicle should be driven with the VDC sys tem on for most driving conditions If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow the VDC system reduces the engine output to reduce wheel spin The engine speed will be reduced even
475. sts the direction of the menu scroll Choose to either move up or down Touch this key to adjust the time Time Format The clock can be set to 12 hours or 24 hours Date Format Select from five possible formats of displaying the day month and year Clock Mode Adjust the mode for the clock Auto uses the system s GPS to automatically maintain the time Manual allows you to set the clock using the Set Clock Manually key Set Clock Adjust the clock manually Touch the or keys to adjust the hours minutes day month and year up or down Clock Mode must Manually be set to manual for this option to be available Daylight Sav Adjusts the daylight savings time on or off ings Time Time Zone Language Camera Display Mode Brighiness Contrast Adjust touch screen contrast Color Adjust touch screen color 4 8 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Touch this key to change the temperature unit being displayed Fahrenheit or Celsius Touchscreen click Toggles the touch screen click feature on or off When activated a click sound will be heard every time a key on the screen is touched System Beeps Toggle the system beep tones feature on or off When activated a beep sound will be heard when a pop up message appears on the Screen or a button on the unit such as the XH button is pressed and held for 2 seconds Return to Factory Settings Touch this key to return all settings to default and
476. sure See 1 9 Washer Fluid 17 A Owner s Manual Z N Key Registration a 4 pr be EN Deor Open 19 Complete AN Tire Pressure 3 Pf Shift to Park 1 ZAN Trunk Open Low Add Air L i 19 or i SM Time for a Tire Pressure SS RS Push ignition to OFF 12 driver break cA Low Add Air EJ Key E Low Outside TPMS Error 5 battery low Temperature 20 See Owner s Manual Power will turn off to gt Push brake and 6 MR nin 2 E tart button to drive P Release lour CVT Error aa Parking brake 15 CVT cae Owner s Manual 22 Loose Fuel Cap TWO noel Reminder I Key System Error 8 BR Low Fuel 16 2205 Tum OFF headlights n 4 See Owner s Manual LIC2563 VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY 4 Push ignition to OFF 8 Low Fuel WARNINGS AND INDICATORS 1 No Key Detected 2 Key ID Incorrect 3 Shift to Park 2 24 Instruments and controls Key battery low Engine start operation for Intelligent Key sys tem Release parking brake 9 Low Washer Fluid 10 Door Open 11 Trunk Open 12 Timer Alert Time for a driver break 13 Low Outside Temperature 14 Power will turn off to save the battery 15 CVT Error See Owner s Manual 16 Reminder Turn OFF headlights 17 Low Oil Pressure See Owner s Manual 18 Key Registration Complete 19 Tire Pressure Low Add Air 20 TPMS Error See Owner s Manual 21 Remote Start if so equipped 22 Loose Fuel Cap 23
477. t MIL If this indicator light comes on steady or blinks while the engine is running it may indicate a potential emission control malfunction The MIL may also come on steady if the fuel filler cap is loose or missing or if the vehicle runs out of fuel Check to make sure the fuel filler cap is in stalled and closed tightly and that the vehicle has atleast 3 gallons 1 1 4 liters of fuel in the fuel tank After a few driving trips the C3 light should turn off if no other potential emission control System malfunction exists If this indicator light comes on steady for 20 sec onds and then blinks for 10 seconds when the engine is not running it indicates that the vehicle is not ready for an emission control system inspection maintenance test For additional infor mation refer to Readiness for inspection maintenance I M test in the Tech nical and consumer information section of this manual Operation The MIL will come on in one of two ways MlLon steady An emission control system malfunction has been detected Check the fuel filler cap if the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning appears in the vehicle information display If the fuel filler cap is loose or miss ing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The 7 light should turn off after a few driving trips If the C1 light does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer You do not need to have your vehicl
478. t if so equipped Front passenger air 2 15 bag status light High beam indicator 2 15 light blue Malfunction Indica 2 15 tor Light MIL Overdrive OFF indi cator light if so equipped Side light and head light indicator light green SPORT mode indi cator light if so equipped Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF indicator light 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Nro m 1 2 Front manual seat adjustment if so equipped 2 cece cece eee eee eee 1 2 Front power seat adjustment if so equipped 1 6 cece eect eee 1 4 Folding rear sgat s srsreiicsves eet BAe eee men 1 5 Head restraints headrests 00sec eee eae 1 7 Adjustable head restraint headrest COmpODnentS ies ces dae tae dioe ei eacesn chen ua edet 1 8 Non adjustable head restraint headrest components iesss kr n ee REY a X dra a 1 8 Remove vunscueee xe pr eR RR E aal 1 9 Install 13 222 iine xr dx ep M ERR RUE 1 9 Dor 1 10 Seat belts soknier rapite ne RR HR HER aiaa 1 11 Precautions on seat belt usage issus 1 11 Seat belt warning light 0 0 1 14 Pregnant womeh cert Res reme Ra em 1 14 Injured P TSONS recepi canera std m 1 14 Three point type seat belt with retractor 1 14 Seat belt extenders issues eee eee 1 17 Seat belt maintenance 000 1 18 Child safety etse eR E REPRE UEEM EARS 1 18 Infarits 5 22 n irent
479. t the seatback and as far away as practi cal from the steering wheel or instru ment panel Always use the seat belts Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system The driver and front passenger seat belt buckles are equipped with sensors that detect if the seat belts are fastened The Advanced Air Bag System monitors the severity of a collision and seat belt us age then inflates the air bags as needed Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident The front passenger seat is equipped with an Occupant Classification Sensor weight sensor that turns the front pas senger air bag OFF under some condi tions This sensor is only used in this seat Failure to be properly seated and wearing the seat belt can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident For additional information refer to Front passenger air bag and status light in this section Keep hands on the outside of the steer ing wheel Placing them inside the steering wheel rim could increase the risk that they are injured when the front air bag inflates Sit upright and well back ARS1133 ARS1041 A WARNING Never let children ride unrestrained or extend their hands or face out of the window Do not attempt to hold them in your lap or arms Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restrai
480. t has a B Low back booster seat High back booster seat 1 38 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Booster seats of various sizes are offered by several manufacturers When selecting any booster seat keep the following points in mind Choose only a booster seat with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 Check the booster seat in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system LRS0464 Make sure the child s head will be properly supported by the booster seat or vehicle seat The seatback must be at or above the center of the child s ears For example if a low back booster seat is chosen the vehicle seatback must be at or above the center of the child s ears If the seatback is lower than the center of the child s ears a high back booster seat should be used f the booster seat is compatible with your vehicle place the child in the booster seat and check the various adjustments to be sure the booster seat is compatible with the child Always follow all recommended pro cedures All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated The instructions in this section apply to booster seat installation in the rear s
481. t is still OFF after this the small adult child or child restraint should be repositioned in the rear seat and the vehicle should be checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible Other supplemental front impact air bag precautions AA WARNING Do not place any objects on the steering wheel pad or on the instrument panel Also do not place any objects between any occupant and the steering wheel or instrument panel Such objects may be come dangerous projectiles and cause injury if the front air bags inflate Do not place objects with sharp edges on the seat Also do not place heavy objects on the seat that will leave per manent impressions in the seat Such objects can damage the seat or Occu pant Classification Sensors weight sensors This can affect the operation of the air bag system and result in seri ous personal injury Do not use water or acidic cleaners hot steam cleaners on the seat This can damage the seat or Occupant Classifi cation Sensors This can also affect the operation of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury Immediately after inflation several front air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may se verely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the supplemental air bag system This is to prevent accidental inflation of the supplemental air bag or damage to the supplemental air bag system e Do not make u
482. t specifically designed for E 15 or E 85 fuel can ad versely affect the emission control de vices and systems of the vehicle Dam age caused by such fuel is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty U S government regulations require ethanol dispensing pumps to be identi fied by a small square orange and black label with the common abbrevia tion or the appropriate percentage for that region For additional information refer to Recom mended fluids lubricants and capacities in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDATIONS Genuine NISSAN engine oil or equivalent Engine oil with API Certification Mark Viscosity SAE OW 20 For additional information refer to Engine oil and oil filter recommendations in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual COLD TIRE PRESSURE Refer to the tire placard The label is typically located on the driver side center pillar or on the driver s door For additional information refer to Wheels and tires in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual RECOMMENDED NEW VEHICLE BREAK IN PROCEDURE During the first 1 200 mi 2 000 km of vehicle use follow the break in procedure recommenda tions for the future reliability and economy of your new vehicle For additional information refer to Break in schedule in the Starting and driving section of this man
483. t the actual 1 0 m 3 ft distance on 4 12 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems LHA2946 LHA3100 Backing up near a projecting object The vehicle may seem to nearly clear the object in the display However the vehicle may hit the object if it projects over the actual backing up course Backing up behind a projecting object The position is shown farther than the position in the display However the position is actually at the same distance as the position The vehicle may hit the object when backing up to the position if the object projects over the actual backing up course ADJUSTING THE SCREEN The procedure for adjusting the display settings of the screen differs depending on the type of screen present on the vehicle For vehicles without Navigation System 1 Firmly apply the brake and place the shift lever in R reverse 2 Press the ENTER SETTING button 3 The screen will display the Brightness set tings 4 Turn the TUNE SCROLL or TUNE FOLDER knob to adjust the setting up or down 5 Press the ENTER SETTING button again to display the Contrast settings 6 Turn the TUNE SCROLL or TUNE FOLDER knob to adjust the setting up or down 7 Press the ENTER SETTING button to com plete the adjustment Do not adjust the display settings of the RearView Monitor while the vehicle is mov ing Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition syste
484. t the folders on the disc Fol low the procedure for selecting a song with the touch screen to choose a folder Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 67 SEEK TRACK Reverse or Fast Forward buttons x gt i Press and hold the M4 SEEK button or PP TRACK button for 1 5 seconds while the com pact disc is playing to reverse or fast forward the track being played The compact disc plays at an increased speed while reversing or fast forward ing When the button is released the compact disc returns to normal play speed aa l SEEK TRACK buttons Press the M4 SEEK button while a CD or MP3 WMA CD is playing to return to the begin ning of the current track Press the M4 SEEK button several times to skip backward several tracks Press the P gt TRACK button while a CD or MP3 WMA CD is playing to advance one track Press the F TRACK button several times to skip forward several tracks If the last track on a CD is skipped the first track on the disc is played If the last track in a folder of an MP3 WMA CD is skipped the first track of the next folder is played AUX button The AUX IN audio input jack accepts any stan dard analog audio input such as from a portable cassette tape CD player MP3 player or a laptop computer Press the AUX button to play a com patible device plugged into the AUX IN jack 4 CD EJECT button When the CD eject button is
485. t tip the battery Keep the vent caps tight and the battery level 8 18 Maintenance and do it yourself WDIO0224 1 Remove the vent caps with a screwdriver as shown Use a cloth to protect the battery case 8 e e o 89 e LDI0302 2 Check the fluid level in each cell If it is necessary to add fluid add only distilled water to bring the level up to the bottom of the filler opening Do not overfill Reinstall the vent caps Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level JUMP STARTING If jump starting is necessary refer to Jump start ing in the In case of emergency section of this manual If the engine does not start by jump starting the battery may have to be replaced Contact a NISSAN dealer VARIABLE VOLTAGE CONTROL SYSTEM LDI2132 A CAUTION e Do not ground accessories directly to the battery terminal Doing so will by pass the variable voltage control sys tem and the vehicle battery may not charge completely e Use electrical accessories with the en gine running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery Your vehicle is equipped with a variable voltage control system This system measures the amount of electrical discharge from the battery and controls voltage generated by the generator The current sensor is located near the battery along the negative battery cable If you add el
486. ta are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data e g name gender age and collision location are recorded However other parties such as law enforcement could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data rou tinely acquired during a collision investigation To read data recorded by an EDR special equip ment is required and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed In addition to the vehicle manu facturer and NISSAN dealer other parties such as law enforcement that have the special equip ment can read the information if they have ac cess to the vehicle or the EDR EDR data will only be accessed with the consent of the vehicle owner or lessee or as otherwise required or per mitted by law OWNER S MANUAL SERVICE MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION Genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for this model year and prior can be purchased A Genuine NISSAN Service Manual is the best source of service and repair information for your vehicle This manual is the same one used by the factory trained technicians working at NISSAN dealer ships Genuine NISSAN Owner s Manuals can also be purchased For USA For current pricing and availability of Genuine NISSAN Service Manuals contact www nissan techinfo com For current pricing and availability of Genuine NISSAN Owner s Manuals contact 1 800 247 5321 For Canada To purchase a copy of a Genuine NISSAN Ser vice Manual or Owner s Manua
487. table of contents 0 3 EXTERIOR REAR Rear window defroster switch P 2 31 Interior trunk lid release P 3 30 Trunk lid P 3 30 Opener operation P 3 30 Rearview camera if so equipped P 4 10 Replacing bulbs P 8 30 Fuel filler cap recommended fuel P 3 32 9 2 8 Fuel filler door P 3 32 9 Child safety rear door lock P 3 4 Refer to the page number indicated in parentheses for operating details og eO ND NO LII2171 O 4 Illustrated table of contents PASSENGER COMPARTMENT 1 Interior trunk access P 1 2 2 Power moonroof if so equipped P 2 47 3 Sun visors P 3 35 4 Interior lights illuminated entry P 2 49 5 HomeLink amp Universal Transceiver if so equipped P 2 51 6 Automatic anti glare rearview mirror if so equipped P 3 36 7 Glove box P 2 41 8 Cup holders P 2 41 9 Console box P 2 41 10 Front seat P 1 2 11 Rear seat P 1 2 12 Rear armrest cup holders P 1 2 2 42 Refer to the page number indicated in parentheses for operating details LII2172 Illustrated table of contents 0 5 INSTRUMENT PANEL T Bs HS By 2 892 10 11 2 2221 2019 18 171615 1413 12 LIC2829 0 6 Instrument brightness control Trip computer reset switch P 2 35 P 2 4 Vents P 4 24 Headlight fog light if so equipped turn signal switch P 2 31 Illustrated table of contents Driver supplement
488. tal con ditions and surrounding objects such as When there is low contrast between background and the moving objects When there is blinking source of light When strong light such as another vehicle s headlight or sunlight is present When there is dirt water drops or snow on the camera lens When the position of the moving ob jects in the display is not changed e The MOD system might detect some thing like flowing water droplets on the camera lens white smoke from the muffler moving shadows etc e The MOD system may not function properly depending on the speed direc tion distance or shape of the moving objects e If your vehicle sustains damage to the parts where the camera is installed leaving it misaligned or bent the sens ing zone may be altered and the MOD system may not detect objects properly When the yellow MOD icon is displayed in the view the system is not functioning properly This will not hinder normal driving operation but the system should be inspected by a NISSAN dealer Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 23 Camera Maintenance If dirt rain or snow accumulates on the camera the MOD system may not operate properly Clean the camera VENTS Side LHA2255 Adjust air flow direction by moving the vent slides Open or close the vents by using the dial Move the dial toward the 7 to open the vents or toward the
489. tatus light will remain lit for about 7 seconds initially If the light is still on after this the vehicle should be checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible 2 If the light is ON with an adult occupying the front passenger seat Occupant is a small adult the air bag light is functioning as intended The front passen ger air bag is suppressed However if the occupant is not a small adult then this may be due to the following conditions that may be interfering with the weight sensors Occupant is not sitting upright leaning against the seatback and centered on the seat cushion with feet comfortably extended to the floor Achild seat or other object pressing against the rear of the seatback Arear passenger pushing or pulling on the back of the front passenger s seat 1 53 The front seat or seatback is forced back against an object on the seat or floor behind it An object placed under the front passen ger s seat An object placed between the seat cushion and center console or between the seat cushion and the door If the vehicle is moving please come to a stop when it is safe to do so Check and correct any of the above conditions Restart the vehicle and wait one minute NOTE A system check will be performed during which the front passenger air bag status light will remain lit for about 7 seconds initially If the light is still on after this the person should
490. telligent Key operation Be sure to read the following before using the Intelligent Key 3 20 Pre driving checks and adjustments A CAUTION Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when operating the vehicle Never leave the Intelligent Key in the vehicle when you leave the vehicle The Intelligent Key is always communicating with the vehicle as it receives radio waves The Intel ligent Key transmits weak radio waves Environ mental conditions may interfere with the opera tion of the Intelligent Key under the following operating conditions When operating near a location where strong radio waves are transmitted such as a TV tower power station and broadcasting station When in possession of wireless equipment such as a cellular telephone transceiver and CB radio When the Intelligent Key is in contact with or covered by metallic materials When any type of radio wave remote control is used nearby When the Intelligent Key is placed near an electric appliance such as a personal com puter When the vehicle is parked near a parking meter In such cases correct the operating conditions before using the Intelligent Key function or use the mechanical key Although the life of the battery varies depending on the operating conditions the battery s life is approximately 2 years If the battery is dis charged replace it with a new one When the Intelligent Key battery is low an in
491. tem wiaccciceswtacwew a nets br n Cheeni 5 32 Brake precautions 00020 cee eee eee eee 5 32 Anti lock Braking System ABS ssu 5 32 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system 5 34 Brake force distribution 0 ccs eee 5 35 Rear sonar system RSS if so equipped 5 36 Front And Rear Sonar System if so equipped 5 37 System operation 0 0c eee eee eee 5 38 Cold weather driving eee eee eae 5 39 Freeing a frozen door lock ssssesesssse 5 39 Tire equiprmient teca me ntm eret 5 39 ANtiNGeZ ssc wants ane gs Iota a ace as 5 39 Special winter equipment 0 5 40 curl M IT 5 39 Driving on snow or ICE eee 5 40 Draining of coolant water 00 cece ee 5 39 Engine block heater if so equipped 5 40 PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND DRIVING A WARNING Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the assistance of others alone in your vehicle Pets should also not be left alone They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals e Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously in jured Keep the c
492. tems to the desired setting was turned off Adjusts the bass to the desired level Treble Adjusts the treble to the desired level Adjusts the balance to the desired level Balance adjusts the sound level between the left and right speakers Fade Adjusts the fade to the desired level Fade adjusts the sound level between the front and rear speakers Speed Sensitive Vol Adjusts the speed sensitive volume function which increases the volume of the audio system as the speed of the ve hicle increases Set to OFF to disable the feature The higher the setting the more the volume increases in relation to vehicle speed AUX Volume Level AUX Level Controls the volume level of incoming sound when an auxiliary device is connected to the system Available options are Low Quiet Medium and High Loud Bass treble balance and fade can also be adjusted by pressing the ENTER AUDIO button and turning the TUNE SCROLL knob to select the item to adjust When the desired item is shown on the display turn the tuning to adjust and then press the ENTER AUDIO button until the display returns to the main audio screen If the button is not pressed for approximately 10 seconds the radio or CD display will automatically reappear Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 63 SXM settings To view the SXM settings 1 Press the APPSt button 2 Touch the Settings key 3 Touch the SXM key The signal strength act
493. the brake pedal When the ve hicle attains the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it Push and hold the COAST SET switch Re lease the switch when the vehicle slows to the desired speed 5 28 Starting and driving Push and release the COAST SET switch Each time you do this the set speed de creases by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To resume the preset speed push and re lease the ACCEL RES switch The vehicle re turns to the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH 40 km h To turn off the cruise control use one of the following three methods Push the CANCEL button Tap the brake pedal Push the ON OFF switch off The CRUISE indicator light in the instrument panel goes out BREAK IN SCHEDULE A CAUTION During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km follow these recommendations to obtain maximum engine performance and ensure the future reliability and economy of your new vehicle Failure to follow these rec ommendations may result in shortened engine life and reduced engine performance Avoid driving for long periods at constant speed either fast or slow and do not run the engine over 4 000 RPM Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear Avoid quick starts Avoid hard braking as much as possible Do not tow a trailer for the first 500 mi 805 km Your engine axle or other parts could be damaged FUEL EFFICIENT DRIVING TIPS Follow these e
494. the instrument panel will blink Have the sys tem checked by a NISSAN dealer Normal operation In order for the occupant classification system to classify the right front passenger based on weight please follow the precautions and steps outlined below Precautions Make sure there are no objects weighing over 2 2 lbs 1 kg hanging on the seat or placed in the seatback pocket Make sure that a child seat or other object is not pressing against the rear of the seatback Make sure that a rear passenger is not push ing or pulling on the back of the front pas senger s seat Make sure that the front seat or seatback is not forced back against an object on the seat or floor behind it Make sure that there is no object placed under the front passenger s seat Steps 1 Adjust the seat as outlined in the Seats section of the Owner s Manual Sit upright leaning against the seatback and centered on the seat cushion with your feet comfort ably extended to the floor 2 Make sure there are no objects on the occu pant s lap 3 Fasten the seat belt as outlined in the Seat belts section of the Owner s Manual 4 Remain in this position for 30 seconds al lowing the system to classify the front pas senger before the vehicle is put into motion 5 Ensure proper classification by checking the front passenger air bag status light NOTE This vehicle s occupant classification sys tem locks the classifi
495. the vehicle s suspension If suspension parts such as shock ab Sorbers struts springs stabilizer bars bushings and wheels are not NISSAN recommended for your vehicle or are extremely deteriorated the VDC system may not operate properly This could adversely affect vehicle handling per formance and the VDC warning light may illuminate Starting and driving 5 35 e If brake related parts such as brake pads rotors and calipers are not NISSAN recommended or are extremely deteriorated the VDC system may not operate properly and the VDC warning light may illuminate e If engine control related parts are not NISSAN recommended or are extremely deteriorated the VDC warning light may illuminate e When driving on extremely inclined sur faces such as higher banked corners the VDC system may not operate properly and the VDC warning light may illuminate Do not drive on these types of roads e When driving on an unstable surface such as a turntable ferry elevator or ramp the VDC warning light may illumi nate This is not a malfunction Restart the engine after driving onto a stable surface e If wheels or tires other than the NISSAN recommended ones are used the VDC system may not operate properly and the VDC warning light may illuminate e The VDC system is not a substitute for winter tires or tire chains on a snow covered road 5 36 Starting and driving REAR SONAR SYSTEM RSS if so equipped WS
496. the wiper blade from wiper arm C 4 Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiper arm until it clicks into place 5 Rotate the wiper blade so the dimple is in the groove 6 Return the wiper to its original position and release it until it has made contact with the windshield A CAUTION After wiper blade replacement return the wiper arm to its original position otherwise it may be damaged when the hood is opened e Make sure the wiper blades contact the glass otherwise the arms may be dam aged from wind pressure lt lt LDI2182 If you wax the surface of the hood be careful not to let wax get into the windshield washer nozzle This may cause clogging or improper windshield washer operation If wax gets into the nozzle remove it with a needle or small pin B Maintenance and do it yourself 8 23 BRAKES If the brakes do not operate properly have the brakes checked by a NISSAN dealer Self adjusting brakes Your vehicle is equipped with self adjusting brakes The front and rear disc type brakes self adjust every time the brake pedal is applied A WARNING See a NISSAN dealer for a brake system check if the brake pedal height does not return to normal Brake pad wear indicators The disc brake pads on your vehicle have audible wear indicators When a brake pad requires re placement a high pitched scraping or screech ing sound will be heard when the vehicle is in motion The
497. thorized use of the Intelligent Key to operate the vehicle For information regarding the erasing procedure contact a NISSAN dealer LPD2073 OPERATING RANGE The Intelligent Key functions can only be used when the Intelligent Key is within the specified operating range from the request switch 1 When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged or strong radio waves are present near the operat ing location the Intelligent Key system s operat ing range becomes narrower and the Intelligent Key may not function properly The operating range is within 31 50 in 80 cm from each request switch 1 If the Intelligent Key is too close to the door glass handle or rear bumper the request switches may not function When the Intelligent Key is within the operating range it is possible for anyone even someone who does not carry the Intelligent Key to push the request switch to lock unlock the doors WPD0375 DOOR LOCKS UNLOCKS PRECAUTION Do not push the door handle request switch with the Intelligent Key held in your hand as illustrated The close distance to the door handle will cause the Intelligent Key system to have difficulty recognizing that the Intelli gent Key is outside the vehicle After locking with the door handle request switch verify the doors are securely locked by testing them Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 9 To prevent the Intelligent Key from being left ins
498. tion switch in the OFF position and all doors are closed Instruments and controls 2 33 NOTE Autolight activation sensitivity and the time delay for autolight shutoff can be adjusted For additional information refer to Ve hicle information display in this section To turn on the autolight system 1 Turn the headlight switch to the AUTO posi tion 1 2 Turn the ignition switch to ON 3 The autolight system automatically turns the headlights on and off Initially if the ignition switch is turned OFF and a door is opened and left open the headlights remain ON for a period of time If another door is opened while the headlights are on then the timer is reset To turn the autolight system off turn the switch to the OFF DE or position 2 34 Instruments and controls LIC2318 WIC1438 Be sure you do not put anything on top of the autolight sensor located in the top side of the instrument panel The autolight sen sor controls the autolight if it is covered the autolight sensor reacts as if it is dark out and the headlights will illuminate If this occurs while parked with the engine off and the ignition switch placed in the ON position your vehicle s battery could be come discharged Headlight beam select To select the high beam function push the lever forward The high beam lights come on and the O light illuminates 2 Pull the lever back to select the low beam
499. tire chain that is designed to provide the specified space A between the installed tire chain 1 and where the tire meets the rim 2 as shown on the chart NOTE Tire chains are not permitted for use with 18 in wheels Wheel size 16 in Minimum space required 7 in 17 mm 2 in 4 mm 17 in A tire chain that provides the specified amount of space will provide the necessary clearance be tween the tire and the closest vehicle suspension or body component The minimum clearances are determined using the factory equipped tires Other types may damage your vehicle Use chain tensioners when recommended by the tire chain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit Loose end links of the tire chain must be secured or removed to prevent the possibility of whipping action dam age to the fenders or underbody If possible avoid fully loading your vehicle when using tire chains In addition drive at a reduced speed Otherwise your vehicle may be damaged and or vehicle handling and performance may be ad versely affected Tire chains must be installed only on the front wheels and not on the rear wheels Never install tire chains on a TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire Do not use tire chains on dry roads Driving with tire chains in such conditions can cause damage to the various mechanisms of the vehicle due to some overstress WDIO0258 CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES Tire rotation NISSAN recommends rotat
500. tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting e Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS A CAUTION e The TPMS is not a substitute for the regular tire pressure check Be sure to check the tire pressure regularly e If the vehicle is being driven at speeds of less than 16 MPH 25 km h the TPMS may not operate correctly e Be sure to install the specified size of tires to the 4 wheels correctly Master warning light When the ignition is in the ON position the master warning light illuminates if any of the following are displayed on the vehicle information display No key warning Low fuel warning Low windshield washer fluid warning Parking brake release warning Door trunk open warning Loose fuel cap Check tire pressure warning PS Power steering warning light A WARNING If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the steering will not work Steering will be harder to operate e When the power steering warning light illuminates with the engine running there will be no power assist for the steering You will still have control of the vehicle but the steering will be much harder to operate Have the power steering system checked by a NISSAN d
501. tires on the front axle may cause loss of vehicle control in some driving conditions and cause an acci dent and personal injury If the wheels are changed for any rea son always replace with wheels which have the same off set dimension Wheels of a different off set could cause premature tire wear degrade ve hicle handling characteristics affect the VDC system and or interference with the brake discs drums Such interfer ence can lead to decreased braking ef ficiency and or early brake pad shoe wear Refer to Wheels and tires in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual for wheel off set dimensions e When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting e Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not install a damaged or deformed wheel or tire even if it has been re paired Such wheels or tires could have structural damage and could fail with out warning e The use of retread tires is not recommended For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety In formation US or Tire Safety Informa tion Canada in the Warranty Informa tion Booklet
502. tlets when the air conditioner headlights or rear window defroster is on Before inserting or disconnecting a plug be sure the electrical accessory being used is turned OFF Push the plug in as far as it will go If good contact is not made the plug may overheat or the internal temperature fuse may open When not in use be sure to close the cap Do not allow water or any other liquid to contact the outlet STORAGE LIC2308 LIC0016 LIC2312 MAP POCKETS SEATBACK POCKETS if so SUNGLASSES HOLDER equipped The seatback pockets are located on the back of Only store one pair of sunglasses in the holder the driver s and passenger s seats The pockets can be used to store maps A WARNING Keep the sunglasses holder closed while driving to prevent an accident To open the sunglasses holder push and release Instruments and controls 2 41 A CAUTION e Do not use for anything other than sunglasses e Do not leave sunglasses in the sun glasses holder while parking in direct sunlight The heat may damage the sunglasses 2 42 Instruments and controls LIC2298 Front CUP HOLDERS LIC2297 Rear The rear center cup holders are located in the rear fold down armrest A CAUTION Avoid abrupt starting and braking when the cup holder is being used to prevent spilling the drink If the liquid is hot it can scald you or your passenger e Use only soft cups in the cup hol
503. to skip back a folder Turn the knob to the right to skip ahead a folder RPT repeat button When the RPT button is pressed while a com pact disc is playing the play pattern can be changed as follows CD 1 Track Repeat OFF CD with MP3 or WMA 1 Folder Repeat 1 Track Repeat OFF 1 Track Repeat the current track will be re peated 1 Folder Repeat the current folder will be re peated OFF No repeat play pattern is applied The indi cator on the display will turn off The current play pattern of the CD is displayed on the screen unless no pattern is applied 4 50 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems RDM random button When the RDM button is pressed while a com pact disc is playing the play pattern can be changed as follows CD 1 Disc Random 95 OFF CD with MP3 or WMA 1 Disc Random 1 Folder Random OFF 1 Disc Random all tracks on the disc will be played randomly 1 Folder Random all tracks in the current folder will be played randomly OFF No random play pattern is applied The indicator on the display will turn off The current play pattern of the CD is displayed on the screen unless no pattern is applied A CD EJECT button Whenthe amp CD eject button is pressed with a compact disc loaded the compact disc will eject and the last source will be played When the amp CD eject button is pressed twice with a compact disc loade
504. to the system due to lack of lubrication Avisible mist may be seen coming from the ventilators in hot humid conditions as the air is cooled rapidly This does not indicate a malfunction e If the engine coolant temperature gauge indicates engine coolant tem perature over the normal range turn the air conditioner off For additional information refer to If your vehicle overheats in the In case of emer gency section of this manual AIR FLOW CHARTS The following charts show the button and dial positions for MAXIMUM AND QUICK heating cooling or defrosting The air recirculation button should always be in the OFF posi tion for heating and defrosting ied Air passed erogging through heater core Fan speed control dial Air flow mode Temperature control dial A C button control buttons MAX A C button Front defroster Rear Air recirculation button defroster button button Air recirculation Air flow control LHA2284 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 29 Bi level a Air passed Heating a through heater core Air flow mode control buttons Temperature control dial MAX A C button Fan speed control dial A C button Heating core Air flow mode control buttons Fan speed control dial A C button MAX A C button Front defroster Rear Air recirculation button defroster button button Air flow recirculation control button
505. ton for less than 1 5 seconds to scan all tracks of the current disc for 10 sec onds per track The SCAN icon is flashed during scan mode The scan mode is canceled once it scans through all tracks on the disc or if the SCAN button is pressed during scan mode 4 CD EJECT button When the amp CD eject button is pressed with a compact disc loaded the compact disc will eject and the last source will be played When the amp CD eject button is pressed twice with a compact disc loaded the compact disc will be ejected further for easier CD removal If the disc is not removed within 20 seconds the disc will reload AUX Auxiliary button The AUX IN jack is located on the CD player The AUX IN audio input jack accepts any standard analog audio input such as from a portable cas sette tape CD player MP3 player or laptop com puters 4 46 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Press the AUX button to play a compatible device when it is plugged into the AUX IN jack Press the MENU button repeatedly until AUX IN Volume appears on the screen to control the incoming volume level of the auxiliary input de vice Turn the TUNE FOLDER knob to adjust the level between 0 and 3 Additional features For additional information about the Bluetooth audio interface available with this system refer to Bluetooth streaming audio without Navigation System in this section
506. tor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems BLUETOOTH HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM Type B if so equipped AWARNING Use a phone after stopping your vehicle in a safe location If you have to use a phone while driving exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation e If you are unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle A CAUTION To avoid discharging the vehicle battery use a phone after starting the engine microphone location Bluetooth LHA3127 Your NISSAN is equipped with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System If you have a com patible Bluetooth enabled cellular phone you can set up the wireless connection between your cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module With Bluetooth wireless technology you can make or receive a hands free telephone call with your cellular phone in the vehicle Once your cellular phone is connected to the in vehicle phone module no other phone con necting procedure is required Your phone is automatically connected with the in vehicle Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 99 phone module when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position with the previously connected cellular phone turned on and carried in the ve hicle NOTE S
507. tus warnings or turn on or off any of the systems warnings displayed in the Driving Aids menu Use the button to select and the ENTER button to change a menu item Lane Blind Spot Parking Aids if so equipped To turn on or off the system displayed in the Parking Aids menu use the button to select and the ENTER button to enable disable Moving Object For additional information refer to Moving Ob ject Detection MOD in the Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems section Vehicle Settings The vehicle settings allows the customer to change settings for interior lights Intelligent Key settings unlock settings and other vehicle set tings The vehicle settings can be changed using the and the ENTER buttons Auto Room Lamp The interior lights can be set to be ON or OFF if any door is unlocked From the Vehicle Settings menu select Auto Room Light Use the ENTER button to turn this feature ON or OFF Welcome light if so equipped The welcome light can be set to be ON or OFF From the Vehicle Settings menu select Wel come Light Use the ENTER button to turn this feature ON or OFF Light Sensitivity if so equipped The light sensitivity can be set to illuminate earlier based on the brightness outside the vehicle From the Vehicle Settings menu select Light Sensitivity Use the ENTER button to change the sensitivity Light
508. ty information is available from many other sources including doctors teachers government traffic safety offices and community organizations Every child is different so be sure to learn the best way to transport your child There are three basic types of child restraint Systems Rear facing child restraints Forward facing child restraints Booster seats The proper restraint depends on the child s size Generally infants up to about 1 year and less than 20 Ibs 9 kg should be placed in rear facing child restraints Forward facing child restraints are available for children who outgrow rear facing child restraints and are at least 1 year old Booster seats are used to help position a vehicle lap shoulder belt on a child who can no longer use a forward facing child restraint A WARNING Infants and children need special protec tion The vehicle s seat belts may not fit them properly The shoulder belt may come too close to the face or neck The lap belt may not fit over their small hip bones In an accident an improperly fitting seat belt could cause serious or fatal injury Always use appropriate child restraints All U S states and Canadian provinces or territo ries require the use of approved child restraints for infants and small children For additional infor mation refer to Child restraints in this section A child restraint may be secured in the vehicle by using either the LATCH Lower Anchors and
509. u midity If this occurs remove the CD and dehumidify or ventilate the player completely The player may skip while driving on rough roads The CD player sometimes cannot func tion when the compartment tempera ture is extremely high or low Decrease increase the temperature before use Do not expose the CD to direct sun light CDs that are in poor condition or are dirty scratched or covered with finger prints may not work properly The following CDs may not work prop erly Copy control compact discs CCCD e Recordable compact discs CD R e Rewritable compact discs CD RW Do not use the following CDs as they may cause the CD player to malfunc tion 3 1 in 8 cm discs with an adapter CDs that are not round e CDs with a paper label CDs that are warped scratched or have abnormal edges This audio system can only play pre recorded CDs It has no capability to record or burn CDs If the CD cannot be played one of the following messages will be displayed CHECK DISC Confirm that the CD is inserted cor rectly the label side is facing up etc Confirm that the CD is not bent or warped and it is free of scratches PRESS EJECT This is an error due to excessive tem perature inside the player Remove the CD by pressing the EJECT button After a short time reinsert the CD The CD can be played when the temperature of the player returns to normal UNPLAYABLE The
510. u your dealer or NISSAN You may contact Transport Canada s De fect Investigations and Recalls Division toll free at 1 800 333 0510 You may also report safety defects online at https wwwapps tc gc ca Saf Sec Sur 7 PCDB BDPP fc cp aspx lang eng English speakers or https wwwapps tc gc ca Saf Sec Sur 7 PCDB BDPP fc cp aspx lang fra French speakers Additional information concerning motor vehicle safety may be obtained from Trans port Canada s Road Safety Information Centre at 1 800 333 0371 or online at www tc gc ca roadsafety English speak ers or www tc gc ca securiteroutiere French speakers To notify NISSAN of any safety concerns please contact our Consumer Information Centre toll free at 1 800 387 0122 Technical and consumer information 9 19 READINESS FOR INSPECTION MAINTENANCE I M TEST Due to legal requirements in some states and Canadian Provinces your vehicle may be re quired to be in what is called the ready condi tion for an Inspection Maintenance I M test of the emission control system The vehicle is set to the ready condition when it is driven through certain driving patterns Usually the ready condition can be obtained by ordinary usage of the vehicle If a powertrain system component is repaired or the battery is disconnected the vehicle may be reset to a not ready condition Before taking the I M test check the vehicle s inspection maintenance test readiness condit
511. u may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the air bag if you are up against it when it inflates Always sit back against the seatback and as far away as practical from the steering wheel Always use the seat belts SUN VISORS LPD2100 TILT OPERATION Pull the lock lever down 1 and adjust the steer ing wheel up or down 2 to the desired position Push the lock lever up firmly to lock the steering wheel in place TELESCOPIC OPERATION Pull the lock lever down 1 and adjust the steer ing wheel forward or backward 3 to the desired position Push the lock lever up firmly to lock the steering wheel in place WPD0344 D Toblock glare from the front swing down the main sun visor 2 To block glare from the side remove the main sun visor from the center mount and swing the visor to the side 3 Toextend if so equipped the sun visor slide in or out as needed A CAUTION Do notstore the sun visor before return ing the extension to its original position Do not pull the extension sun visor forcedly downward Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 35 MIRRORS LPD2067 WPD0126 VANITY MIRRORS To access the vanity mirror pull the sun visor down and flip open the mirror cover Some vanity mirrors are illuminated and turn on when the mirror cover is open 3 36 Pre driving checks and adjustments REARVIEW MIRROR if so equipped U
512. ual Follow these recommen dations for the future reliability and economy of your new vehicle Failure to follow these recom mendations may result in vehicle damage or shortened engine life Printing July 2015 11 Publication No OM15EA OL33UA Printed in U S A L 33 D
513. ual order of the tire position For additional information refer to Low tire pres sure warning light in the Instruments and con trols section Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the In case of emergency section and Tire Pressure in the Maintenance and do it yourself section A WARNING Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufac turer for the possible influences before use If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Driving with under inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire failure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal in jury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the tire and loading informa tion label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible Refer to Flat tire in the In case of emergency section for chang ing a flat tire When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indicated the TPMS will not function and the low ti
514. udio device be fore using it with this system The Bluetooth audio may be stopped un der the following conditions Receiving a call on the Hands Free Phone System Checking the connection to the hands free phone Do not place the Bluetooth audio device in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in vehicle Bluetooth module to prevent tone quality degradation and wireless con nection disruption Bluetooth While an audio device is connected through the Bluetooth wireless connection the battery power of the device may discharge quicker than usual This system supports the Bluetooth Audio Distribution Profile A2DP AVRCP BLUETOOTH is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and licensed to Visteon and Bosch 4 42 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems A 15 Th SEEK 14 TRACK v 6 cD 11 10 9 8 7 LHA8804 FM AM RADIO WITH COMPACT 1 amp CD eject button DISC CD PLAYER Type A if so 2 CD insert slot equipped d 3 SCAN button For all operation precautions refer to Audio op eration precautions in this section 4 DISP display button 13 14 15 RPT repeat RDM random button TUNE FOLDER knob MENU button AUX IN jack AUX button CD button AM button FM button VOL volume control knob O power button Station select 1 6 buttons TRACK Y button SEEK button Audio m
515. uel ethanol and 1596 unleaded gasoline E 85 can only be used in a Flexible Fuel Vehicle FFV Do not use E 85 in your vehicle U S government regulations require fuel ethanol dispensing pumps to be identified by a small square orange and black label with the common abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for that region Aftermarket fuel additives NISSAN does not recommend the use of any aftermarket fuel additives for example fuel injec tor cleaner octane booster intake valve deposit removers etc which are sold commercially Many of these additives intended for gum varnish or deposit removal may contain active solvents or similar ingredients that can be harmful to the fuel system and engine Octane rating tips Using unleaded gasoline with an octane rating lower than recommended can cause persistent heavy spark knock Spark knock is a metallic rapping noise If se vere this can lead to engine damage If you detect a persistent heavy spark knock even when using gasoline of the stated octane rating or if you hear steady spark knock while holding a steady speed on level roads have a NISSAN dealer correct the condition Failure to correct the condition is misuse of the vehicle for which NISSAN is not responsible Incorrect ignition timing may result in spark knock after run and or overheating which may cause excessive fuel consumption or engine damage If any of the above symptoms are en countered have y
516. uminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off This means the system is operational Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system If any of the following conditions occur the front air bag side air bag and curtain air bag and pretensioner systems need servicing The supplemental air bag warning light re mains on after approximately 7 seconds The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Under these conditions the front air bag side air bag and curtain air bag or pretensioner systems may not operate properly They must be checked and repaired Take your vehicle to the nearest NISSAN dealer A WARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag and or preten sioner systems will not operate in an acci dent To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible 1 59 Repair and replacement procedure The front air bags side air bags curtain air bags and pretensioners are designed to inflate on a one time only basis As a reminder unless it is damaged the supplemental air bag warning light remains illuminated after inflation has occurred Repair and replacement of these supplemental air bag systems should be done only by a NISSAN dealer When maintenance work is required on th
517. uminates when the Intelligent Key battery is running out of power If this indicator illuminates replace the battery with a new one For additional information refer to Battery replacement in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual Engine start operation for Intelligent Key system This indicator appears when the battery of the Intelligent Key is low and when the Intelligent Key system and the vehicle are not communicating normally If this appears touch the ignition switch with the Intelligent Key while depressing the brake pedal For additional information refer to NISSAN In telligent Key battery discharge in the Starting and driving section of this manual Release Parking Brake This warning illuminates in the message area of the vehicle information display when the parking brake is set and the vehicle is driven Low Fuel This warning illuminates when the fuel level in the fuel tank is getting low Refuel as soon as it is convenient preferably before the fuel gauge reaches O Empty There will be a small re serve of fuel in the tank when the fuel gauge needle reaches 0 Empty Instruments and controls 2 25 Low Washer Fluid This warning illuminates when the windshield washer fluid is at a low level Add windshield washer fluid as necessary For additional informa tion refer to Windshield washer fluid in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual Door liftg
518. unning The radiator hoses and radiator should not leak water If coolant is leaking the water pump belt is missing or loose or the cooling fan does not run stop the en gine A WARNING Be careful not to allow your hands hair jewelry or clothing to come into contact with or get caught in engine belts or the engine cooling fan The engine cooling fan can start at any time 6 Afterthe engine cools down checkthe cool ant level in the engine coolant reservoir tank with the engine running Add coolant to the engine coolant reservoir tank if necessary Have your vehicle repaired at a NISSAN dealer TOWING YOUR VEHICLE When towing your vehicle all State Provincial in Canada and local regulations for towing must be followed Incorrect towing equipment could dam age your vehicle Towing instructions are avail able from a NISSAN dealer Local service opera tors are generally familiar with the applicable laws and procedures for towing To assure proper towing and to prevent accidental damage to your vehicle NISSAN recommends having a service operator tow your vehicle It is advisable to have the service operator carefully read the following precautions A WARNING e Never ride in a vehicle that is being towed e Never get under your vehicle after it has been lifted by a tow truck A CAUTION When towing make sure that the trans mission axles steering system and powertrain are in working condition If any
519. upport all text messaging features Please see www nissanusa com bluetooth or www nissan ca bluetooth for compat ibility information as well as your device s Owner s manual NOTE This feature is automatically disabled if the connected device does not support the Message Access Profile MAP Refer to the phone s Owner s Manual for details and instructions The system allows for the sending and receiving of text messages through the vehicle interface Sending a text message Press the C button Say Messaging Say Send Text gt ON The system will provide a list of available commands in order to determine the recipi ent of the text message Choose from the following A name Number Incoming Calls Outgoing Calls Missed Calls If Incoming Calls Outgoing Calls or Missed Calls is selected the following ad ditional commands will be displayed e Send Text Next Entry Previous Entry For additional information about these op tions Refer to Voice commands in this section Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 107 5 Once a recipient is chosen the system The text message sender and delivery time are prompts for which message to send Five shown on the screen Use the tuning switch on predefined messages are available as well the steering wheel to scroll through all text mes Setting Bluetooth as three custom
520. ure to perform regular tire checks including tire pressure checks could result in tire failure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to a collision which could result in serious personal injury or death Other This indicator appears when the customer set distance is reached for checking or replacing maintenance items other than the engine oil oil filter and tires Other maintenance items can in clude such things as air filter or tire rotation The distance for checking or replacing the items can be set or reset 2 22 Instruments and controls Alarms This setting allows the customer to set alarms for outside temperature and a timer alert button 1 Press the 2 Use the button until Settings is se lected and press ENTER 3 Select Alarms using the T press ENTER Outside Temperature This setting allows the customer to enable disable the alert for low outside tempera ture in the vehicle information display button and 1 Use the button to select Outside Temperature 2 Press the ENTER button to turn on off the outside temperature in the vehicle informa tion display Timer Alert This setting allows the driver to set an alert to notify a set time has been reached 1 Use the button to select Timer Alert 2 Press the ENTER button 3 To change the timer amount use the button and the ENTER button to save the selected time amount Navigation if so
521. vehicle A WARNING e Make sure the parking brake is securely applied and the CVT is shifted into P Park e Never change tires when the vehicle is on a slope ice or slippery areas This is hazardous e Never change tires if oncoming traffic is close to your vehicle Wait for profes sional road assistance A LCE2142 A Blocks B Flat tire Blocking wheels Place suitable blocks at both the front and back of the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tire to prevent the vehicle from moving when it is jacked up A WARNING Be sure to block the wheel as the vehicle may move and result in personal injury LCE2132 WCE0067 SCE0630 Getting the spare tire and tools Open the trunk Lift the luggage floor Remove the wheel nut wrench 1 and the jack 2 from the from the storage cover 3 Then remove the storage cover 3 to access the spare tire Turn the clamp to remove the spare tire Remove the spare tire Removing wheel cover if so equipped A CAUTION Do not use your hands to pry off wheel caps or wheel covers Doing so could re sult in personal injury To remove the wheel cover use the jack rod as illustrated Apply cloth 2 between the wheel and jack rod to prevent damaging the wheel and wheel cover Use caution not to scratch the wheel cover or wheel surface In case of emergency 6 5 OFFO es er ee ae es A WCE016
522. vehicle 1 The luggage area is not included in the op erating range but the Intelligent Key may function e If the Intelligent Key is placed on the instru ment panel inside the glove box storage bin or door pocket the Intelligent Key may not function If the Intelligent Key is placed near the door or window outside the vehicle the Intelligent Key may function PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH POSITIONS LOCK Normal parking position The ignition switch can only be locked in this position The ignition switch will be unlocked when it is pushed to the ACC position while carrying the Intelligent Key The ignition switch will lock when any door is opened or closed with the ignition switched off Starting and driving 5 9 ACC Accessories This position activates electrical accessories such as the radio when the engine is not running ACC has a battery saver feature that will turn the ignition switch to the OFF position after a period of time under the following conditions all doors are closed shift lever is in P Park The battery saver feature will be cancelled if any of the following occur any door is opened shift lever is moved out of P Park ignition switch changes position ON Normal operating position This position turns on the ignition system and electrical accessories ON has a battery saver feature that will turn the ignition switch to the OFF position if the v
523. ver particularly if the loss of control causes the vehicle to slide sideways Be attentive at all times and avoid driving when tired Never drive when under the influence of alcohol or drugs including pre scription or over the counter drugs which may cause drowsiness Always wear your seat belt as outlined in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual and also instruct your passengers to do so Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in colli sions and rollovers In a rollover crash an unbelted or improperly belted person is significantly more likely to be injured or killed than a person properly wearing a seat belt OFF ROAD RECOVERY While driving the right side or left side wheels may unintentionally leave the road surface If this occurs maintain control of the vehicle by follow ing the procedure below Please note that this procedure is only a general guide The vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on the con ditions of the vehicle road and traffic 1 Remain calm and do not overreact 2 Do not apply the brakes 3 Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel with both hands and try to hold a straight course 4 When appropriate slowly release the accel erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle 5 If there is nothing in the way steer the ve hicle to follow the road while vehicle speed is reduced Do not attempt to drive the ve hicle back onto the
524. ver button has now been reprogrammed The new device can be activated by pushing the HomeLink button that was just programmed This procedure will not affect any other programmed HomeLink buttons IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLEN If your vehicle is stolen you should change the codes of any non rolling code device that has been programmed into HomeLink Consult the Owner s Manual of each device or call the manu facturer or dealer of those devices for additional information When your vehicle is recovered you will need to reprogram the HomeLink Univer sal Transceiver with your new transmitter information FCC Notice For USA This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the fol lowing two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received in cluding interference that may cause unde sired operation NOTE Changes or modifications not expressly ap proved by the party responsible for compli ance could void the user s authority to op erate the equipment For Canada This device complies with Industry Canada licence exempt RSS standard s Opera tion is subject to the following two condi tions 1 this device may not cause inter ference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the de vice 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments Keys cian sancti
525. voir 2 1 8 gal 1 3 4 gal cal Pre diluted Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue or equivalent Cooling system VOS5DE 2 3 8 gal o9 Bodo Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue or Continuously Variable Transmission CVT fluid damage the CVT Damage caused by the use of fluids other than as recommended is not covered under NISSAN s New Vehicle Lim BENE spem NISSAN recommends using Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS 3 ONLY in NISSAN CVTs Do not mix with other fluids Using fluids that are not equivalent to Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS 3 may Refill to the proper level according to the instructions in the Maintenance and do it yourself section See your NISSAN dealer for service Power steering fluid PSF 9 2 Technical and consumer information ited Warranty Genuine NISSAN E PSF or equivalent Use of a power steering fluid other than Genuine NISSAN E PSF will pre vent the power steering system from operating properly Capacity Approximate Recommended Fluids and Lubricants US measure impmeasue Tier Refill to the proper level according to the instructions in Brake fluid the Maintenance and do it yourself section Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid available in mainland See your NISSAN dealer for service USA through a NISSAN dealer or equivalent DOT 3 Multi purpose grease Do o NLGI No 2 Lithium Soap base HFC 134a R 134a Air conditioning
526. washer operate properly and that the wipers do not streak Windshield defroster Check that the air comes out of the defroster outlets properly and in sufficient quantity when operating the heater or air conditioner Under the hood and vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked periodically for example each time you check the engine oil or refuel Battery Check the fluid level in each cell It should be between the MAX and MIN lines Ve hicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level 8 4 Maintenance and do it yourself NOTE Care should be taken to avoid situations that can lead to potential battery discharge and potential no start conditions such as 1 Installation or extended use of electronic ac cessories that consume battery power when the engine is not running Phone chargers GPS DVD players etc 2 Vehicle is not driven regularly and or only driven short distances In these cases the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health Brake fluid levels Make sure that the brake fluid level is between the MIN and MAX lines on the reservoir Engine coolant level Check the coolant level when the engine is cold Engine drive belts Make sure the drive belts are not frayed worn cracked or oily Engine oil level Check the level after parking the vehicle on a level surface with the engine off Wait more than 1
527. wers fuel economy Keep the wheels in correct alignment Im proper alignment increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy Use the recommended viscosity engine oil For additional information refer to Recom mended fluids lubricants and capacities in Technical and consumer information in this manual 5 30 Starting and driving PARKING PARKING ON HILLS co co c3 c3 WSDO0050 A WARNING Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire Safe parking procedures require that both the parking brake be set and the transmission placed into P Park Fail ure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and re sult in an accident Make sure the shift lever has been pushed as far forward as it can go and cannot be moved without depressing the foot brake pedal Never leave the engine running while the vehicle is unattended Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri ous accidents Firmly apply the parking brake 2 Move the shift lever to the P Park position To help prevent the vehicle from rolling into traffic when parked on an incline it is a good practice to turn the wheels as illustrated HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB amp Turn the wheels into the curb and move
528. whenever the ignition switch is placed in the OFF LOCK or ACC position This function indicates the NISSAN Ve hicle Immobilizer System is operational If the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System is mal functioning the light will remain on while the ignition switch is placed in the ON position If the light still remains on and or the en gine will not start see a NISSAN dealer for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System ser vice as soon as possible Please bring all registered keys that you have when visiting a NISSAN dealer for service WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH A WARNING In freezing temperatures the washer solu tion may freeze on the window and ob scure your vision which may lead to an accident Warm the window with the de froster before you wash the window A CAUTION Do notoperate the washer continuously for more than 30 seconds Do not operate the washer if the reser voir tank is empty e Do not fill the window washer reservoir with washer fluid concentrates at full strength Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may perma nently stain the grille if spilled while filling the window washer reservoir Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer s recom mended levels before pouring the fluid into the window washer reservoir Do not use the window washer reservoir to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water Instruments and controls 2 29 If the windshield
529. wiper operation is interrupted by snow orice the wiper may stop moving to protect its motor If this occurs turn the wiper switch to the OFF position and remove the snow or ice that is on and around the wiper arms In approximately 1 minute turn the switch on again to operate the wiper 2 30 Instruments and controls LIC2789 SWITCH OPERATION The windshield wiper and washer operates when the ignition switch is in the ON position Push the lever down to operate the wiper at the following speed D Intermittent INT intermittent operation can be adjusted by turning the knob toward Slower or Faster Also the inter mittent operation speed varies in accor dance with the vehicle speed For example when the vehicle speed is high the intermit tent operation speed will be faster 2 Low LO continuous low speed operation 3 High HI continuous high speed opera tion Push the lever up 4 to have one sweep opera tion MIST of the wiper Pull the lever toward you 5 to operate the washer The wiper will also operate several times REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIRROR if so equipped DEFROSTER SWITCH LIC2324 Type A if so equipped To defrost the rear window glass and outside mirrors if so equipped start the engine and push the rear window defroster switch on The rear window defroster indicator light on the switch comes on Push the switch again to turn the defroster
530. withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints Under no circumstances are they to be used to at tach adult seat belts or other items or equipment to the vehicle Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages The child restraint will not be properly installed using the damaged anchorage and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap consult your NISSAN dealer for details Anchor points 1 are located on the rear parcel shelf REAR FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING LATCH For additional information refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety and Child restraints sections of this manual before install ing a child restraint Do not use the lower anchors if the combined weight of the child and the child restraint exceeds 65 Ibs 29 5 kg If the combined weight of the child and the child restraint is greater than 65 Ibs 29 5 kg use the vehicle s seat belt not the lower anchors to install the child restraint Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for installation Follow these steps to install a rear facing child restraint using the LATCH system 1 Position the child restraint on the seat Al ways follow the child restraint manufactur er s instructions WRS0801 WRS0802 Rear facing webbing mounted step 2 Rear facing rigid mounted step 2 2
531. y 004 3 3 Remote keyless entry operation 3 13 3 21 Troubleshooting guide 3 18 3 25 Warning signals 3 18 3 25 Interior light es s heen ke we eS 2 49 Interior trunk lid release 2 2 s 3 31 iPod Player 00 4 73 4 75 ISOFIX child restraints 1 22 10 3 Junip starting ss s dE eave ceed 6 8 8 19 Key iier aes wi MAU ee Ae de Disi Br de qi Nena 3 2 Keyless entry With Intelligent Key system See Intelligent Key system 3 13 3 21 Keys NISSAN Intelligent Key 3 20 L Labels Air conditioner specification label 9 12 C M V S S certification label 9 11 Emission control information label 9 12 Engine serial number 9 11 F M V S S certification label 9 11 Tire and Loading Information label 9 12 Vehicle identification number VIN 9 10 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 10 Warning labels for SRS 1 59 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren System sss om or o o new 1 22 License plate Installing the license plate 9 13 Light Air bag warning light 1 59 2 14 Brake light See stop light 8 33 Bulb check instrument panel 2 10 Bulb replacement 8 33 10 4 Charge warning light 2 11 Console light 2 teehee a a ae 2 49 Fog lights 224242 je des gaie a 8 30 Fo
532. y the tone will sound continuously If the RSS detects a stationary or receding object further than 25 0 cm 10 inches from the side of the vehicle the tone will sound for only three seconds Once the system detects an object approaching the tone will sound again The RSS automatically turns on when the shift lever is placed in R Reverse and the ignition switch is ON Keep the RSS sensors located on the rear bum per fascia free from snow ice and large accumu lations of dirt do not clean the sensors with sharp objects If the sensors are covered it will affect the accuracy of the RSS FRONT AND REAR SONAR SYSTEM if so equipped LSD2135 The sonar parking sensor system sounds a tone to inform the driver of obstacles near the bumper When the DISPLAY key is ON the sonar view will automatically appear in the center display AA WARNING e The sonar parking sensor system is a convenience but it is not a substitute for proper parking e The system is deactivated at speeds above 6 mph 10 km h It is reactivated at lower speeds The driver is always responsible for safety during parking and other maneu vers Always look around and check that it is safe to do so before parking Read and understand the limitations of the sonar parking sensor system as contained in this section The colors of the corner sonar indicator and the dis tance guide lines in the front rear view indicate differ
533. y turns off and the compact disc begins to play CD button When the CD button is pressed with the system off and the compact disc loaded the system will turn on and the compact disc will start to play When the CD button is pressed with a compact disc loaded and the radio playing the radio will automatically be turned off and the compact disc will start to play While listening to a CD or an MP3 WMA CD certain text may be displayed when a CD encoded with text is being used Depending on how the CD or MP3 WMA CD is encoded the text is displayed listing the artist album and song title There are other keys displayed on the screen when a CD is playing Touch the Random key to apply a random play pattern to the CD If an MP3 CD is playing touching Ran dom or alternates between Random Folder and Random All This text will appear on the display To cancel Random mode touch the Random key until the key is no longer highlighted Touch the Repeat key to apply a repeat play pattern to the CD If an MP3 CD is playing touching Repeat alternates between repeating the current song and repeating the current folder This text will appear on the display To cancel Repeat mode touch the Repeat key until the key is no longer highlighted Touch the Browse key to display the titles on the CD in list format Touch the title of a song in the list to begin playing that song If an MP3 CD is playing touching the Browse key will also lis
534. y until the desired zone entry number is displayed Once the desired zone number is displayed stop pressing the 4 button and the display will show compass direction within a few seconds NOTE Use zone number 5 for Hawaii Instruments and controls 2 7 WIC0355 2 8 Instruments and controls e If a magnet is located near the com pass or the vehicle is driven where the terrestrial magnetism is disturbed the compass display may not indicate the correct direction In places where the terrestrial magne tism is disturbed the correction of the direction starts automatically Inaccurate compass direction The compass display is equipped with automatic correction function If the correct direction is not shown follow this procedure 1 With the display turned on press and hold the switch for about 9 seconds The display will read C 2 Calibrate the compass by driving the vehicle in three complete circles at a maximum speed of 5 MPH 8 km h 3 After completing the circles the display should return to normal f the compass deviates from the correct indication soon after repeated adjustment have the compass checked at an authorized NISSAN dealer The compass may not indicate the correct compass point in tunnels or while driving up or down a steep hill The compass returns to the correct compass point when the ve hicle moves to an area where the geomag netism is stabili
535. zed A CAUTION Do not install a ski rack antenna etc which are attached to the vehicle by means of a magnet They affect the op eration of the compass e When cleaning the mirror use a paper towel or similar material dampened with glass cleaner Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror as it may cause the liquid cleaner to enter the mirror housing Instruments and controls 2 9 WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS i lock Braking System ABS warning light Charge warning light or Brake warning light Low tire pressure warning light Master warning light Power steering warning light Seat belt warning light and chime CHECKING BULBS With all doors closed apply the parking brake and place the ignition switch to the ON position without starting the engine The following lights will come on 3 Brake or D A P8 2 10 Instruments and controls N Supplemental air bag warning light Cruise main switch indicator light CRUISE L if so equipped Cruise set switch indicator light if so equipped D Front fog light indicator light if so equipped OFF Front passenger air bag status light High beam indicator light blue amp a Malfunction Indicator Light MIL The following lights if equipped come on briefly and then go off ABS amp R 8 W If any light fails to come on it may indicate a burned out bul

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

American Standard Seva T480.507 User's Manual  PG-A10X / PG-A10S (I)  ME32125-X1,  MUP3-4G 取扱説明書 - アールアイジャパン株式会社  Esta Cámara de Internet Inalámbrica está diseñada  Product Manual  horizontal /vertical metal cutting band saw instruction  HotScream Silver Limited  Manual - Oster  Networks Div - Academy Technical Services Ltd  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file